US20090304682A1 - Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFa-related disorders - Google Patents

Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFa-related disorders Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090304682A1
US20090304682A1 US12/008,064 US806408A US2009304682A1 US 20090304682 A1 US20090304682 A1 US 20090304682A1 US 806408 A US806408 A US 806408A US 2009304682 A1 US2009304682 A1 US 2009304682A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
tnfα
antibody
disease
dose
disorder
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/008,064
Inventor
Rebecca S. Hoffman
Elliot K. Chartash
Lori K. Taylor
George R. Granneman
Philip Yan
Susan K. Paulson
Joanna Z. Peng
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
AbbVie Biotechnology Ltd
Original Assignee
Abbott Biotech Ltd Bermuda
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=35006312&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20090304682(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to US12/008,064 priority Critical patent/US20090304682A1/en
Application filed by Abbott Biotech Ltd Bermuda filed Critical Abbott Biotech Ltd Bermuda
Assigned to ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD reassignment ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GRANNEMAN, GEORGE R.
Assigned to ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD reassignment ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CHARTASH, ELLIOT K.
Assigned to ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD reassignment ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: TAYLOR, LORI K.
Assigned to ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD reassignment ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: YAN, PHILIP, HOFFMAN, REBECCA S., PAULSON, SUSAN K., PENG, JOANNA Z.
Publication of US20090304682A1 publication Critical patent/US20090304682A1/en
Priority to US13/433,205 priority patent/US9061005B2/en
Assigned to ABBVIE BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD. reassignment ABBVIE BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD. CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD.
Priority to US14/745,092 priority patent/US20170044249A1/en
Priority to US15/915,615 priority patent/US20190055308A1/en
Priority to US17/125,275 priority patent/US20210347875A1/en
Assigned to ABBVIE BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD. reassignment ABBVIE BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ASSAD, Albert
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/24—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against cytokines, lymphokines or interferons
    • C07K16/241—Tumor Necrosis Factors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/545—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the dose, timing or administration schedule
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • U.S. application Ser. No. 11/804,587 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/104,117, filed on Apr. 11, 2005.
  • U.S. application Ser. No. 11/104,117 claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/561,139, filed Apr. 9, 2004;
  • U.S. application Ser. No. 11/804,587 claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No.
  • Cytokines such as interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) are molecules produced by a variety of cells, such as monocytes and macrophages, which have been identified as mediators of inflammatory processes. Cytokines, including TNF, regulate the intensity and duration of the inflammatory response which occurs as the result of an injury or infection. Elevated levels of TNF play an important role in pathologic inflammation. TNF also referred to as (TNF ⁇ ) has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a variety of human diseases and disorders, including sepsis, infections, autoimmune diseases, transplant rejection and graft-versus-host disease (see e.g., Moeller et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162; U.S. Pat.
  • TNF has been implicated in psoriasis.
  • Plaque psoriasis is the most common type, however. Treatment of psoriasis depends on the extent of the disease. Topical corticosteroids are commonly used for mild to moderate localized cases.
  • Keratolytic agents and coal tar are also used as topical medications, and phototherapy is commonly used for more widespread disease.
  • Other systemic therapy, such as methotrexate cyclosporine and synthetic retinoids are effective, but are often administered in rotation due to their possible cumulative toxic effect.
  • TNF has also been implicated in Crohn's disease. Crohn's is diagnosed on the basis of clinical, endoscopic, radiographic, and histologic criteria. The treatment of Crohn's disease is challenging. Treatment is based on location, extent, and severity of disease. Current compounds and regimens do not completely abate the inflammatory process and have significant side effects.
  • the present invention includes multiple-variable dose methods for improved treatment of TNF ⁇ -related disorders where TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental.
  • the invention describes a multiple-variable dose method for treating a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • the invention also describes a multiple-variable dose method for treating Crohn's disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention can also be used to treat ulcerative colitis or psoriasis.
  • multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat as psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis.
  • the invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of inducing remission of Crohn's disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • the invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of reducing psoriatic plaques comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, such as a TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that a mean serum TNF ⁇ inhibitor trough level of about (approximately) 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such as a TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved by administration of a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which comprises half the amount of the loading dose at week 2.
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved at week 2.
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved at week 4.
  • the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, such as a TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein a therapeutic concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, is achieved in the subject by two weeks following the first administration of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such as a TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof
  • the therapeutic concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor e.g., antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, is achieved in the subject by one week following the first administration of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the invention also includes a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is no less than about 1 to about 3 ⁇ g/mL.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor e.g., antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof
  • the invention describes a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 2.7 to about 3.4 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5.
  • the multiple variable dosing regimen comprises an induction dose of about 40 mg and a treatment dose of about 20 mg.
  • the invention also includes a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is no less than about 3.15 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 5.5 to about 7.0 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, and 7.0.
  • the multiple variable dosing regimen comprises an induction dose of about 80 mg and a treatment dose of about 40 mg.
  • the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is no less than about 8.6 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 12 to about 14 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the serum concentration level of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.0, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 11.0, 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is etanercept or infliximab.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is a TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is a human TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • the antibody is an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K d of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less and a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 M or less.
  • the antibody has the following characteristics:
  • a) dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance;
  • b) has a light chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and/or 9;
  • c) has a heavy chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and/or 12.
  • the antibody has a light chain variable region (LCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 and a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • LCVR light chain variable region
  • HCVR heavy chain variable region
  • the antibody is D2E7.
  • the methods of the invention can be used to treat a TNF ⁇ -related disorder selected from the group consisting of an autoimmune disease, an infectious disease, transplant rejection or graft-versus-host disease, malignancy, a pulmonary disorder, an intestinal disorder, a cardiac disorder, sepsis, a spondyloarthropathy, a metabolic disorder, anemia, pain, a hepatic disorder, a skin disorder, a nail disorder, and vasculitis.
  • a TNF ⁇ -related disorder selected from the group consisting of an autoimmune disease, an infectious disease, transplant rejection or graft-versus-host disease, malignancy, a pulmonary disorder, an intestinal disorder, a cardiac disorder, sepsis, a spondyloarthropathy, a metabolic disorder, anemia, pain, a hepatic disorder, a skin disorder, a nail disorder, and vasculitis.
  • the autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis, allergy, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis, and nephrotic syndrome.
  • the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is selected from the group consisting of inflammatory bone disorders, bone resorption disease, alcoholic hepatitis, viral hepatitis, fulminant hepatitis, coagulation disturbances, burns, reperfusion injury, keloid formation, scar tissue formation, pyrexia, periodontal disease, obesity, and radiation toxicity.
  • the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is selected from the group consisting of Behcet's disease, ankylosing spondylitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), restenosis, diabetes, anemia, pain, a Crohn's disease-related disorder, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA), a hepatitis C virus infection, psoriatic arthritis, and chronic plaque psoriasis.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder
  • IPF idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
  • JRA juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
  • JRA juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
  • the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is Crohn's disease. In another embodiment, the disorder is ulcerative colitis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis (PsA). In still another embodiment, the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is rheumatoid arthritis.
  • the treatment dose is 40-60% of the induction dose.
  • the induction dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from about 20 to 200 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose ranges from about 80 to 160 mg.
  • the treatment dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from about 20 to 120 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose ranges from about 40 to 80 mg.
  • the induction dose comprises about 160 mg.
  • the treatment dose comprises about 80 mg.
  • the induction dose comprises about 80 mg. In still another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises about 40 mg.
  • the induction dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from 20 to 200 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose ranges from 80 to 160 mg. In one embodiment, the treatment dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from 20 to 120 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose ranges from 40 to 80 mg.
  • the induction dose comprises 160 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 80 mg.
  • the induction dose comprises 80 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 40 mg.
  • the treatment dose is administered about 2 weeks following the induction dose.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered subcutaneously. In another embodiment, the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered in combination with methotrexate.
  • the methotrexate can be administered, for example, in a dose of between 2.5 mg and 30 mg.
  • the threshold level of a multiple dose method of treatment of Crohn's disease is determined by a reduction in the subject's Crohn's Disease Activity Index (CDAI) score.
  • CDAI Crohn's Disease Activity Index
  • the threshold level of a multiple dose method of treatment of psoriasis is determined as a therapeutic effect selected from the group consisting of a reduction in psoriatic plaques, an improvement in the subject's Psoriatic Area Severity Index (PASI), and an improvement in the subject's Physician's Global Assessment (PGA) score.
  • PASI Psoriatic Area Severity Index
  • PGA Physician's Global Assessment
  • the subject has failed prior therapy with infliximab.
  • the invention describes a multiple-variable dose method of inducing remission of Crohn's disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of D2E7 such that a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of D2E7 within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • the invention further provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that a mean serum TNF ⁇ inhibitor trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved.
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitor is a human TNF ⁇ , or antigen-binding portion thereof, such as, but not limited to, adalimumab.
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved by administration of a loading dose of the adalimumab at week 0 followed by a second dose which comprises half the amount of the loading dose at week 2.
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved at week 2.
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved at week 4.
  • the invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of reducing psoriatic plaques comprising: administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of D2E7 such that a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the D2E7 within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • the invention provides a kit for the treatment of a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental comprising:
  • the invention also describes a kit for the treatment of a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising at least one container comprising an induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor packaged with instructions for administration of the induction dose within an induction phase.
  • the invention describes a kit for the treatment of a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising at least one container comprising a treatment dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor packaged with instructions for administration of the treatment dose within a treatment phase.
  • the kit is used for the treatment disorder is selected from the group consisting of an autoimmune disease, an infectious disease, transplant rejection or graft-versus-host disease, malignancy, a pulmonary disorder, an intestinal disorder, a cardiac disorder, sepsis, a spondyloarthropathy, a metabolic disorder, anemia, pain, a hepatic disorder, a skin disorder, a nail disorder, and vasculitis.
  • the autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis, allergy, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis, and nephrotic syndrome.
  • the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is selected from the group consisting of Behcet's disease, ankylosing spondylitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), restenosis, diabetes, anemia, pain, a Crohn's disease-related disorder, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA), a hepatitis C virus infection, psoriatic arthritis, and chronic plaque psoriasis.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder
  • IPF idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
  • JRA juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
  • JRA juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
  • the kit is used for the treatment disorder is selected from the group consisting of Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis, and psoriasis.
  • the invention provides compositions for use in treating Crohn's disease with a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody.
  • the invention provides a printed material, such as a label or packaging insert, which is used to inform a reader, including a prospective purchaser and/or a subject who will be administering the TNF ⁇ inhibitor for treatment, about the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody such as adalimumab.
  • the label may contain important information regarding adverse events, methods of administering, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information, clinical trial information, etc.
  • the label of the invention indicates that the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., TNF ⁇ antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used to treat Crohn's disease in patients who have had an inadequate response to conventional therapy and/or who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.
  • the label of the invention indicates the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is also indicated for treatment in adult patients with moderately to severely active Crohn's disease who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.
  • the label of the invention indicates that the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., TNF ⁇ antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used for reducing signs and symptoms and inducing remission in patients who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitor e.g., TNF ⁇ antibody, e.g., adalimumab
  • the label of the invention may also contain information regarding the pharmacokinetics of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor.
  • the label of the invention indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease, the loading dose of 160 mg TNF ⁇ inhibitor on week 0 followed by 80 mg TNF ⁇ inhibitor on week 2 achieves serum adalimumab trough levels of approximately 12 ⁇ g/mL at week 2 and week 4.
  • the invention includes an article of manufacture comprising a TNF ⁇ inhibitor and a package insert, wherein the package insert indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which about 40-60% of the loading dose on week 2 achieves a mean serum TNF ⁇ inhibitor trough level of approximately 12 ⁇ g/mL at week 2 and week 4.
  • the invention includes an article of manufacture comprising a TNF ⁇ inhibitor and a package insert, wherein the package insert indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which about 40-60% of the loading dose on week 2 achieves a mean serum TNF ⁇ inhibitor trough level of approximately 12 ⁇ g/mL at week 2 and week 4.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor in the kit is a TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • the antibody is an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K d of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less and a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 M or less.
  • the antibody has the following characteristics:
  • a) dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance;
  • b) has a light chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and/or 9;
  • c) has a heavy chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and/or 12.
  • the antibody has a light chain variable region (LCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 and a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • LCVR light chain variable region
  • HCVR heavy chain variable region
  • the antibody is D2E7.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the kit of the invention is etanercept or infliximab.
  • the treatment dose provided in the kit is 40-60% of the induction dose.
  • the induction dose provided in the kit ranges from about 20 to 200 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose provided in the kit ranges from 80 to 160 mg.
  • the treatment dose provided in the kit ranges from about 20 to 120 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose provided in the kit ranges from about 40 to 80 mg.
  • the induction dose provided in the kit of the invention comprises about 160 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises about 80 mg. In still another embodiment, the induction dose comprises about 80 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises about 40 mg.
  • the induction dose provided in the kit of the invention comprises 160 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 80 mg. In still another embodiment, the induction dose comprises 80 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 40 mg.
  • the container is a pre-filled syringe.
  • the kit contains instructions for administering the treatment dose 2 weeks following the induction dose.
  • the invention also provides method for treating a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a single dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that the disorder is treated.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen binding portion thereof.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is a human anti-TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, including, for example, a human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K d of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less and a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 M or less.
  • said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off rate constant of 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less.
  • said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less.
  • said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less.
  • said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 M or less.
  • said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 10 M or less.
  • the human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof can also be a recombinant antibody, or recombinant antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • said human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof is D2E7.
  • the single dose is selected from the group consisting of about 80 mg, 40, mg, and 20 mg.
  • the administration is by subcutaneous injection.
  • the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is Crohn's disease.
  • the disorder is ulcerative colitis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis (PsA). In still another embodiment, the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is rheumatoid arthritis.
  • FIG. 1 provides results demonstrating the percentage of patient's with Crohn's disease remission (CDAI ⁇ 150) over time using the multiple-variable dose regimen.
  • FIG. 2 shows a graph of the decrease in the mean CDAI score of Crohn's patients receiving the multiple variable dose regimens over time.
  • FIG. 3 shows remission and clinical response in Crohn's patients receiving multiple variable dose treatment.
  • FIG. 3A graphically provides the percentage of patients with a ⁇ 70 point CDAI decrease at four weeks. The P-values represent comparison with the placebo group.
  • FIG. 4 shows remission and clinical response in Crohn's patients receiving multiple variable dose treatment.
  • FIG. 4A graphically provides the percentage of patients with a ⁇ 100 point CDAI decrease at four weeks (p-values represent comparison with the placebo group).
  • FIG. 5 provides results showing the median CRP levels in Crohn's patients receiving multiple-variable treatments versus the placebo.
  • FIG. 6 provides results of the efficacy of the multiple-variable dose regimen at treating Crohn's disease as measured by the IBDQ score at four weeks (P-values represent comparison with placebo group).
  • FIG. 7 shows the percentage of psoriasis patients with ⁇ PASI 50/75/90 response at week 12 following treatment with each multiple variable D2E7 dose and the placebo.
  • PASI Psoriasis Area and Severity Index
  • FIG. 9 shows a comparative graph of the efficacy response at week 12 and week 24 for patients with psoriasis and PsA.
  • FIG. 10 shows a comparative graph of the efficacy response at week 12 and week 24 for patients with psoriasis and without PsA.
  • FIG. 11 graphically depicts the mean (SD) serum ADA concentration in patients with Crohn's disease.
  • human TNF ⁇ (abbreviated herein as hTNF ⁇ , or simply hTNF), as used herein, is intended to refer to a human cytokine that exists as a 17 kD secreted form and a 26 kD membrane associated form, the biologically active form of which is composed of a trimer of noncovalently bound 17 kD molecules.
  • hTNF ⁇ The structure of hTNF ⁇ is described further in, for example, Pennica, D., et al. (1984) Nature 312:724-729; Davis, J. M., et al. (1987) Biochemistry 26:1322-1326; and Jones, E. Y., et al. (1989) Nature 338:225-228.
  • human TNF ⁇ is intended to include recombinant human TNF ⁇ (rhTNF ⁇ ), which can be prepared by standard recombinant expression methods or purchased commercially (R & D Systems, Catalog No. 210-TA, Minneapolis, Minn.). TNF ⁇ is also referred to as TNF.
  • rhTNF ⁇ recombinant human TNF ⁇
  • TNF ⁇ is also referred to as TNF.
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitor includes agents which interfere with TNF ⁇ activity.
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitors include etanercept (Enbrel®, Amgen), infliximab (Remicade®, Johnson and Johnson), human anti-TNF monoclonal antibody (adalimumab/D2E7/HUMIRA®, Abbott Laboratories), CDP 571 (Celltech), and CDP 870 (Celltech), as well as other compounds which inhibit TNF ⁇ activity, such that when administered to a subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, the disorder is treated.
  • the term also includes each of the anti-TNF ⁇ human antibodies and antibody portions described herein as well as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382; 6,258,562; 6,509,015, and in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/801,185 and 10/302,356, each incorporated by reference herein.
  • antibody is intended to refer to immunoglobulin molecules comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds.
  • Each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region.
  • the heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region.
  • the light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL.
  • VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
  • CDR complementarity determining regions
  • FR framework regions
  • Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • the antibodies of the invention are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382; 6,258,562; and 6,509,015, and in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/801,185 and 10/302,356, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • antibody portion refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., hTNF ⁇ ). It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody.
  • binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR).
  • a Fab fragment a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains
  • a F(ab′) 2 fragment a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by
  • the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883).
  • single chain Fv single chain Fv
  • Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody.
  • Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • the antibody portions of the invention are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382, 6,258,562, 6,509,015, and in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/801,185 and 10/302,356, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Binding fragments are produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of intact immunoglobulins. Binding fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 , Fabc, Fv, single chains, and single-chain antibodies. Other than “bispecific” or “bifunctional” immunoglobulins or antibodies, an immunoglobulin or antibody is understood to have each of its binding sites identical. A “bispecific” or “bifunctional antibody” is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites. Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab′ fragments.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution”, as used herein, is one in which one amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue having a similar side chain.
  • Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art, including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine).
  • human antibody is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • the human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs and in particular CDR3.
  • the term “human antibody”, as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
  • recombinant human antibody is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell (described further below), antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library (described further below), antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes (see e.g., Taylor, L. D. et al. (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20:6287) or antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involves splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences.
  • Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
  • an “isolated antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody that is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities (e.g., an isolated antibody that specifically binds hTNF ⁇ is substantially free of antibodies that specifically bind antigens other than hTNF ⁇ ).
  • An isolated antibody that specifically binds hTNF ⁇ may, however, have cross-reactivity to other antigens, such as TNF ⁇ molecules from other species (discussed in further detail below).
  • an isolated antibody may be substantially free of other cellular material and/or chemicals.
  • a “neutralizing antibody”, as used herein (or an “antibody that neutralized hTNF ⁇ activity”), is intended to refer to an antibody whose binding to hTNF ⁇ results in inhibition of the biological activity of hTNF ⁇ .
  • This inhibition of the biological activity of hTNF ⁇ can be assessed by measuring one or more indicators of hTNF ⁇ biological activity, such as hTNF ⁇ -induced cytotoxicity (either in vitro or in vivo), hTNF ⁇ -induced cellular activation and hTNF ⁇ binding to hTNF ⁇ receptors.
  • hTNF ⁇ -induced cytotoxicity either in vitro or in vivo
  • hTNF ⁇ -induced cellular activation hTNF ⁇ binding to hTNF ⁇ receptors.
  • These indicators of hTNF ⁇ biological activity can be assessed by one or more of several standard in vitro or in vivo assays known in the art (see U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382).
  • the ability of an antibody to neutralize hTNF ⁇ activity is assessed by inhibition of hTNF ⁇ -induced cytotoxicity of L929 cells.
  • the ability of an antibody to inhibit hTNF ⁇ -induced expression of ELAM-1 on HUVEC, as a measure of hTNF ⁇ -induced cellular activation can be assessed.
  • surface plasmon resonance refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time biospecific interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIAcore system (Pharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.).
  • BIAcore Pharmaacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.
  • K off is intended to refer to the off rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
  • K d is intended to refer to the dissociation constant of a particular antibody-antigen interaction.
  • IC 50 is intended to refer to the concentration of the inhibitor required to inhibit the biological endpoint of interest, e.g., neutralize cytotoxicity activity.
  • nucleic acid molecule is intended to include DNA molecules and RNA molecules.
  • a nucleic acid molecule may be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecule as used herein in reference to nucleic acids encoding antibodies or antibody portions (e.g., VH, VL, CDR3) that bind hTNF ⁇ , is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule in which the nucleotide sequences encoding the antibody or antibody portion are free of other nucleotide sequences encoding antibodies or antibody portions that bind antigens other than hTNF ⁇ , which other sequences may naturally flank the nucleic acid in human genomic DNA.
  • an isolated nucleic acid of the invention encoding a VH region of an anti-hTNF ⁇ antibody contains no other sequences encoding other VH regions that bind antigens other than hTNF ⁇ .
  • vector is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated.
  • viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome.
  • Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • vectors can be integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked.
  • Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” (or simply, “expression vectors”).
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and vector may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • recombinant host cell (or simply “host cell”), as used herein, is intended to refer to a cell into which a recombinant expression vector has been introduced. It should be understood that such terms are intended to refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term “host cell” as used herein.
  • dose refers to an amount of TNF ⁇ inhibitor which is administered to a subject.
  • multiple-variable dose includes different doses of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor which are administered to a subject for therapeutic treatment.
  • Multiple-variable dose regimen or “multiple-variable dose therapy” describe a treatment schedule which is based on administering different amounts of TNF ⁇ inhibitor at various time points throughout the course of treatment.
  • the invention describes a multiple-variable dose method of treatment comprising an induction phase and a treatment phase, wherein a TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered at a higher dose during the induction phase than the treatment phase.
  • induction phase or “loading phase”, as used herein, refers to a period of treatment comprising administration of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor to a subject in order to attain a threshold level.
  • at least one induction dose of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered to a subject suffering from a disorder in which TNF ⁇ is detrimental.
  • threshold level refers to a therapeutically effective level of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor in a subject.
  • a threshold level is achieved by administering at least one induction dose during the induction phase of treatment. Any number of induction doses may be administered to achieve a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor. Once a threshold level is achieved, the treatment phase is initiated.
  • the induction dose can be a single dose or, alternatively, a set of doses.
  • the induction dose is often used to bring the drug in the body to a steady state amount, and may be used to which to achieve maintenance drug levels quickly.
  • An induction dose is subsequently followed by administration of smaller doses of TNF ⁇ inhibitor, i.e., the treatment dose.
  • the induction dose is administered during the induction phase of therapy.
  • the induction dose is at least twice the given amount of the treatment dose.
  • the induction dose of D2E7 is 160 mg.
  • the induction dose of D2E7 is 80 mg.
  • treatment phase refers to a period of treatment comprising administration of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor to a subject in order to maintain a desired therapeutic effect.
  • the treatment phase follows the induction phase, and, therefore, is initiated once a threshold level is achieved.
  • treatment dose or “maintenance dose” is the amount of TNF ⁇ inhibit or taken by a subject to maintain or continue a desired therapeutic effect.
  • a treatment dose is administered subsequent to the induction dose.
  • a treatment dose can be a single dose or, alternatively, a set of doses.
  • a treatment dose is administered during the treatment phase of therapy. Treatment doses are smaller than the induction dose and can be equal to each other when administered in succession.
  • the invention describes at least one induction dose of D2E7 of about 160 mg, followed by at least one treatment dose of about 80 mg.
  • the invention describes at least one induction dose of D2E7 of about 80 mg, followed by at least one treatment dose of about 40 mg.
  • the treatment dose is administered at least two weeks following the induction dose.
  • a “dosage regimen” or “dosing regimen” includes a treatment regimen based on a determined set of doses.
  • the invention describes a dosage regimen for the treatment of Crohn's disease, wherein D2E7 is first administered as an induction dose and then administered in treatment doses which are lower than that of the induction dose.
  • treating refers to the administration of a substance (e.g., an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody) to achieve a therapeutic objective (e.g., the treatment of a TNF ⁇ -associated disorder).
  • a substance e.g., an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody
  • a therapeutic objective e.g., the treatment of a TNF ⁇ -associated disorder
  • biweekly dosing regimen refers to the time course of administering a substance (e.g., an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody) to a subject to achieve a therapeutic objective (e.g., the treatment of a TNF ⁇ -associated disorder).
  • the biweekly dosing regimen is not intended to include a weekly dosing regimen.
  • the substance is administered every 9-19 days, more preferably, every 11-17 days, even more preferably, every 13-15 days, and most preferably, every 14 days.
  • a first agent in combination with a second agent includes co-administration of a first agent and a second agent, which for example may be dissolved or intermixed in the same pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or administration of a first agent, followed by the second agent, or administration of the second agent, followed by the first agent.
  • the present invention includes methods of combination therapeutic treatment and combination pharmaceutical compositions.
  • concomitant as in the phrase “concomitant therapeutic treatment” includes administering an agent in the presence of a second agent.
  • a concomitant therapeutic treatment method includes methods in which the first, second, third, or additional agents are co-administered.
  • a concomitant therapeutic treatment method also includes methods in which the first or additional agents are administered in the presence of a second or additional agents, wherein the second or additional agents, for example, may have been previously administered.
  • a concomitant therapeutic treatment method may be executed step-wise by different actors.
  • one actor may administer to a subject a first agent and a second actor may to administer to the subject a second agent, and the administering steps may be executed at the same time, or nearly the same time, or at distant times, so long as the first agent (and additional agents) are after administration in the presence of the second agent (and additional agents).
  • the actor and the subject may be the same entity (e.g., human).
  • combination therapy refers to the administration of two or more therapeutic substances, e.g., an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody and another drug, such as a DMARD or NSAID.
  • the other drug(s) may be administered concomitant with, prior to, or following the administration of an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody.
  • TNF ⁇ -mediated condition or “TNF ⁇ -related disorder” refers to a local and/or systemic physiological disorder where TNF ⁇ is a primary mediator leading to the manifestation of the disorder.
  • kit refers to a packaged product comprising components with which to administer the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention for treatment of a TNF ⁇ -related disorder.
  • the kit preferably comprises a box or container that holds the components of the kit.
  • the box or container is affixed with a label or a Food and Drug Administration approved protocol.
  • the box or container holds components of the invention which are preferably contained within plastic, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene, or propylene vessels.
  • the vessels can be capped-tubes or bottles.
  • the kit can also include instructions for administering the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention.
  • the kit of the invention includes the formulation comprising the human antibody D2E7, as described in PCT/IB03/04502 and U.S. application Ser. No. 10/222,140.
  • This invention provides a multiple-variable dose method of treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which the administration of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor is beneficial.
  • these methods include administration of isolated human antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, that bind to human TNF ⁇ with high affinity and a low off rate, and have a high neutralizing capacity.
  • the human antibodies of the invention are recombinant, neutralizing human anti-hTNF ⁇ antibodies.
  • D2E7 The most preferred recombinant, neutralizing antibody of the invention is referred to herein as D2E7, also referred to as HUMIRA® and adalimumab
  • D2E7 VL region is shown in SEQ ID NO: 1
  • amino acid sequence of the D2E7 VH region is shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • HUMIRA® The properties of D2E7 (HUMIRA®) have been described in Salfeld et al., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382, 6,258,562, and 6,509,015, which are each incorporated by reference herein.
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitors include chimeric and humanized murine anti-hTNF ⁇ antibodies which have undergone clinical testing for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (see e.g., Elliott, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1125-1127; Elliot, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1105-1110; Rankin, E. C., et al. (1995) Br. J. Rheumatol. 34:334-342).
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention includes the administration of D2E7 antibodies and antibody portions, D2E7-related antibodies and antibody portions, and other human antibodies and antibody portions with equivalent properties to D2E7, such as high affinity binding to hTNF ⁇ with low dissociation kinetics and high neutralizing capacity.
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose treatment with an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K d of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less and a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 M or less.
  • the isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off of 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less, or even more preferably, with a K off of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less. More preferably, the isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, neutralizes human TNF ⁇ cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less, even more preferably with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 M or less and still more preferably with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 10 M or less.
  • the antibody is an isolated human recombinant antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the invention pertains to multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which the TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental by administering human antibodies that have slow dissociation kinetics for association with hTNF ⁇ and that have light and heavy chain CDR3 domains that structurally are identical to or related to those of D2E7.
  • Position 9 of the D2E7 VL CDR3 can be occupied by Ala or Thr without substantially affecting the K off .
  • a consensus motif for the D2E7 VL CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence: Q-R—Y—N—R-A-P—Y-(T/A) (SEQ ID NO: 3). Additionally, position 12 of the D2E7 VH CDR3 can be occupied by Tyr or Asn, without substantially affecting the K off . Accordingly, a consensus motif for the D2E7 VH CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence: V—S—Y-L-S-T-A-S—S-L-D-(Y/N) (SEQ ID NO: 4). Moreover, as demonstrated in Example 2 of U.S. Pat. No.
  • the CDR3 domain of the D2E7 heavy and light chains is amenable to substitution with a single alanine residue (at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 within the VL CDR3 or at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 within the VH CDR3) without substantially affecting the K off .
  • substitution of other amino acids within the CDR3 domains may be possible while still retaining the low off rate constant of the antibody, in particular substitutions with conservative amino acids.
  • no more than one to five conservative amino acid substitutions are made within the D2E7 VL and/or VH CDR3 domains. More preferably, no more than one to three conservative amino acid substitutions are made within the D2E7 VL and/or VH CDR3 domains. Additionally, conservative amino acid substitutions should not be made at amino acid positions critical for binding to hTNF ⁇ . Positions 2 and 5 of the D2E7 VL CDR3 and positions 1 and 7 of the D2E7 VH CDR3 appear to be critical for interaction with hTNF ⁇ and thus, conservative amino acid substitutions preferably are not made at these positions (although an alanine substitution at position 5 of the D2E7 VL CDR3 is acceptable, as described above) (see U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382).
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder by the administration of an isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains the following characteristics:
  • a) dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off rate constant of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance;
  • b) has a light chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and/or 9;
  • c) has a heavy chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and/or 12.
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off of 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less. Even more preferably, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNF ⁇ with a K off of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less.
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder by the administration of an isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains a light chain variable region (LCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8, and with a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11.
  • LCVR light chain variable region
  • HCVR heavy chain variable region
  • the LCVR further has a CDR2 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5 (i.e., the D2E7 VL CDR2) and the HCVR further has a CDR2 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 (i.e., the D2E7 VH CDR2).
  • the LCVR further has CDR1 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7 (i.e., the D2E7 VL CDR1) and the HCVR has a CDR1 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 (i.e., the D2E7 VH CDR1).
  • the framework regions for VL preferably are from the V ⁇ I human germline family, more preferably from the A20 human germline Vk gene and most preferably from the D2E7 VL framework sequences shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B of U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382.
  • the framework regions for VH preferably are from the V H 3 human germline family, more preferably from the DP-31 human germline VH gene and most preferably from the D2E7 VH framework sequences shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B of U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382.
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder by the administration of an isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains a light chain variable region (LCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (i.e., the D2E7 VL) and a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 (i.e., the D2E7 VH).
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region, such as an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region.
  • the heavy chain constant region is an IgG1 heavy chain constant region or an IgG4 heavy chain constant region.
  • the antibody can comprise a light chain constant region, either a kappa light chain constant region or a lambda light chain constant region.
  • the antibody comprises a kappa light chain constant region.
  • the antibody portion can be, for example, a Fab fragment or a single chain Fv fragment.
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which the administration of an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody is beneficial administration of an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portions thereof.
  • the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains D2E7-related VL and VH CDR3 domains, for example, antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, with a light chain variable region (LCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 20, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 22, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 24, SEQ ID NO: 25 and SEQ ID NO: 26 or with a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention is etanercept (described in WO 91/03553 and WO 09/406,476), infliximab (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,272), CDP571 (a humanized monoclonal anti-TNF-alpha IgG4 antibody), CDP 870 (a humanized monoclonal anti-TNF-alpha antibody fragment), D2E7 (a human anti-TNF mAb), soluble TNF receptor Type I, or a pegylated soluble TNF receptor Type I (PEGs TNF-R1).
  • etanercept described in WO 91/03553 and WO 09/406,476
  • infliximab described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,272
  • CDP571 a humanized monoclonal anti-TNF-alpha IgG4 antibody
  • CDP 870 a humanized monoclonal anti-TNF-alpha antibody fragment
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention can be modified.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody or antigen binding fragments thereof is chemically modified to provide a desired effect.
  • pegylation of antibodies and antibody fragments of the invention may be carried out by any of the pegylation reactions known in the art, as described, for example, in the following references: Focus on Growth Factors 3:4-10 (1992); EP 0 154 316; and EP 0 401 384 (each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
  • the pegylation is carried out via an acylation reaction or an alkylation reaction with a reactive polyethylene glycol molecule (or an analogous reactive water-soluble polymer).
  • a preferred water-soluble polymer for pegylation of the antibodies and antibody fragments of the invention is polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • polyethylene glycol is meant to encompass any of the forms of PEG that have been used to derivatize other proteins, such as mono (Cl-ClO) alkoxy- or aryloxy-polyethylene glycol.
  • Methods for preparing pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments of the invention will generally comprise the steps of (a) reacting the antibody or antibody fragment with polyethylene glycol, such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG, under conditions whereby the antibody or antibody fragment becomes attached to one or more PEG groups, and (b) obtaining the reaction products.
  • polyethylene glycol such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG
  • Pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments may generally be used to treat TNF ⁇ -related disorders of the invention by administration of the TNF ⁇ antibodies and antibody fragments described herein. Generally the pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments have increased half-life, as compared to the nonpegylated antibodies and antibody fragments. The pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments may be employed alone, together, or in combination with other pharmaceutical compositions.
  • TNF ⁇ antibodies or fragments thereof can be altered wherein the constant region of the antibody is modified to reduce at least one constant region-mediated biological effector function relative to an unmodified antibody.
  • the immunoglobulin constant region segment of the antibody can be mutated at particular regions necessary for Fc receptor (FcR) interactions (see e.g., Canfield, S. M. and S. L. Morrison (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173:1483-1491; and Lund, J. et al. (1991) J. of Immunol. 147:2657-2662).
  • Reduction in FcR binding ability of the antibody may also reduce other effector functions which rely on FcR interactions, such as opsonization and phagocytosis and antigen-dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., another peptide or protein). Accordingly, the antibodies and antibody portions of the invention are intended to include derivatized and otherwise modified forms of the human anti-hTNF ⁇ antibodies described herein, including immunoadhesion molecules.
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be functionally linked (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
  • another antibody e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody
  • a detectable agent e.g., a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
  • One type of derivatized antibody is produced by crosslinking two or more antibodies (of the same type or of different types, e.g., to create bispecific antibodies).
  • Suitable crosslinkers include those that are heterobifunctional, having two distinctly reactive groups separated by an appropriate spacer (e.g., m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) or homobifunctional (e.g., disuccinimidyl suberate).
  • Such linkers are available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Ill.
  • Useful detectable agents with which an antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds.
  • Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like.
  • An antibody may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When an antibody is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product.
  • the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase when the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase is present, the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is detectable.
  • An antibody may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
  • An antibody, or antibody portion, of the invention can be prepared by recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light and heavy chain genes in a host cell.
  • a host cell is transfected with one or more recombinant expression vectors carrying DNA fragments encoding the immunoglobulin light and heavy chains of the antibody such that the light and heavy chains are expressed in the host cell and, preferably, secreted into the medium in which the host cells are cultured, from which medium the antibodies can be recovered.
  • Standard recombinant DNA methodologies are used to obtain antibody heavy and light chain genes, incorporate these genes into recombinant expression vectors and introduce the vectors into host cells, such as those described in Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis (eds), Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition , Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), Ausubel, F. M. et al. (eds.) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , Greene Publishing Associates, (1989) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397 by Boss et al.
  • DNA fragments encoding the light and heavy chain variable regions are first obtained. These DNAs can be obtained by amplification and modification of germline light and heavy chain variable sequences using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable region genes are known in the art (see e.g., the “Vbase” human germline sequence database; see also Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition , U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242; Tomlinson, I. M., et al.
  • the DP-31 VH germline sequence is amplified.
  • a member of the V ⁇ I family of human germline VL genes is amplified by standard PCR.
  • the A20 VL germline sequence is amplified. PCR primers suitable for use in amplifying the DP-31 germline VH and A20 germline VL sequences can be designed based on the nucleotide sequences disclosed in the references cited supra, using standard methods.
  • these sequences can be mutated to encode the D2E7 or D2E7-related amino acid sequences disclosed herein.
  • the amino acid sequences encoded by the germline VH and VL DNA sequences are first compared to the D2E7 or D2E7-related VH and VL amino acid sequences to identify amino acid residues in the D2E7 or D2E7-related sequence that differ from germline. Then, the appropriate nucleotides of the germline DNA sequences are mutated such that the mutated germline sequence encodes the D2E7 or D2E7-related amino acid sequence, using the genetic code to determine which nucleotide changes should be made.
  • Mutagenesis of the germline sequences is carried out by standard methods, such as PCR-mediated mutagenesis (in which the mutated nucleotides are incorporated into the PCR primers such that the PCR product contains the mutations) or site-directed mutagenesis.
  • DNA fragments encoding D2E7 or D2E7-related VH and VL segments are obtained (by amplification and mutagenesis of germline VH and VL genes, as described above), these DNA fragments can be further manipulated by standard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variable region genes to full-length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genes or to a scFv gene.
  • a VL- or VH-encoding DNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA fragment encoding another protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexible linker.
  • the term “operatively linked”, as used in this context, is intended to mean that the two DNA fragments are joined such that the amino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in-frame.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VH region can be converted to a full-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the VH-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CH1, CH2 and CH3).
  • heavy chain constant regions CH1, CH2 and CH3
  • the sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition , U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification.
  • the heavy chain constant region can be an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region, but most preferably is an IgG1 or IgG4 constant region.
  • the VH-encoding DNA can be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CH1 constant region.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VL region can be converted to a full-length light chain gene (as well as a Fab light chain gene) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region, CL.
  • the sequences of human light chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition , U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification.
  • the light chain constant region can be a kappa or lambda constant region, but most preferably is a kappa constant region.
  • the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3 , such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the flexible linker (see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) 348:552-554).
  • a flexible linker e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3
  • DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains, obtained as described above, are inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational control sequences.
  • operatively linked is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene.
  • the expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used.
  • the antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector.
  • the antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present).
  • the expression vector Prior to insertion of the D2E7 or D2E7-related light or heavy chain sequences, the expression vector may already carry antibody constant region sequences.
  • one approach to converting the D2E7 or D2E7-related VH and VL sequences to full-length antibody genes is to insert them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions, respectively, such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector.
  • the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell.
  • the antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene.
  • the signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell.
  • the term “regulatory sequence” is intended to include promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes.
  • Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc.
  • Preferred regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV) (such as the CMV promoter/enhancer), Simian Virus 40 (SV40) (such as the SV40 promoter/enhancer), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • SV40 Simian Virus 40
  • AdMLP adenovirus major late promoter
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes.
  • the selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.).
  • the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced.
  • Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr ⁇ host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques.
  • the various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like.
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NS0 myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells.
  • Chinese Hamster Ovary CHO cells
  • dhfr-CHO cells described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621
  • NS0 myeloma cells
  • the antibodies When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
  • Host cells can also be used to produce portions of intact antibodies, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. It is understood that variations on the above procedure are within the scope of the present invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding either the light chain or the heavy chain (but not both) of an antibody of this invention. Recombinant DNA technology may also be used to remove some or all of the DNA encoding either or both of the light and heavy chains that is not necessary for binding to hTNF ⁇ . The molecules expressed from such truncated DNA molecules are also encompassed by the antibodies of the invention.
  • bifunctional antibodies may be produced in which one heavy and one light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy and light chain are specific for an antigen other than hTNF ⁇ by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by standard chemical crosslinking methods.
  • a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
  • the antibody heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory elements to drive high levels of transcription of the genes.
  • the recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification.
  • the selected transformant host cells are culture to allow for expression of the antibody heavy and light chains and intact antibody is recovered from the culture medium.
  • Standard molecular biology techniques are used to prepare the recombinant expression vector, transfect the host cells, select for transformants, culture the host cells and recover the antibody from the culture medium.
  • Recombinant human antibodies of the invention in addition to D2E7 or an antigen binding portion thereof, or D2E7-related antibodies disclosed herein can be isolated by screening of a recombinant combinatorial antibody library, preferably a scFv phage display library, prepared using human VL and VH cDNAs prepared from mRNA derived from human lymphocytes. Methodologies for preparing and screening such libraries are known in the art. In addition to commercially available kits for generating phage display libraries (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System, catalog no. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAPTM phage display kit, catalog no.
  • kits for generating phage display libraries e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System, catalog no. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAPTM phage display kit, catalog no.
  • examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display libraries can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/20791; Markland et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. PCT Publication No. WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. PCT Publication No.
  • a murine anti-hTNF ⁇ antibody having high affinity and a low off rate constant for hTNF ⁇ is first used to select human heavy and light chain sequences having similar binding activity toward hTNF ⁇ , using the epitope imprinting methods described in Hoogenboom et al., PCT Publication No. WO 93/06213.
  • the antibody libraries used in this method are preferably scFv libraries prepared and screened as described in McCafferty et al., PCT Publication No.
  • the scFv antibody libraries preferably are screened using recombinant human TNF ⁇ as the antigen.
  • VL and VH segments of the preferred VL/VH pair(s) can be randomly mutated, preferably within the CDR3 region of VH and/or VL, in a process analogous to the in vivo somatic mutation process responsible for affinity maturation of antibodies during a natural immune response.
  • This in vitro affinity maturation can be accomplished by amplifying VH and VL regions using PCR primers complimentary to the VH CDR3 or VL CDR3, respectively, which primers have been “spiked” with a random mixture of the four nucleotide bases at certain positions such that the resultant PCR products encode VH and VL segments into which random mutations have been introduced into the VH and/or VL CDR3 regions.
  • These randomly mutated VH and VL segments can be rescreened for binding to hTNF ⁇ and sequences that exhibit high affinity and a low off rate for hTNF ⁇ binding can be selected.
  • nucleic acid encoding the selected antibody can be recovered from the display package (e.g., from the phage genome) and subcloned into other expression vectors by standard recombinant DNA techniques. If desired, the nucleic acid can be further manipulated to create other antibody forms of the invention (e.g., linked to nucleic acid encoding additional immunoglobulin domains, such as additional constant regions).
  • the DNA encoding the antibody is cloned into a recombinant expression vector and introduced into a mammalian host cells, as described in further detail in above.
  • the invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of disorders (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A.).
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of a TNF ⁇ -related disorders including sepsis, infections, autoimmune diseases, transplant rejection and graft-versus-host disease (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A., et al. Vasilli, P. (1992) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 10:411-452; Tracey, K. J. and Cerami, A. (1994) Annu. Rev. Med. 45:491-503).
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from a TNF ⁇ -related disorder, which method comprises administering to a subject an initial induction dose and subsequently administering a treatment dose of an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor, such that TNF ⁇ activity is inhibited.
  • the TNF ⁇ is human TNF ⁇ and the subject is a human subject.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is D2E7, also referred to as HUMIRA® (adalimumab).
  • a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental is intended to include diseases and other disorders in which the presence of TNF ⁇ in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. Accordingly, a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental is a disorder in which inhibition of TNF ⁇ activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc.
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitors including antibodies and antibody portions, of the invention in the treatment of specific disorders using a multiple-variable dose therapy is discussed further below:
  • Tumor necrosis factor has an established role in the pathophysiology of sepsis, with biological effects that include hypotension, myocardial suppression, vascular leakage syndrome, organ necrosis, stimulation of the release of toxic secondary mediators and activation of the clotting cascade (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A.; Tracey, K. J. and Cerami, A. (1994) Annu. Rev. Med. 45:491-503; Russell, D. and Thompson, R. C. (1993) Curr. Opin. Biotech. 4:714-721).
  • the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat sepsis in any of its clinical settings, including septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis and toxic shock syndrome.
  • an anti-hTNF ⁇ antibody, or antibody portion, of the invention can be coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that may further alleviate sepsis, such as an interleukin-1 inhibitor (such as those described in PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/16221 and WO 92/17583), the cytokine interleukin-6 (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 93/11793) or an antagonist of platelet activating factor (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 374 510).
  • additional therapeutic agents such as an interleukin-1 inhibitor (such as those described in PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/16221 and WO 92/17583), the cytokine interleukin-6 (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 93/11793) or an antagonist of platelet activating factor (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 374 510).
  • additional therapeutic agents such as an interle
  • an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody or antibody portion is administered to a human subject within a subgroup of sepsis patients having a serum or plasma concentration of IL-6 above 500 pg/ml, and more preferably 1000 pg/ml, at the time of treatment (see PCT Publication No. WO 95/20978 by Daum, L., et al.).
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in playing a role in the pathophysiology of a variety of autoimmune diseases.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in activating tissue inflammation and causing joint destruction in rheumatoid arthritis (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A.; Tracey and Cerami, supra; Arend, W. P. and Dayer, J-M. (1995) Arth. Rheum. 38:151-160; Fava, R. A., et al. (1993) Clin.
  • TNF ⁇ also has been implicated in promoting the death of islet cells and in mediating insulin resistance in diabetes (see e.g., Tracey and Cerami, supra; PCT Publication No. WO 94/08609). TNF ⁇ also has been implicated in mediating cytotoxicity to oligodendrocytes and induction of inflammatory plaques in multiple sclerosis (see e.g., Tracey and Cerami, supra). TNF ⁇ also has been implicated in mediating cytotoxicity to oligodendrocytes and induction of inflammatory plaques in multiple sclerosis (see e.g., Tracey and Cerami, supra).
  • Chimeric and humanized murine anti-hTNF ⁇ antibodies have undergone clinical testing for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (see e.g., Elliott, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1125-1127; Elliot, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1105-1110; Rankin, E. C., et al. (1995) Br. J. Rheumatol. 34:334-342).
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitors including human antibodies, and antibody portions such as D2E7, may be used in a multiple-variable dose method to treat autoimmune diseases, in particular those associated with inflammation.
  • autoimmune diseases include rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis and gouty arthritis, allergy, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis and nephrotic syndrome.
  • Other examples of autoimmune conditions include multisystem autoimmune diseases and autoimmune hearing loss.
  • the antibody, or antibody portion is administered systemically, although for certain disorders, local administration of the antibody or antibody portion at a site of inflammation may be beneficial (e.g., local administration in the joints in rheumatoid arthritis or topical application to diabetic ulcers, alone or in combination with a cyclohexane-ylidene derivative as described in PCT Publication No. WO 93/19751).
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitors including human antibodies, and antibody portions such as D2E7, also can be administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful in the multiple-variable dose treatment of autoimmune diseases, as discussed further in subsection IV.
  • a human TNF ⁇ antibody is used in multiple-variable dose therapy to treat autoimmune disorders such as lupus.
  • Lupus is has been shown to be associated with TNF activity (Shvidel et al. (2002) Hematol J. 3:32; Studnicka-Benke et al. (1996) Br J Rheumatol. 35:1067).
  • the term “lupus” as used herein refers to a chronic, inflammatory autoimmune disorder called lupus erythematosus that may affect many organ systems including the skin, joints and internal organs.
  • Lupus is a general term which includes a number of specific types of lupus, including systemic lupus, lupus nephritis, and lupus cerebritis.
  • systemic lupus SLE
  • the body's natural defenses are turned against the body and rogue immune cells attack the body's tissues.
  • Antibodies may be produced that can react against the body's blood cells, organs, and tissues. This reaction leads to immune cells attacking the affected systems, producing a chronic disease.
  • Lupus nephritis also referred to as lupus glomerular disease, is kidney disorder that is usually a complication of SLE, and is characterized by damage to the glomerulus and progressive loss of kidney function.
  • Lupus cerebritis refers to another complication of SLE, which is inflammation of the brain and/or central nervous system.
  • Another autoimmune disease which can be treated using the multiple-variable dose treatment of the invention is Crohn's disease, which is described in more detail below in the Intestinal Disorders Section.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in mediating biological effects observed in a variety of infectious diseases.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in mediating brain inflammation and capillary thrombosis and infarction in malaria.
  • TNF ⁇ also has been implicated in mediating brain inflammation, inducing breakdown of the blood-brain barrier, triggering septic shock syndrome and activating venous infarction in meningitis.
  • TNF ⁇ also has been implicated in inducing cachexia, stimulating viral proliferation and mediating central nervous system injury in acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS).
  • AIDS acquired immune deficiency syndrome
  • antibodies, and antibody portions, directed against TNF can be used in multiple-variable dose treatment of infectious diseases, including bacterial meningitis (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No.
  • EP 585 705) cerebral malaria, AIDS and AIDS-related complex (ARC) (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 230 574), as well as cytomegalovirus infection secondary to transplantation (see e.g., Fietze et al. (1994) Transplantation 58:675).
  • the antibodies, and antibody portions, of the invention also can be used to alleviate symptoms associated with infectious diseases, including fever and myalgias due to infection (such as influenza) and cachexia secondary to infection (e.g., secondary to AIDS or ARC).
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated as a key mediator of allograft rejection and graft versus host disease (GVHD) and in mediating an adverse reaction that has been observed when the rat antibody OKT3, directed against the T cell receptor CD3 complex, is used to inhibit rejection of renal transplants (see e.g., Eason et al. (1995) Transplantation 59:300; Suthanthiran and Strom (1994) New Engl. J. Med. 331:365). Accordingly, the antibodies, and antibody portions, of the invention, can be used to inhibit transplant rejection using multiple-variable dose treatment, including rejections of allografts and xenografts and to inhibit GVHD.
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be used alone, more preferably it is used in combination with one or more other agents that inhibit the immune response against the allograft or inhibit GVHD.
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is used in combination with OKT3 to inhibit OKT3-induced reactions.
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is used in combination with one or more antibodies directed at other targets involved in regulating immune responses, such as the cell surface molecules CD25 (interleukin-2 receptor- ⁇ ), CD11a (LFA-1), CD54 (ICAM-1), CD4, CD45, CD28/CTLA4, CD80 (B7-1) and/or CD86 (B7-2).
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is used in combination with one or more general immunosuppressive agents, such as cyclosporin A or FK506.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in inducing cachexia, stimulating tumor growth, enhancing metastatic potential and mediating cytotoxicity in malignancies. Accordingly, antibodies, and antibody portions, which directed against TNF, can be used in the multiple-variable dose treatment of malignancies, wherein treatment inhibits tumor growth or metastasis and/or alleviates cachexia secondary to malignancy.
  • the antibody, or antibody portion may be administered systemically or locally to the tumor site.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), including stimulating leukocyte-endothelial activation, directing cytotoxicity to pneumocytes and inducing vascular leakage syndrome.
  • ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
  • the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat various pulmonary disorders, including adult respiratory distress syndrome, using multiple-variable dose treatment (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 91/04054), shock lung, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease, pulmonary sarcoidosis, pulmonary fibrosis and silicosis.
  • the antibody, or antibody portion may be administered systemically or locally to the lung surface, for example as an aerosol.
  • An antibody, or antibody portion also can be administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful in the multiple-variable dose treatment of pulmonary disorders, as discussed further in subsection IV.
  • pulmonary disorders in which TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology include idiopathic interstitial lung disease and chronic obstructive airway disorders (see e.g., Piquet et al. (1989) J Exp Med. 170:655; Whyte et al. (2000) Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 162:755; Anticevich et al. (1995) Eur J Pharmacol. 284 :221).
  • the invention further provides methods for treating TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from such a pulmonary disorder, which method comprises administering to the subject an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor using a multiple variable dose regimen such that TNF ⁇ activity in the subject suffering from idiopathic interstitial lung disease or a chronic obstructive airway disorder is inhibited.
  • idiopathic interstitial lung diseases and chronic obstructive airway disorders in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental are discussed further below.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used in multiple-variable dose treatment regimen to treat subjects who have an idiopathic interstitial lung disease.
  • idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis or “IPF” refers to a group of disorders characterized by inflammation and eventually scarring of the deep lung tissues, leading to shortness of breath. The scarring of the alveoli (air sacs) and their supporting structures (the interstitium) in IPF eventually leads to a loss of the functional alveolar units and a reduction of the transfer of oxygen from air to blood.
  • IPF is also referred to as diffuse parenchymal lung disease; alveolitis; cryptogenic fibrosing alveolitis (CFA); idiopathic pulmonary pneumonitis (IPP); and usual interstitial pneumonitis (UIP).
  • IPF is often used synonymously with UIP (“IPF/UIP”) because UIP is the most common cellular pattern seen in the pathologic diagnosis of IPF.
  • Idiopathic interstitial lung diseases affect the lungs in three ways: first, the lung tissue is damaged in some known or unknown way; second, the walls of the air sacs in the lung become inflamed; and finally, scarring (or fibrosis) begins in the interstitium (or tissue between the air sacs), and the lung becomes stiff.
  • idiopathic interstitial lung diseases include idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF). Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) (see Piquet et al. (1989) J Exp Med. 170:655; Whyte et al.
  • IPF patients have increased levels of TNF expression in macrophages and in type II epithelial cells (Piquet et al. (1993) Am J Pathol 143:651; Nash et al. (1993) Histopathology 22:343; Zhang et al. (1993) J Immunol 150:4188). Certain genetic polymorphisms are also associated with increased TNF expression, and are implicated in playing a role in IPF and silicosis (Whyte et al., supra; Corbett et al., supra).
  • IPF IPF-associated pulmonary fibrosis
  • drugs for the treatment of IPF are prednisone and cytoxan, although only a fraction of patients improve with continued use of these drugs (American Thoracic Society (2000) Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. 161:646).
  • Oxygen administration and transplantation of the lung are other choices for treatment.
  • antibodies used in the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention may be used in combination with another therapeutic agent, for example oxygen, for the treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis.
  • OVA ovalbumin
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody is used in multiple-variable dose treatment regimen to treat a subject who has a chronic obstructive airflow disorder.
  • airflow obstruction may be chronic and persistent or episodic and recurrent.
  • Airflow obstruction is usually determined by forced expiratory spirometry, which is the recording of exhaled volume against time during a maximal expiration.
  • forced expiratory spirometry is the recording of exhaled volume against time during a maximal expiration.
  • a full forced expiration usually takes between 3 and 4 seconds.
  • a patient with chronic obstructive airflow disorder wherein airflow is obstructed, it usually takes up to 15 to 20 seconds and may be limited by breath-holding time.
  • the normal forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration (FEV 1 ) is easily measured and accurately predicted on the basis of age, sex, and height.
  • the ratio of FEV 1 to forced vital capacity (FEV 1 /FVC) normally exceeds 0.75.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of asthma, (Anticevich et al. (1995) Eur J Pharmacol. 284:221; Thomas et al. 1995 . Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 152:76; Thomas and Heywood (2002) Thorax. 57:774).
  • acute asthma attacks have been found to be associated with pulmonary neutrophilia and elevated BAL TNF levels (Ordonez et al. (2000) Am J Respir Crit Care Med 161:1185). It has been found that the severity of asthma symptoms correlates with endotoxin levels in house dust.
  • anti-TNF antibodies reduced endotoxin-induced airway changes (Kips et al. (1992) Am Rev Respir Dis 145:332).
  • asthma refers to a disorder in which inflammation of the airways causes airflow into and out of the lungs to be restricted. Asthma is also referred to as bronchial asthma, exercise induced asthma—bronchial, and reactive airways disease (RAD). In some instances, asthma is associated with allergies and/or is familial. Asthma includes a condition which is characterized by widespread fluctuations in the diameter or caliber of bronchial airways over short periods of time, resulting in changes in lung function. The resulting increased resistance to air flow produces symptoms in the affected subject, including breathlessness (dyspnea), chest constriction or “tightness,” and wheezing.
  • Patients with asthma are characterized according to NIH guidelines, are described as mild intermittent, mild persistent, moderate persistent, and severe persistent (see NAEPP Expert Panel Report Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma-Update on Selected Topics 2002. JACI-2002; 110: S141-S209; Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma. NIH Publication 97-4051, July 1997).
  • Patients diagnosed with moderate persistent asthma are often treated with inhaled corticosteroids.
  • Patients diagnosed with severe persistent asthma are often treated with high dose inhaled corticosteroids and p.o. corticosteroids.
  • COPD Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, (Keatings (2000) Chest. 118:971; Sakao et al. (2001) Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 163:420; Sakao et al. (2002) Chest. 122:416).
  • COPD includes chronic bronchitis (mucous hypersecretion with goblet cell submucosal gland hyperplasia), chronic obstructive bronchitis, or emphysema (destruction of airway parenchyma), or combinations of these conditions.
  • Emphysema and chronic bronchitis are the most common forms of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
  • COPD is defined by irreversible airflow obstruction.
  • COPD chronic inflammation leads to fixed narrowing of small airways and lung parenchyma and alveolar wall destruction (emphysema). This is characterized by increased numbers of alveolar macrophages, neutrophils, and cytotoxic T lymphocytes, and the release of multiple inflammatory mediators (lipids, chemokines, cytokines, growth factors). This inflammation leads to fibrosis with a narrowing of the small airways and lung parenchymal destruction. There is also a high level of oxidative stress, which may amplify this inflammation.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of inflammatory bowel disorders including Crohn's disease (see e.g., Tracy et al. (1986) Science 234:470; Sun et al. (1988) J. Clin. Invest. 81:1328; MacDonald et al. (1990) Clin. Exp. Immunol. 81:301).
  • Chimeric murine anti-hTNF ⁇ antibodies have undergone clinical testing for treatment of Crohn's disease (van Dullemen et al. (1995) Gastroenterology 109:129).
  • the invention includes a multiple-variable dose regimen comprising administering a TNF ⁇ inhibitor to treat intestinal disorders, such as idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease, using human antibodies, or antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • Idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease includes two syndromes, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis.
  • the multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention is also used to treat disorders often associated with IBD and Crohn's disease.
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disorder
  • Crohn's disease-related disorder as used interchangeably herein, is used to describe conditions and complications commonly associated with IBD and Crohn's disease.
  • the invention includes a multiple-variable dose regimen comprising administering a TNF ⁇ inhibitor to treat Crohn's disease.
  • the treatment of Crohn's disease is based on location, extent, and severity of disease.
  • Pharmacologic interventions include anti-inflammatory agents (aminosalicylates and corticosteroids) and immunomodulatory agents (azathioprine and 6-mercaptopurine [6-MP], cyclosporine, methotrexate [MTX], antibiotic agents, and biologic agents).
  • C-reactive protein (CRP) and erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) levels reflect non-specific acute phase reactions. Endoscopy is a primary means of diagnosing Crohn's disease.
  • Radiologic features of Crohn's disease are shown by barium examination includes mucosal edema, aphthous and linear ulcerations, asymmetrical narrowing and strictures, and separation of adjacent loops of bowel caused by mesenteric thickening. Abnormalities are focal and asymmetric. The primary histologic lesion is anaphthous ulcer. Subjects with Crohn's disease can be evaluated using the Crohn's Disease Activity Index (CDAI), which is a standard measure of the severity of the disease with higher scores indicating more severe disease activity.
  • CDAI Crohn's Disease Activity Index
  • Crohn's disease-related disorders which can be treated using the methods of the invention include fistulas in the bladder, vagina, and skin; bowel obstructions; abscesses; nutritional deficiencies; complications from corticosteroid use; inflammation of the joints; erythem nodosum; pyoderma gangrenosum; and lesions of the eye.
  • Other disorders commonly associated with Crohn's disease include Crohn's-related arthralgias, fistulizing Crohn's, indeterminant colitis, and pouchitis.
  • the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention also can be used to treat in of various cardiac or coronary disorders, including ischemia of the heart (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 453 898) and heart insufficiency (weakness of the heart muscle) (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 94/20139).
  • TNF ⁇ has also been implicated in the pathophysiology of restenosis (see e.g., Clausell et al. (1994), supra; Medall et al. (1997) Heart 78:273).
  • a cardiac disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental is intended to include coronary and cardiovascular diseases in which the presence of TNF ⁇ in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder, including cardiovascular disorders, e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., restenosis.
  • coronary disorder refers to any disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the
  • Coronary disease may result from the build up of fatty material and plaque. As the coronary arteries narrow, the flow of blood to the heart can slow or stop. Coronary disorders of the invention can apply to any abnormality of an artery, whether structural, histological, biochemical or any other abnormality.
  • An example of coronary heart disease is restenosis.
  • a coronary disorder refers to any disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system excluding ischemia of the heart and heart insufficiency.
  • a blockage can be caused by a clot, which usually forms in a coronary artery that has been previously narrowed from changes usually related to atherosclerosis.
  • the atherosclerotic plaque inside the arterial wall cracks, it can trigger the formation of a thrombus, or clot.
  • Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject), which can be detected, for example, using an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody as described above.
  • a coronary disorder can be also caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus.
  • Coronary disorders includes both coronary artery disease and peripheral vascular disease.
  • a antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered to the subject in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below.
  • the invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject with a cardiac disorder.
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting or decreasing TNF ⁇ activity in a subject with a coronary disorder, comprising administering to the subject an antibody, or antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention such that TNF ⁇ activity in the subject is inhibited or decreased.
  • the TNF ⁇ is human TNF ⁇ and the subject is a human subject.
  • the subject can be a mammal expressing a TNF ⁇ with which an antibody of the invention cross-reacts.
  • the subject can be a mammal into which has been introduced hTNF ⁇ (e.g., by administration of hTNF ⁇ or by expression of an hTNF ⁇ transgene).
  • An antibody of the invention can be administered to a human subject for therapeutic purposes.
  • an antibody of the invention can be administered to a non-human mammal expressing a TNF ⁇ with which the antibody cross-reacts (e.g., a primate, pig or mouse) for veterinary purposes or as an animal model of human disease.
  • a non-human mammal expressing a TNF ⁇ with which the antibody cross-reacts e.g., a primate, pig or mouse
  • animal models may be useful for evaluating the multiple-variable dose therapeutic efficacy (e.g., testing of dosages and time courses of administration).
  • Commonly used animal models for studying coronary disorders, including restenosis include the rat or mouse carotid artery ligation model and the carotid artery injury model (Ferns et al. (1991) Science 253:1129; Clowes et al. (1983) Lab. Invest.
  • the carotid artery injury model is performed such that the common carotid artery is denuded of endothelium by the intraluminal passage of a balloon catheter introduced through the external carotid artery.
  • the carotid artery is markedly narrowed due to smooth muscle cell constriction, but between 2 and 12 weeks the intimal doubles in thickness leading to a decrease in luminal size.
  • the invention includes multiple-variable dose regimen for treatment of cardiovascular disorders in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, wherein inhibition of TNF ⁇ activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the coronary disease or to prevent the coronary disease.
  • Subjects suffering from or at risk of developing coronary disorders can be identified through clinical symptoms.
  • Clinical symptoms in coronary disease often include chest pain, shortness of breath, weakness, fainting spells, alterations in consciousness, extremity pain, paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea, transient ischemic attacks and other such phenomena experienced by the patient.
  • Clinical signs of coronary disease can also include EKG abnormalities, altered peripheral pulses, arterial bruits, abnormal heart sounds, rates and wheezes, jugular venous distention, neurological alterations and other such findings discerned by the clinician.
  • Coronary disorders may also be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject).
  • Examples of a cardiovascular disorder include, but are not limited to, coronary artery disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular tissue damage caused by cardiac arrest, cardiovascular tissue damage caused by cardiac bypass, cardiogenic shock, and hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies.
  • the use of the antibodies, antibody portions, and other TNF ⁇ inhibitors in multiple-variable dose regimens for treatment of specific cardiovascular diseases are discussed further below.
  • the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered to the subject in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below in section IV.
  • restenosis refers to the recurrence of stenosis, which is the narrowing or constriction of an artery. Restenosis often occurs as a preocclusive lesion that develops following a reconstructive procedure in a diseased blood vessel. The term is not only applied to the recurrence of a pre-existing stenosis, but also to previously normal vessels that become partially occluded following vascular bypass.
  • the invention provides a method of treating restenosis comprising administering the antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, of the invention to a subject who has or is at risk of developing restenosis.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of restenosis (see Zhou et al. (2002) Atherosclerosis. 161:153; Javed et al. (2002) Exp and Mol Pathol 73:104).
  • TNF ⁇ / ⁇ mice demonstrated a seven-fold reduction in initial hyperplasia compared to wild type mice (Zimmerman et al. (2002) Am J Phsiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283:R505).
  • Restenosis can occur as the result of any type of vascular reconstruction, whether in the coronary vasculature or in the periphery (Colburn and Moore (1998) Myointimal Hyperplasia pp.
  • Stepnosis refers to a narrowing of an artery as seen in occlusive disorder or in restenosis. Stenosis can be accompanied by those symptoms reflecting a decrease in blood flow past the narrowed arterial segment, in which case the disorder giving rise to the stenosis is termed a disease (i.e., occlusive disease or restenosis disease). Stenosis can exist asymptomatically in a vessel, to be detected only by a diagnostic intervention such as an angiography or a vascular lab study.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention can be used to treat a subject suffering from or at risk of developing restenosis.
  • a subject at risk of developing restenosis includes a subject who has undergone PTCA. The subject may have also had a stent inserted to prevent restenosis.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody can be used alone or in combination with a stent to prevent the re-occurrence of stenosis in a subject suffering from cardiovascular disease.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of congestive heart failure (see Zhou et al. (2002) Atherosclerosis 161:153). Serum levels of TNF ⁇ are elevated in patients with congestive heart failure in a manner which is directly proportional to the severity of the disease (Levine et al. (1990) N Engl J Med 323:236; Torre-Amione et al. (1996) J Am Coll Cardiol 27:1201). In addition, inhibitors of TNF ⁇ have also been shown to improve congestive heart failure symptoms (Chung et al. (2003) Circulation 107:3133).
  • congestive heart failure includes a condition characterized by a diminished capacity of the heart to supply the oxygen demands of the body. Symptoms and signs of congestive heart failure include diminished blood flow to the various tissues of the body, accumulation of excess blood in the various organs, e.g., when the heart is unable to pump out the blood returned to it by the great veins, exertional dyspnea, fatigue, and/or peripheral edema, e.g., peripheral edema resulting from left ventricular dysfunction. Congestive heart failure may be acute or chronic. The manifestation of congestive heart failure usually occurs secondary to a variety of cardiac or systemic disorders that share a temporal or permanent loss of cardiac function. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, and cardiomyopathies, e.g., hypertrophic, dilative, or restrictive cardiomyopathies.
  • a “subject who has or is suffering from congestive heart failure” is a subject who has a disorder involving a clinical syndrome of diverse etiologies linked by the common denominator of impaired heart pumping in which the heart cannot pump blood commensurate with the requirements of the metabolizing tissues, or can do so only from an elevated filling pressure.
  • a “subject at risk of developing congestive heart failure” is a subject who has a propensity of developing congestive heart failure because of certain factors affecting the cardiovascular system of the subject. It is desirable to reduce the risk of or prevent the development of congestive heart failure in these subjects.
  • the phrase “with congestive heart failure” includes patients who are at risk of suffering from this condition relative to the general population, even though they may not have suffered from it yet, by virtue of exhibiting risk factors.
  • a patient with untreated hypertension may not have suffered from congestive heart failure, but is at risk because of his or her hypertensive condition.
  • the antibody D2E7 is used to treat a subject at risk of developing congestive heart failure using multiple-variable dose treatment.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of acute coronary syndromes (see Libby (1995) Circulation 91:2844).
  • Acute coronary syndromes include those disorders wherein the subject experiences pain due to a blood flow restriction resulting in not enough oxygen reaching the heart.
  • administration of chimeric soluble TNF receptor (sTNFR) abolished transient LV remodeling and dysfunction (Nakamura, et al. (2003) J Cardiol. 41:41).
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody is used in a multiple-variable dose method for the treatment or prevention of an acute coronary syndrome in a subject, wherein the acute coronary syndrome is a myocardial infarction or angina.
  • MI myocardial infarction
  • a myocardial infarction involves the necorsis or permanent damage of a region of the heart due to an inadequate supply of oxygen to that area. This necrosis is typically caused by an obstruction in a coronary artery from either atherosclerosis or an embolis. MIs which are treated by the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention include both Q-wave and non-Q-wave myocardial infarction. Most heart attacks are caused by a clot that blocks one of the coronary arteries (the blood vessels that bring blood and oxygen to the heart muscle).
  • a clot in the coronary artery interrupts the flow of blood and oxygen to the heart muscle, leading to the death of heart cells in that area.
  • the damaged heart muscle permanently loses its ability to contract, and the remaining heart muscle needs to compensate for it.
  • An MI can also be caused by overwhelming stress in the individual.
  • angina refers to spasmodic, choking, or suffocative pain, and especially as denoting angina pectoris which is a paroxysmal thoracic pain due, most often, to anoxia of the myocardium.
  • Angina includes both variant angina and exertional angina.
  • a subject having angina has ischemic heart disease which is manifested by sudden, severe, pressing substemal pain that often radiates to the left shoulder and along the left arm.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in angina, as TNF ⁇ levels are upregulated in patients with both MI and stable angina (Balbay et al. (2001) Angiology 52109).
  • Atherosclerosis refers to a condition in which fatty material is deposited along the walls of arteries. This fatty material thickens, hardens, and may eventually block the arteries. Atherosclerosis is also referred to arteriosclerosis, hardening of the arteries, and arterial plaque buildup. Polyclonal antibodies directed against TNF ⁇ have been shown to be effective at neutralizing TNF ⁇ activity resulting in inflammation and restenosis in the rabbit atherosclerotic model (Zhou et al., supra). Accordingly, a TNF ⁇ antibody can be used to treat or prevent subjects afflicted with or at risk of having atherosclerosis using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention.
  • cardiomyopathy as used herein is used to define diseases of the myocardium wherein the heart muscle or myocardium is weakened, usually resulting in inadequate heart pumping. Cardiomyopathy can be caused by viral infections, heart attacks, alcoholism, long-term, severe hypertension (high blood pressure), or by autoimmune causes.
  • Ischemic cardiomyopathy is caused by heart attacks, which leave scars in the heart muscle or myocardium. The affected myocardium is then unable to contribute to the heart pumping function. The larger the scars or the more numerous the heart attacks, the higher the chance there is of developing ischemic cardiomyopathy.
  • Non-ischemic cardiomyopathies that are not attributed to underlying coronary artery disease, and are designated “non-ischemic cardiomyopathies.”
  • Non-ischemic cardiomyopathies include, but are not limited to idiopathic cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, alcoholic cardiomyopathy, dilated cardiomyopathy, peripartum cardiomyopathy, and restrictive cardiomyopathy.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of disorders, including inflammatory diseases such as spondyloarthopathies (see e.g., Moeller et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024; European Patent Publication No. 260 610).
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from a spondyloarthropathy, which method comprises administering to the subject an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor initially in an induction dose, followed by a treatment dose, such that TNF ⁇ activity in the subject suffering from a spondyloarthropathy is inhibited.
  • the term “spondyloarthropathy” or “spondyloarthropathies” is used to refer to any one of several diseases affecting the joints of the spine, wherein such diseases share common clinical, radiological, and histological features.
  • a number of spondyloarthropathies share genetic characteristics, i.e. they are associated with the HLA-B27 allele.
  • the term spondyloarthropathy is used to refer to any one of several diseases affecting the joints of the spine, excluding ankylosing spondylitis, wherein such diseases share common clinical, radiological, and histological features.
  • spondyloarthropathies include ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis/spondylitis, enteropathic arthritis, reactive arthritis or Reiter's syndrome, and undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies.
  • animal models used to study spondyloarthropathies include ank/ank transgenic mice, HLA-B27 transgenic rats (see Taurog et al. (1998) The Spondylarthritides . Oxford: Oxford University Press).
  • the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can also be used to treat subjects who are at risk of developing a spondyloarthropathy using multiple-variable dose methods.
  • subjects who are at risk of having spondyloarthropathies include humans suffering from arthritis.
  • Spondyloarthropathies can be associated with other forms of arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis.
  • antibodies are used in multiple-variable dose methods to treat a subject who suffers from a spondyloarthropathy associated with rheumatoid arthritis. Examples of spondyloarthropathies which can be treated with a TNF ⁇ antibody using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention are described below:
  • Ankylosing spondylitis is an inflammatory disorder involving inflammation of one or more vertebrae.
  • AS is a chronic inflammatory disease that affects the axial skeleton and/or peripheral joints, including joints between the vertebrae of the spine and sacroiliac joints and the joints between the spine and the pelvis. AS can eventually cause the affected vertebrae to fuse or grow together.
  • Spondyarthropathies, including AS can be associated with psoriatic arthritis (PsA) and/or inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease.
  • PsA psoriatic arthritis
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat a spondyloarthropathy associated with IBD, including AS.
  • AS is often treated with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medications (NSAIDs), such as aspirin or indomethacin.
  • NSAIDs nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medications
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody used in the multiple-variable dose method of the invention may also be administered in combination with agents commonly used to reduce inflammation and pain commonly associated with ankylosing spondylitis.
  • psoriatic arthritis refers to chronic inflammatory arthritis which is associated with psoriasis, which is a common chronic skin condition that causes red patches on the body. About 1 in 20 individuals with psoriasis will develop arthritis along with the skin condition, and in about 75% of cases, psoriasis precedes the arthritis.
  • PsA exhibits itself in a variety of ways, ranging from mild to severe arthritis, wherein the arthritis usually affects the fingers and the spine. When the spine is affected, the symptoms are similar to those of ankylosing spondylitis, as described above.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used in multiple-variable dose treatment of PsA.
  • Arthritis mutilans refers to a disorder which is characterized by excessive bone erosion resulting in a gross, erosive deformity which mutilates the joint.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention can be used to treat arthritis mutilans.
  • Reactive arthritis refers to arthritis which complicates an infection elsewhere in the body, often following enteric or urogenital infections. ReA is often characterized by certain clinical symptoms, including inflammation of the joints (arthritis), urethritis, conjunctivitis, and lesions of the skin and mucous membranes. In addition, ReA can occurs following infection with a sexually transmitted disease or dysenteric infection, including chlamydia, campylobacter, salmonella , or yersinia . Accordingly, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention can be used to treat ReA using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention.
  • multiple-variable dose methods of the invention of the invention are used to treat subjects suffering from undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies (see Zeidler et al. (1992) Rheum Dis Clin North Am. 18:187).
  • Other terms used to describe undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies include seronegative oligoarthritis and undifferentiated oligoarthritis.
  • undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies may be an early indication of AS.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention comprises administering different doses of a TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, to treat undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of disorders, including metabolic disorders, such as diabetes and obesity (Spiegelman and Hotamisligil (1993) Cell 73:625; Chu et al. (2000) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 24:1085; Ishii et al. (2000) Metabolism. 49:1616).
  • metabolic disorder refers to diseases or disorders which affect how the body processes substances needed to carry out physiological functions. Examples of metabolic disorders include, but are not limited to, diabetes and obesity.
  • the term “metabolic disorder” is used to refer to disorders which affect how the body processes substances needed to carry out physiological functions, excluding autoimmune diabetes.
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from such a metabolic disorder, which method comprises administering to the subject an induction dose followed by a treatment dose of an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that TNF ⁇ activity in the subject suffering from a metabolic disorder is inhibited.
  • TNF ⁇ antibodies can also be used to treat subjects who are at risk of developing a metabolic disorder using the multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such as an antibody
  • the multiple-variable dose treatment of the invention comprises administering a TNF ⁇ antibody to treat disorders associated with diabetes or obesity.
  • Examples of animal models for evaluating the efficacy of a multiple-variable dose regimen using a TNF ⁇ antibody for the treatment of a metabolic disorder include NOD transgenic mice, Akita mice, NSY transgenic mice and ob/ob mice (see Baeder et al. (1992) Clin Exp Immunol. 89:174; Haseyama et al. (2002) Tohoku J Exp Med. 198:233; Makino et al. (1980): Exp. Anim. 29:1; Kolb (1987) Diabetes/Metabolism Reviews 3:751; Hamada et al. (2001) Metabolism. 50:1282; Coleman, (1978) Diabetologia, 14:141; Bailey et al.
  • vasculitis (1982) Int. J. Obesity 6:11).
  • animal models used to study vasculitis includes the mouse HSV model (Behcet's disease), the mouse L. casei model (Kawasaki's disease), and the mouse ANCA model (Kawasaki's disease).
  • Other models of vasculitis include the McH5-lpr/lpr strain (Nose et al. (1996) Am. J. Path. 149:1763) and the SCG/Kj strain of mice (Kinjoh et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 90:3413).
  • mice spontaneously develop crescentic glomerulonephritis and necrotizing vasculitis of the small arteries and arterioles of the spleen, stomach, heart, uterus and ovaries. These animals develop hypergammaglobulinemia and ANCA autoantibodies that react with myeloperoxidase (MPO). Additionally, immunization of rats with human MPO results in ANCA-associated necrotizing crescentic glomerulonephritis (Brouwer et al. (1993) J. Exp. Med. 177:905).
  • MPO myeloperoxidase
  • Metabolic disorders affect how the body processes substances needed to carry out physiological functions.
  • a number of metabolic disorders of the invention share certain characteristics, i.e. they are associated the insulin resistance, lack of ability to regulate blood sugar, weight gain, and increase in body mass index.
  • Examples of metabolic disorders include diabetes and obesity.
  • Examples of diabetes include type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic ulcerations, retinopathy ulcerations, diabetic macrovasculopathy, and obesity.
  • Examples of metabolic disorders which can be treated using multiple-variable dose methods comprising administration of a TNF ⁇ antibody are described in more detail below:
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetes.
  • TNF ⁇ is implicated in the pathophysiology for insulin resistance. It has been found that serum TNF levels in patients with gastrointestinal cancer correlates with insulin resistance (see e.g., McCall et al. (1992) Br. J. Surg. 79:1361).
  • diabetes refers to a disease which is marked by elevated levels of sugar (glucose) in the blood.
  • Diabetes can be caused by too little insulin (a chemical produced by the pancreas to regulate blood sugar), resistance to insulin, or both.
  • Diabetes includes the two most common types of the disorder, namely type I diabetes and type II diabetes, which both result from the body's inability to regulate insulin.
  • Insulin is a hormone released by the pancreas in response to increased levels of blood sugar (glucose) in the blood.
  • Type 1 diabetes refers to a chronic disease that occurs when the pancreas produces too little insulin to regulate blood sugar levels appropriately.
  • Type 1 diabetes is also referred to as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, IDMM, juvenile onset diabetes, and diabetes—type I.
  • Type 1 diabetes represents is the result of a progressive autoimmune destruction of the pancreatic ⁇ -cells with subsequent insulin deficiency.
  • Type 2 diabetes refers to a chronic disease that occurs when the pancreas does not make enough insulin to keep blood glucose levels normal, often because the body does not respond well to the insulin.
  • Type 2 diabetes is also referred to as noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, NDDM, and diabetes—type II
  • Diabetes is can be diagnosed by the administration of a glucose tolerance test. Clinically, diabetes is often divided into several basic categories. Primary examples of these categories include, autoimmune diabetes mellitus, non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (type 1 NDDM), insulin-dependant diabetes mellitus (type 2 IDDM), non-autoimmune diabetes mellitus, non-insulin-dependant diabetes mellitus (type 2 NIDDM), and maturity-onset diabetes of the young (MODY).
  • a further category often referred to as secondary, refers to diabetes brought about by some identifiable condition which causes or allows a diabetic syndrome to develop.
  • Examples of secondary categories include, diabetes caused by pancreatic disease, hormonal abnormalities, drug- or chemical-induced diabetes, diabetes caused by insulin receptor abnormalities, diabetes associated with genetic syndromes, and diabetes of other causes. (see e.g., Harrison's (1996) 14 th ed., New York, McGraw-Hill).
  • TNF ⁇ antibody may also be administered in combination with agents commonly used to treat metabolic disorders and pain commonly associated with diabetes in the multiple-variable dose method of the invention.
  • disorders associated with diabetes refers to conditions and other diseases which are commonly associated with or related to diabetes.
  • disorders associated with diabetes include, for example, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinaemia, hyperlipidaemia, insulin resistance, impaired glucose metabolism, obesity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cataracts, diabetic nephropathy, glomerulosclerosis, diabetic neuropathy, erectile dysfunction, premenstrual syndrome, vascular restenosis, ulcerative colitis, coronary heart disease, hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, stroke, skin and connective tissue disorders, foot ulcerations, metabolic acidosis, arthritis, and osteoporosis.
  • the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat disorders associated with diabetes.
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used to treat diabetes.
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof is used to treat diabetes associated with the above identified catagories using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention.
  • the invention includes multiple-variable dose regimens comprising administering a TNF ⁇ antibody to treat disorders associated with diabetes. Diabetes manifests itself in many complications and conditions associated with diabetes, including the following catagories:
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetic neuropathy and peripheral neuropathy. (See Benjafield et al. (2001) Diabetes Care. 24:753; Qiang et al. (1998) Diabetologia. 41:1321; Pfeiffer et al. (1997) Horm Metab Res. 29:111).
  • neuropathy also referred to as nerve damage-diabetic, as used herein, refers to a common complication of diabetes in which nerves are damaged as a result of hyperglycemia (high blood sugar levels).
  • hyperglycemia high blood sugar levels.
  • a variety of diabetic neuropathies are recognized, such as distal sensorimotror polyneuropathy, focal motor neuropathy, and autonomic neuropathy.
  • peripheral neuropathy also known as peripheral neuritis and diabetic neuropathy, as used herein, refers to the failure of the nerves to carry information to and from the brain and spinal cord. Peripheral neuropathy produces symptoms such as pain, loss of sensation, and the inability to control muscles. In some cases, the failure of nerves to control blood vessels, intestinal function, and other organs results in abnormal blood pressure, digestion, and loss of other basic involuntary processes. Peripheral neuropathy may involve damage to a single nerve or nerve group (mononeuropathy) or may affect multiple nerves (polyneuropathy).
  • peripheral neuropathies that affect small myelinated and unmyelinated fibers of the sympathetic and parasympathetic nerves are known as “peripheral neuropathies.”
  • peripheral neuropathy also known as peripheral neuritis and diabetic neuropathy, refers to the failure of the nerves to carry information to and from the brain and spinal cord. This produces symptoms such as pain, loss of sensation, and the inability to control muscles.
  • failure of nerves controlling blood vessels, intestinal function, and other organs results in abnormal blood pressure, digestion, and loss of other basic involuntary processes.
  • Peripheral neuropathy may involve damage to a single nerve or nerve group (mononeuropathy) or may affect multiple nerves (polyneuropathy).
  • diabetes neuropathy refers to a common complication of diabetes in which nerves are damaged as a result of hyperglycemia (high blood sugar levels). Diabetic neuropathy is also referred to as neuropathy and nerve damage-diabetic. A variety of diabetic neuropathies are recognized, such as distal sensorimotror polyneuropathy, focal motor neuropathy, and autonomic neuropathy.
  • Diabetic retinopathy refers to progressive damage to the eye's retina caused by long-term diabetes. Diabetic retinopathy, includes proliferative retinopathy. Proliferative neuropathy in turn includes neovascularization, pertinal hemmorrhave and retinal detachment.
  • diabetic retinopathy In advanced retinopathy, small vessels proliferate on the surface of the retina. These blood vessels are fragile, tend to bleed and can cause peretinal hemorrhages. The hemorrhage can obscure vision, and as the hemorrhage is resorbed fibrous tissue forms predisposing to retinal detachments and loss of vision.
  • diabetic retinopathy includes proliferative retinopathy which includes neovascularization, pertinal hemmorrhave and retinal detachment. Diabetic retinopathy also includes “background retinopathy” which involves changes occurring with the layers of the retina.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetic ulcerations, (see Lee et al. (2003) Hum Immunol. 64:614; Navarro et al. (2003) Am J Kidney Dis. 42:53; Daimon et al (2003) Diabetes Care. 26:2015; Zhang et al. (1999) J Tongji Med Univ. 19:203; Barbieri et al. (2003) Am J Hypertens. 16:537; Venn et al. (1993) Arthritis Rheum. 36:819; Westacott et al. (1994) J Rheumatol. 21:1710).
  • diabetic ulcerations refers to an ulcer which results as a complication of diabetes.
  • An ulcer is a crater-like lesion on the skin or mucous membrane caused by an inflammatory, infectious, malignant condition, or metabolic disorder.
  • diabetic ulcers can be found on limbs and extremities, more typically the feet.
  • These ulcers, caused by diabetic conditions, such as neuropathy and a vascular insufficiency, can lead to ischemia and poor wound healing. More extensive ulcerations may progress to ostemyelitis. Once ostemyelitis develops, it may be difficult to eradicate with antibiotics alone and amputation maybe necessary.
  • retinopathy ulcerations refers to an ulcer which causes or results in damages to the eye and the eye's retina. Retinopathy ulcerations may include conditions such has retinoathic hemorrhages.
  • Diabetic macrovasculopathy also referred to as “macrovascular disease,” as used herein, refers to a disease of the blood vessels that results from diabetes.
  • Diabetic macrovasculopathy complication occurs when, for example, fat and blood clots build up in the large blood vessels and stick to the vessel walls.
  • Diabetic macrovasculopathies include diseases such as coronary disease, cerebrovascular disease, and peripheral vascular disease, hyperglycaemia and cardiovascular disease, and strokes.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of obesity (see e.g., Pihlajamaki J et al. (2003) Obes Res. 11:912; Barbieri et al. (2003) Am J Hypertens. 16:537; Tsuda et al. (2003) J Nutr. 133:2125).
  • the term “obesity” as used herein refers to a condition in which the subject has an excess of body fat relative to lean body mass. In one embodiment, obesity refers to a condition in which an individual weighs at least about 20% or more over the maximum desirable for their height.
  • obesity is defined as a BMI (body mass index) over 30 kg/m2.
  • BMI body mass index
  • Obesity increases a person's risk of illness and death due to diabetes, stroke, coronary artery disease, hypertension, high cholesterol, and kidney and gallbladder disorders. Obesity may also increase the risk for some types of cancer, and may be a risk factor for the development of osteoarthritis and sleep apnea. Obesity can be treated using the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of anemias (see e.g., Jongen-Lavrencic et al. (1997) J Rheumatol. 24:1504; Demeter et al. (2002) Ann Hematol. 81:566; DiCato (2003) The Oncologist 8 (suppl 1): 19).
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from anemia, which method comprises administering to the subject an induction dose followed by a treatment dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, wherein the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is an antibody, antibody portion, such that TNF ⁇ activity in the subject suffering from anemia is inhibited.
  • the anemia is associated with rheumatoid arthritis.
  • anemia refers to an abnormally low number of circulating red cells or a decreased concentration of hemoglobin in the blood.
  • anemia related to rheumatoid arthritis include, for example, anemia of chronic disease, iron deficiency anemia, and autoimmune hemolytic anemia.
  • the invention provides a method of treating anemias related to, for example, anemias related to rheumatoid arthritis, anemias of infection and chronic inflammatory diseases, iron deficiency anemia, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, myelophthisic anemia, aplastic anemia, hypoplastic anemia, pure red cell aplasia and anemia associated with renal failure or endocrine disorders, megaloblastic anemias, defects in heme or globin synthesis, anemia caused by a structural defect in red blood cells, e.g., sickle-cell anemia, and anemias of unknown origins such as sideroblastic anemia, anemia associated with chronic infections such as malaria, trypanosomiasis, HIV, hepatitis virus or other viruses, and myelophthisic anemias caused by marrow deficiencies.
  • anemias related to for example, anemias related to rheumatoid arthritis, anemias of infection and chronic inflammatory diseases, iron deficiency anemia,
  • animal models used to study anemia include rats inoculated with peptidolglycan-polysaccharide polymers (see Coccia et al., (2001) Exp Hematology. 29:1201-1209).
  • animal models used to study pain are well known in the art, and include the rat sciatic nerve ligation model, and the rat segmental spinal nerve ligation model (see Bennett and Zie, (1988) Pain. 33:87-107; Kim and Chung, (1992) Pain 50:355-363).
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of pain syndromes (see e.g., Sorkin et al. (1997) Neuroscience. 81:255; Huygen et al. (2002) Mediators Inflamm. 11:47; Parada et al. (2003) Eur J Neurosci. 17:1847).
  • the term shall refer to acute and chronic pains, such as neuropathic pain and post-operative pain, chronic lower back pain, cluster headaches, herpes neuralgia, phantom limb pain, central pain, dental pain, opioid-resistant pain, visceral pain, surgical pain, bone injury pain, pain during labor and delivery, pain resulting from burns, including sunburn, post partum pain, migraine, angina pain, and genitourinary tract-related pain including cystitis.
  • the term also includes nociceptive pain or nociception.
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from such a pain disorder, which method comprises administering to the subject an induction dose followed by a treatment dose of an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor such that TNF ⁇ activity in the subject suffering from pain is inhibited.
  • Pain has been defined in a variety of ways, including nociceptive pain and neuropathic pain. The most commonly experienced form of pain may be defined as the effect of a stimulus on nerve endings, which results in the transmission of impulses to the cerebrum. Pain is also commonly associated with inflammatory disorders, including, for example, rheumatoid arthritis.
  • the antibody of the invention is used to treat a subject who suffers from pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis. Examples of pain disorders in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental are discussed further below.
  • neuropathic pain refers to pain that results from injury to a nerve, spinal cord, or brain, and often involves neural supersensitivity.
  • neuropathic pain include chronic lower back pain, pain associated with arthritis, cancer-associated pain, herpes neuralgia, phantom limb pain, central pain, opioid resistant neuropathic pain, bone injury pain, and pain during labor and delivery.
  • Other examples of neuropathic pain include post-operative pain, cluster headaches, dental pain, surgical pain, pain resulting from severe, for example third degree, burns, post partum pain, angina pain, genitourinary tract related pain, and including cystitis.
  • Neuropathic pain is distinguished from nociceptive pain. Pain involving a nociceptive mechanism usually is limited in duration to the period of tissue repair and generally is alleviated by available analgesic agents or opioids (Myers (1995) Regional Anesthesia 20:173). Neuropathic pain typically is long-lasting or chronic and often develops days or months following an initial acute tissue injury. Neuropathic pain can involve persistent, spontaneous pain as well as allodynia, which is a painful response to a stimulus that normally is not painful. Neuropathic pain also can be characterized by hyperalgesia, in which there is an accentuated response to a painful stimulus that usually is trivial, such as a pin prick. Unlike nociceptive pain, neuropathic pain generally is resistant to opioid therapy (Myers, supra, 1995). Accordingly, the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat neuropathic pain.
  • nociceptive pain refers to pain that is transmitted across intact neuronal pathways, i.e., pain caused by injury to the body.
  • Nociceptive pain includes somatic sensation and normal function of pain, and informs the subject of impending tissue damage.
  • the nociceptive pathway exists for protection of the subject, e.g., the pain experienced in response to a burn).
  • Nociceptive pain includes bone pain, visceral pain, and pain associated with soft tissue.
  • Visceral pain is used to refer to nociceptive pain that is mediated by receptors on A-delta and C nerve fibers.
  • A-delta and C-nerve fibers are which are located in skin, bone, connective tissue, muscle and viscera. Visceral pain can be vague in distribution, spasmodic in nature and is usually described as deep, aching, squeezing and colicky in nature.
  • visceral pain examples include pain associated with a heart attack, wherein the visceral pain can be felt in the arm, neck and/or back, and liver capsule pain, wherein the visceral pain can be felt in the back and/or right shoulder. Accordingly, the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat visceral pain.
  • TNF ⁇ has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of hepatic disorders (see e.g., Colletti et al. (1990) J Clin Invest. 85:1936; Tiegs (1997) Acta Gastroenterol Belg. 60:176; Fernandez et al. (2000) J Endotoxin Res. 6:321).
  • the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from such a hepatic disorder.
  • a hepatic disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental is intended to include diseases and other disorders of the liver or conditions associated with hepatocellular injury or a biliary tract disorders in which the presence of TNF ⁇ in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. Accordingly, a hepatic disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental is a disorder in which inhibition of TNF ⁇ activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the hepatic disorder.
  • hepatic disorders refers to a human liver disease or condition associated with hepatocellular injury or a biliary tract disorder excluding hepatitis, alcoholic hepatitis, and viral hepatitis.
  • Examples of animal models used for evaluating the therapeutic efficacy of an agent for treating a hepatic disorder using multiple-variable dose methods include the chimpanzee hepatitis C virus model (see Shimizu et al. (1990) Proc Natl Acad Sci. USA 87:6441).
  • Examples of animal models used to study skin and nail disorder disorders include, for example, the severe combined immunodeficient (SCID) mouse model (psoriasis) and the Smith line (SL) chicken and depigmenting mouse (vitiligo) (see Nickoloff (2000) Investig Dermatol Symp Proc. 5:67; Austin et al. (1995) Am J Pathol. 146:1529; Lerner et al. (1986) J Invest Dermatol. 87:299).
  • SCID severe combined immunodeficient
  • SL Smith line
  • Hepatic disorders include many diseases and disorders wherein the liver functions improperly or ceases to function. Hepatocellular injuries can include alcoholic cirrhosis, ⁇ 1 antitypsin deficiency, autoimmune cirrhosis, cryptogenic cirrhosis, fulminant hepatitis, hepatitis B and C, and steatohepatitis.
  • biliary tract disorders include cystic fibrosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis and biliary obstruction (Wiesner (1996) “Current Indications, Contra Indications and Timing for Liver Transplantation” in Transplantation of the Liver , Saunders (publ.); Busuttil and Klintmalm (eds.) Chapter 6; Klein (1998) Partial Hypertension: The Role of Liver Transplantation, Musby (publ.) in Current Surgical Therapy 6.sup.th Ed. Cameron, J. (ed).
  • hepatitis refers to inflammation of the liver. Hepatitis can be caused by infections with various organisms, including bacteria, viruses (Hepatitis A, B, C, etc.), or parasites. Chemical toxins such as alcohol, drugs, or poisonous mushrooms can also damage the liver and cause it to become inflamed. A rare but extremely dangerous cause of hepatitis results from overdose of acetaminophen (Tylenol), which can be deadly. In addition, immune cells in the body may attack the liver and cause autoimmune hepatitis. Hepatitis may resolve quickly (acute hepatitis), or cause long-term disease (chronic hepatitis). In some instances, progressive liver damage or liver failure may result. The incidence and severity of hepatitis vary depending on many factors, including the cause of the liver damage and any underlying illnesses in a patient.
  • the invention features multiple-variable methods for treating a hepatic disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor in an induction dose and subsequently in a treatment dose, such that said disorder is treated.
  • the hepatic disorder is selected from the group consisting of hepatitis C virus, autoimmune hepatitis, fatty-liver disease, hepatitis B virus, hepatotoxicity, and non-alcoholic hepatitis, including non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). Examples of hepatic disorders are further described below.
  • HCV Hepatitis C Virus
  • hepatitis C virus or “HCV” is used to describe the hepatitis virus which is the causative agent of non-A, non-B hepatitis. Hepatitis C virus causes an inflammation of the liver. HCV infection causes hepatitis C.
  • Hepatitis C in the acute stage is, in general, milder than hepatitis B, but a greater proportion of such infections become chronic.
  • HCV is a major cause of acute hepatitis and chronic liver disease, including cirrhosis and liver cancer.
  • HCV is one of the viruses (A, B, C, D, and E), which together account for the vast majority of cases of viral hepatitis. It is an enveloped RNA virus in the flaviviridae family which appears to have a narrow host range. An important feature of the virus is the relative mutability of its genome, which in turn is probably related to the high propensity (80%) of inducing chronic infection.
  • HCV is clustered into several distinct genotypes which may be important in determining the severity of the disease and the response to treatment.
  • the invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for treating HCV.
  • autoimmune hepatitis refers to a hepatic disorder characterized by inflammation of the liver caused by rogue immune cells that mistake the liver's normal cells for a foreign tissue or pathogen (disease-causing agent). Autoimmune hepatitis is often responsible for a progressive destruction of the hepatic parenchyma with a high mortality if left untreated (Johnson et al. (1993) Hepatology, 18:998).
  • One of the characteristics of autoimmune hepatitis is the presence of circulating autoantibodies in almost 90% of patients' sera. Such antibodies can be used to identify subjects who have autoimmune hepatitis.
  • Type 1 is characterized by the presence of anti-smooth muscle (SMA) and/or anti-nuclear antibodies (ANA) in patients' sera, while sera from Type II patients show anti-liver kidney microsomal antibodies type 1 (LKM1) (Homberg et al., (1987) Hepatology, 7:1333; Maggiore et al. (1993) J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol Nutr. 17:376).
  • a serological marker, anti-liver cytosol type I antibodies (LC1) has been identified in 30% of patients with an AIH type II.
  • LC1 proved to be the only serological marker in 10% of patients tested (Martini et al. (1988) Hepatology, 8:1662).
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat AIH.
  • Fatty-liver disease refers to a disease wherein fat (hepatocytes) is excessively accumulated in the liver.
  • fat hepatocytes
  • Fatty liver disease is believed to be caused by supernutrition, hyperingestion of alcohol, diabetes and side effects due to administration of pharmaceuticals.
  • Fatty liver disease can cause severe diseases such as chronic hepatitis and hepatic cirrhosis.
  • lipids particularly neutral fat, accumulate in hepatocytes to the extent that the amount exceeds the physiologically permissible range.
  • a standard for judgment of fatty liver is that the weight of neutral fat is about 10% (100 mg/g wet weight) or more of the wet weight of hepatic tissue.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat fatty liver disease.
  • HBV Hepatitis B Virus
  • hepatitis B virus (HBV) is used to describe the virus (serum hepatitis virus) which produces viral hepatitis type B in humans. This is a viral disease with a long incubation period (about 50 to 160 days) in contrast to hepatitis A virus (infectious hepatitis virus) which has a short incubation period.
  • the hepatitis B virus is usually transmitted by injection of infected blood or blood derivatives or merely by use of contaminated needles, lancets or other instruments. Clinically and pathologically, the disease is similar to viral hepatitis type A; however, there is no cross-protective immunity. Viral antigen (HBAg) is found in the serum after infection.
  • HBAg Viral antigen
  • Hepatitis B virus infects humans at a very high rate. Most people who become infected with Hepatitis B get rid of the virus within 6 months, wherein a short infection is known as an “acute” case of Hepatitis B. It is estimated that at least about 300 million people are chronic carriers of HBV. Infection with the virus results in a range of clinical symptoms including minor flu-like symptoms to death.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat HBV infection.
  • hepatotoxicity refers to liver damage caused by medications and other chemicals or drugs.
  • the best indicator for identifying liver toxicity in a subject is the elevation of certain enzyme measurements in the blood, such as AST (aspartate aminotransferase), ALT (alanine aminotransferase), and GOT (glutamate oxalacetate transaminase).
  • Hepatotoxicity can cause permanent injury and death.
  • Initial symptoms of hepatotoxicity can include acute gastrointestinal symptoms, e.g., severe diarrhea.
  • the second phase of hepatotoxicity is characterized by abatement of symptoms. During this apparent subsidence, biochemical evidence of hepatic injury appears. Oliguria (decreased urine output) is usual during the second phase.
  • the third phase that of overt hepatic damage, becomes clinically apparent 3 to 5 days after ingestion of the chemical, with the appearance of jaundice. Renal failure may also occur.
  • the symptoms of chemically-induced (drug-induced) hepatitis are similar to that of infectious hepatitis.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat hepatotoxicity.
  • Liver Failure e.g. Chronic Liver Failure
  • liver failure e.g. chronic liver failure
  • Liver failure including chronic liver failure, usually develops over a period of years and is caused by a repeated insult to the liver (such as alcohol abuse or infection with hepatitis virus) which slowly damages the organ.
  • liver failure is acute, and occurs over a period of days or weeks.
  • causes of acute liver failure include hepatitis virus infections, drugs, pregnancy, autoimmune disease, and sudden low blood flow to the liver.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat liver failure.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of non-alcoholic hepatitis, including nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (see Crespo et al., (2001) Hepatology. 34:1158; Pessayre et al. (2002) 282(2):G193).
  • the term “nonalcoholic steatohepatitis” or “NASH” refers to the development of histologic changes in the liver that are comparable to those induced by excessive alcohol intake, but in the absence of alcohol abuse.
  • NASH is characterized by macrovesicular and/or microvesicular steatosis, lobular and portal inflammation, and occasionally Mallory bodies with fibrosis and cirrhosis. NASH is also commonly associated with hyperlipidemia, obesity, and type II diabetes mellitus.
  • hepatic steatosis and inflammation include excessive fasting, jejunoileal bypass, total parental nutrition, chronic hepatitis C, Wilson's disease, and adverse drug effects such as those from corticosteroids, calcium channel blockers, high dose synthetic estrogens, methotrexate and amiodarone.
  • nonalcoholic steatohepatitis can be used to describe those patients who exhibit these biopsy findings, coupled with the absence of (a) significant alcohol consumption, (b) previous surgery for weight loss, (c) history of drug use associated with steatohepatitis, (d) evidence of genetic liver disease or (e) chronic hepatitis C infection (see, e.g., Ludwig et al., (1980) Mayo Clin. Proc. 55:434; Powell et al. (1990) Hepatol. 11:74).
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat NASH.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention comprising administering an induction dose of a TNF ⁇ antibody followed by a subsequent treatment dose, can be used to treat skin and nail disorders.
  • skin disorder or “skin disease” as used interchangeably herein, refers to abnormalities, other than injury wounds, of the skin which have induced a state of inflammation.
  • the skin disorder of the invention is an inflammatory skin disorder, wherein the skin is characterized by capillary dilatation, leukocytic infiltration, redness, heat, and/or pain.
  • skin disorders include, but are not limited to, psoriasis, pemphigus vulgaris, scleroderma, atopic dermatitis, sarcoidosis, erythema nodosum, hidradenitis suppurative, lichen planus, Sweet's syndrome, and vitiligo.
  • skin and nail disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental is intended to include skin and/or nail disorders and other disorders in which the presence of TNF ⁇ in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder, e.g., psoriasis.
  • skin and nail disorders in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental are disorders in which inhibition of TNF ⁇ activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder.
  • the use of the antibodies, antibody portions, and other TNF ⁇ inhibitors of the invention in the treatment of specific skin and nail disorders is discussed further below.
  • the treatment method of the invention is performed in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below in Section IV.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of the invention comprising administering a TNF ⁇ antibody in combination with another therapeutic agent is used for the treatment of psoriasis and the treatment of psoriasis associated with arthritis.
  • psoriasis refers to skin disorders associated with epidermal hyperplasia.
  • Example of psoriasis include, but are not limited to, chronic plaque psoriasis, guttate psoriasis, inverse psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, psoriasis vulgaris, and erythrodermic psoriasis.
  • Psoriasis can also be associated with other inflammatory disorders, including inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and rheumatoid arthritis (RA).
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • Psoriasis is described as a skin inflammation (irritation and redness) characterized by frequent episodes of redness, itching, and thick, dry, silvery scales on the skin.
  • lesions are formed which involve primary and secondary alterations in epidermal proliferation, inflammatory responses of the skin, and an expression of regulatory molecules such as lymphokines and inflammatory factors.
  • Psoriatic skin is morphologically characterized by an increased turnover of epidermal cells, thickened epidermis, abnormal keratinization, inflammatory cell infiltrates into the epidermis and polymorphonuclear leukocyte and lymphocyte infiltration into the epidermis layer resulting in an increase in the basal cell cycle.
  • Psoriasis often involves the nails, which frequently exhibit pitting, separation of the nail, thickening, and discoloration. Psoriasis is often associated with other inflammatory disorders, for example arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), and Crohn's disease. Approximately one third of subjects with psoriasis also have psoriatic arthritis (PsA) which, as described above, causes stiffness, swelling of the joints, pain, and reduced range of motion (Greaves et al. (1995) N. Eng. J. Med. 332:581).
  • PsA psoriatic arthritis
  • psoriasis is most commonly seen on the trunk, elbows, knees, scalp, skin folds, or fingernails, but it may affect any or all parts of the skin. Normally, it takes about a month for new skin cells to move up from the lower layers to the surface. In psoriasis, this process takes only a few days, resulting in a build-up of dead skin cells and formation of thick scales.
  • Symptoms of psoriasis include: skin patches, that are dry or red, covered with silvery scales, raised patches of skin, accompanied by red borders, that may crack and become painful, and that are usually located on the elbows, knees, trunk, scalp, and hands; skin lesions, including pustules, cracking of the skin, and skin redness; joint pain or aching which may be associated with of arthritis, e.g., psoriatic arthritis.
  • Treatment for psoriasis often includes a topical corticosteroids, vitamin D analogs, and topical or oral retinoids, or combinations thereof.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention is administered in combination with or the presence of one of these common treatments. Additional therapeutic agents which can also be combined with the TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention for treatment of psoriasis are described in more detail in Section IV.
  • the diagnosis of psoriasis is usually based on the appearance of the skin. Additionally a skin biopsy, or scraping and culture of skin patches may be needed to rule out other skin disorders. An x-ray may be used to check for psoriatic arthritis if joint pain is present and persistent.
  • the PASI score is then calculated, wherein the possible range of PASI score is 0.0 to 72.0 with the highest score representing complete erythroderma of the severest degree.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor is used in multiple-variable dose treatment for psoriasis, including chronic plaque psoriasis, guttate psoriasis, inverse psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, pemphigus vulgaris, erythrodermic psoriasis, psoriasis associated with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), and psoriasis associated with rheumatoid arthritis (RA).
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such as D2E7, is used in a multiple variable dose regimen to treat subjects who have psoriasis in combination with PsA. Specific types of psoriasis included in the treatment methods of the invention are described in detail below:
  • Chronic plaque psoriasis also referred to as psoriasis vulgaris
  • Chronic plaque psoriasis is the most common form of psoriasis.
  • Chronic plaque psoriasis is characterized by raised reddened patches of skin, ranging from coin-sized to much larger.
  • the plaques may be single or multiple, they may vary in size from a few millimeters to several centimeters.
  • the plaques are usually red with a scaly surface, and reflect light when gently scratched, creating a “silvery” effect. Lesions (which are often symmetrical) from chronic plaque psoriasis occur all over body, but with predilection for extensor surfaces, including the knees, elbows, lumbosacral regions, scalp, and nails. Occasionally chronic plaque psoriasis can occur on the penis, vulva and flexures, but scaling is usually absent. Diagnosis of patients with chronic plaque psoriasis is usually based on the clinical features described above. In particular, the distribution, color and typical silvery scaling of the lesion in chronic plaque psoriasis are characteristic of chronic plaque psoriasis.
  • Guttate psoriasis refers to a form of psoriasis with characteristic water drop shaped scaly plaques. Flares of guttate psoriasis generally follow an infection, most notably a streptococcal throat infection. Diagnosis of guttate psoriasis is usually based on the appearance of the skin, and the fact that there is often a history of recent sore throat.
  • Inverse psoriasis is a form of psoriasis in which the patient has smooth, usually moist areas of skin that are red and inflammed, which is unlike the scaling associated with plaque psoriasis. Inverse psoriasis is also referred to as intertiginous psoriasis or flexural psoriasis. Inverse psoriasis occurs mostly in the armpits, groin, under the breasts and in other skin folds around the genitals and buttocks, and, as a result of the locations of presentation, rubbing and sweating can irritate the affected areas.
  • Pustular psoriasis also referred to as palmar plantar psoriasis, is a form of psoriasis that causes pus-filled blisters that vary in size and location, but often occur on the hands and feet. The blisters may be localized, or spread over large areas of the body. Pustular psoriasis can be both tender and painful, can cause fevers.
  • psoriatic disorders which can be treated with the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention include erythrodermic psoriasis, vulgaris, psoriasis associated with IBD, and psoriasis associated with arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Pemphigus vulgaris is a serious autoimmune systemic dermatologic disease that often affects the oral mucous membrane and skin.
  • the pathogenesis of pemphigus vulgaris is thought to be an autoimmune process that is directed at skin and oral mucous membrane desmosomes. Consequentially, cells do not adhere to each other.
  • the disorder manifests as large fluid-filled, rupture-prone bullae, and has a distinctive histologic appearance.
  • Anti-inflammatory agents are the only effective therapy for this disease which has a high mortality rate. Complications that arise in patients suffering from pemphigus vulgaris are intractable pain, interference with nutrition and fluid loss, and infections.
  • Atopic dermatitis (also referred to as eczema) is a chronic skin disorder categorized by scaly and itching plaques. People with eczema often have a family history of allergic conditions like asthma, hay fever, or eczema.
  • Atopic dermatitis is a hypersensitivity reaction (similar to an allergy) which occurs in the skin, causing chronic inflammation. The inflammation causes the skin to become itchy and scaly. Chronic irritation and scratching can cause the skin to thicken and become leathery-textured. Exposure to environmental irritants can worsen symptoms, as can dryness of the skin, exposure to water, temperature changes, and stress.
  • Subjects with atopic dermatitis can be identified by certain symptoms, which often include intense itching, blisters with oozing and crusting, skin redness or inflammation around the blisters, rash, dry, leathery skin areas, raw areas of the skin from scratching, and ear discharges/bleeding.
  • Sarcoidosis is a disease in which granulomatous inflammation occurs in the lymph nodes, lungs, liver, eyes, skin, and/or other tissues.
  • Sarcoidosis includes cutaneous sarcoidosis (sarcoidosis of the skin) and nodular sarcoidosis (sarcoidosis of the lymph nodes).
  • Patients with sarcoidosis can be identified by the symptoms, which often include general discomfort, uneasiness, or an ill feeling; fever; skin lesions.
  • Erythema nodosum refers to an inflammatory disorder that is characterized by tender, red nodules under the skin, typically on the anterior lower legs. Lesions associated with erythema nodosum often begin as flat, but firm, hot red painful lumps (approximately an inch across). Within a few days the lesions may become purplish, and then over several weeks fade to a brownish flat patch.
  • erythema nodosum may be associated with infections including, streptococcus , coccidioidomycosis, tuberculosis, hepatitis B, syphilis, cat scratch disease, tularemia, yersinia , leptospirosis psittacosis, histoplasmosis, mononucleosis (EBV).
  • erythema nodosum may be associated with sensitivity to certain medications including, oral contraceptives, penicillin, sulfonamides, sulfones, barbiturates, hydantoin, phenacetin, salicylates, iodides, and progestin. Erythema nodosum is often associated with other disorders including, leukemia, sarcoidosis, rheumatic fever, and ulcerative colitis.
  • erythema nodosum Symptoms of erythema nodosum usually present themselves on the shins, but lesions may also occur on other areas of the body, including the buttocks, calves, ankles, thighs and upper extremities. Other symptoms in subjects with erythema nodosum can include fever and malaise.
  • Hidradenitis suppurativa refers to a skin disorder in which swollen, painful, inflamed lesions or lumps develop in the groin and sometimes under the arms and under the breasts. Hidradenitis suppurativa occurs when apocrine gland outlets become blocked by perspiration or are unable to drain normally because of incomplete gland development. Secretions trapped in the glands force perspiration and bacteria into surrounding tissue, causing subcutaneous induration, inflammation, and infection. Hidradenitis suppurativa is confined to areas of the body that contain apocrine glands. These areas are the axillae, areola of the nipple, groin, perineum, circumanal, and periumbilical regions.
  • Lichen planus refers to a disorder of the skin and the mucous membranes resulting in inflammation, itching, and distinctive skin lesions. Lichen planus may be associated with hepatitis C or certain medications.
  • Sweet's syndrome which was described by R. D. Sweet in 1964, is characterized by the sudden onset of fever, leukocytosis, and cutaneous eruption. The eruption consists of tender, erythematous, well-demarcated papules and plaques which show dense neutrophilic infiltrates microscopically. The lesions may appear anywhere, but favor the upper body including the face. The individual lesions are often described as pseudovesicular or pseudopustular, but may be virtually pustular, bullous, or ulcerative. Oral and eye involvement (conjunctivitis or episcleritis) have also been frequently reported in patients with Sweet's syndrome. Leukemia has also been associated with Sweet's syndrome.
  • Vitiligo refers to a skin condition in which there is loss of pigment from areas of skin resulting in irregular white patches with normal skin texture. Lesions characteristic of vitiligo appear as flat depigmented areas. The edges of the lesions are sharply defined but irregular. Frequently affected areas in subjects with vitiligo include the face, elbows and knees, hands and feet, and genitalia.
  • Scleroderma refers to a diffuse connective tissue disease characterized by changes in the skin, blood vessels, skeletal muscles, and internal organs. Scleroderma is also referred to as CREST syndrome or progressive systemic sclerosis, and usually affects people between the ages 30-50. Women are affected more often than men.
  • the cause of scleroderma is unknown.
  • the disease may produce local or systemic symptoms. The course and severity of the disease varies widely in those affected. Excess collagen deposits in the skin and other organs produce the symptoms. Damage to small blood vessels within the skin and affected organs also occurs. In the skin, ulceration, calcification, and changes in pigmentation may occur.
  • Systemic features may include fibrosis and degeneration of the heart, lungs, kidneys and gastrointestinal tract.
  • Patients suffering from scleroderma exhibit certain clinical features, including, blanching, blueness, or redness of fingers and toes in response to heat and cold (Raynaud's phenomenon), pain, stiffness, and swelling of fingers and joints, skin thickening and shiny hands and forearm, esophageal reflux or heartburn, difficulty swallowing, and shortness of breath.
  • Other clinical symptoms used to diagnose scleroderma include, an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), an elevated rheumatoid factor (RF), a positive antinuclear antibody test, urinalysis that shows protein and microscopic blood, a chest X-ray that may show fibrosis, and pulmonary function studies that show restrictive lung disease.
  • Nail disorders include any abnormality of the nail.
  • the term “nail disorder” or “nail disease” as used herein, refers to conditions wherein the fingernails or toenails to abnormal color, shape, texture, or thickness.
  • Specific nail disorders include, but are not limited to, pitting, koilonychia, Beau's lines, spoon nails, onycholysis, yellow nails, pterygium (seen in lichen planus), and leukonychia.
  • Pitting is characterised by the presence of small depressions on the nail surface. Ridges or linear elevations can develop along the nail occurring in a “lengthwise” or “crosswise” direction. Beau's lines are linear depressions that occur “crosswise” (transverse) in the fingernail.
  • Leukonychia describes white streaks or spots on the nails.
  • Koilonychia is an abnormal shape of the fingernail where the nail has raised ridges and is thin and concave Koilonychia is often
  • Nail disorders which can be treated with the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention also include psoriatic nails.
  • Psoriatic nails include changes in nails which are attributable to psoriasis. In some instances psoriasis may occur only in the nails and nowhere else on the body. Psoriatic changes in nails range from mild to severe, generally reflecting the extent of psoriatic involvement of the nail plate, nail matrix, i.e., tissue from which the nail grows, nail bed, i.e., tissue under the nail, and skin at the base of the nail. Damage to the nail bed by the pustular type of psoriasis can result in loss of the nail. Nail changes in psoriasis fall into general categories that may occur singly or all together.
  • the nail plate In one category of psoriatic nails, the nail plate is deeply pitted, probably due to defects in nail growth caused by psoriasis. In another category, the nail has a yellow to yellow-pink discoloration, probably due to psoriatic involvement of the nail bed.
  • a third subtype of psoriatic nails are characterized by white areas which appear under the nail plate. The white areas are actually air bubbles marking spots where the nail plate is becoming detached from the nail bed. There may also be reddened skin around the nail.
  • a fourth category is evidenced by the nail plate crumbling in yellowish patches, i.e., onychodystrophy, probably due to psoriatic involvement in the nail matrix.
  • a fifth category is characterized by the loss of the nail in its entirety due to psoriatic involvement of the nail matrix and nail bed.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of treatment of the invention can also be used to treat nail disorders often associated with lichen planus. Nails in subjects with lichen planus often show thinning and surface roughness of the nail plate with longitudinal ridges or pterygium.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of treatment of the invention can be used to treat nail disorders, such as those described herein. Often nail disorders are associated with skin disorders.
  • the invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of treatment for nail disorders using a TNF ⁇ antibody.
  • the nail disorder is associated with another disorder, including a skin disorder such as psoriasis.
  • the disorder associated with a nail disorder is arthritis, including psoriatic arthritis.
  • the multiple-variable dose method of treatment of the invention can be used to treat other skin and nail disorders, such as chronic actinic dermatitis, bullous pemphigoid, and alopecia areata.
  • Chronic actinic dermatitis CAD
  • PD/AR photosensitivity dermatitis/actinic reticuloid syndrome
  • CAD is a condition in which the skin becomes inflamed, particularly in areas that have been exposed to sunlight or artificial light.
  • CAD patients have allergies to certain substances that come into contact with their skin, particularly various flowers, woods, perfumes, sunscreens and rubber compounds.
  • Bullous pemphigoid refers to a skin disorder characterized by the formation of large blisters on the trunk and extremities.
  • Alopecia areata refers to hair loss characterized by round patches of complete baldness in the scalp or beard.
  • the invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for inhibiting TNF ⁇ activity in a subject suffering from a vasculitis in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental.
  • vasculitis refers to a group of disorders which are characterized by the inflammation of blood vessels. Blood vessels of all sizes may be affected, from the largest vessel in the body (the aorta) to the smallest blood vessels in the skin (capillaries). The size of blood vessel affected varies according to the specific type of vasculitis. As used herein, the term “a vasculitis in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental” is intended to include vasculitis in which the presence of TNF ⁇ in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder.
  • Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject), which can be detected, for example, using an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody as described above.
  • a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNF ⁇ in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject
  • an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody as described above.
  • vasculitides in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental including Behcet's disease.
  • the use of the antibodies, antibody portions, and other TNF ⁇ inhibitors for multiple-variable dose treatment of the invention of specific vasculitides is discussed further below.
  • the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention is administered to the subject in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below
  • the multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention can be used to treat vasculitis in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, wherein inhibition of TNF ⁇ activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the vasculitis or to prevent the vasculitis.
  • Subjects suffering from or at risk of developing vasculitis can be identified through clinical symptoms and tests. For example, subjects with vasculitides often develop antibodies to certain proteins in the cytoplasm of neutrophils, antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCA). Thus, in some instances, vasculitides may be evidenced by tests (e.g., ELISA), which measure ANCA presence.
  • tests e.g., ELISA
  • Vasculitis and its consequences may be the sole manifestation of disease or it may be a secondary component of another primary disease.
  • Vasculitis may be confined to a single organ or it may simultaneously affect several organs. and depending on the syndrome, arteries and veins of all sizes can be affected. Vasculitis can affect any organ in the body.
  • vasculitis the vessel lumen is usually compromised, which is associated with ischemia of the tissues supplied by the involved vessel.
  • vessel e.g., artery, vein, arteriole, venule, capillary
  • vascular endothelial growth factor a type of vascular endothelial growth factor
  • artery, vein, arteriole, venule, capillary any type, size and location of vessel
  • venule venule, capillary
  • Vasculitides are generally classified according to the size of the affected vessels, as described below. It should be noted that some small and large vessel vasculitides may involve medium-sized arteries; but large and medium-sized vessel vasculitides do not involve vessels smaller than arteries.
  • Large vessel disease includes, but is not limited to, giant cell arteritis, also known as temporal arteritis or cranial arteritis, polymyalgia rheumatica, and Takayasu's disease or arteritis, which is also known as aortic arch syndrome, young female arteritis and Pulseless disease.
  • Medium vessel disease includes, but is not limited to, classic polyarteritis nodosa and Kawasaki's disease, also known as mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome.
  • Non-limiting examples of small vessel disease are Behcet's Syndrome, Wegner's granulomatosis, microscopic polyangitis, hypersensitivity vasculitis, also known as cutaneous vasculitis, small vessel vasculitis, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, allergic granulamotosis and vasculitis, also known as Churg Strauss syndrome.
  • Other vasculitides include, but are not limited to, isolated central nervous system vasculitis, and thromboangitis obliterans, also known as Buerger's disease.
  • Classic Polyarteritis nodosa (PAN), microscopic PAN, and allergic granulomatosis are also often grouped together and are called the systemic necrotizing vasculitides. A further description of vasculitis is described below:
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat subjects who have large vessel vasculitis.
  • large vessel(s) refers to the aorta and the largest branches directed toward major body regions.
  • Large vessels include, for example, the aorta, and its branches and corresponding veins, e.g., the subclavian artery; the brachiocephalic artery; the common carotid artery; the innonimate vein; internal and external jugular veins; the pulmonary arteries and veins; the venae cavae; the renal arteries and veins; the femoral arteries and veins; and the carotid arteries. Examples of large vessel vasculitides are described below.
  • GCA Giant Cell Arteritis
  • GCA Giant cell arteritis
  • GCA refers to a vasculitis involving inflammation and damage to blood vessels, particularly the large or medium arteries that branch from the external carotid artery of the neck.
  • GCA is also referred to as temporal arteritis or cranial arteritis, and is the most common primary vasculitis in the elderly. It almost exclusively affects individuals over 50 years of age, however, there are well-documented cases of patients 40 years and younger.
  • GCA usually affects extracranial arteries.
  • GCA can affect the branches of the carotid arteries, including the temporal artery.
  • GCA is also a systemic disease which can involve arteries in multiple locations.
  • GCA is a panarteritis with inflammatory mononuclear cell infiltrates within the vessel wall with frequent Langhans type giant cell formation. There is proliferation of the intima, granulomatous inflammation and fragmentation of the internal elastic lamina. The pathological findings in organs is the result of ischemia related to the involved vessels.
  • GCA erythrocyte sedimentation rate
  • Other typical indications of GCA include jaw or tongue claudication, scalp tenderness, constitutional symptoms, pale optic disc edema (particularly ‘chalky white’ disc edema), and vision disturbances.
  • the diagnosis is confirmed by temporal artery biopsy.
  • Polymyalgia rheumatica refers to a rheumatic disorder that is associated with moderate to severe muscle pain and stiffness in the neck, shoulder, and hip, most noticeable in the morning.
  • IL-6 and IL-1 ⁇ expression has also been detected in a majority of the circulating monocytes in patients with the polymyalgia rheumatica.
  • Polymyalgia rheumatica may occur independently, or it may coexist with or precede GCA, which is an inflammation of blood vessels.
  • Takayasu's arteritis refers to a vasculitis characterized by an inflammation of the aorta and its major branches. Takayasu's arteritis (also known as Aortic arch syndrome, young female arteritis and Pulseless disease) affects the thoracic and abdominal aorta and its main branches or the pulmonary arteries.
  • Fibrotic thickening of the aortic wall and its branches can lead to reduction of lumen size of vessels that arise from the aortic arch. This condition also typically affects the renal arteries.
  • Takayasu's arteritis primarily affects young women, usually aged 20-40 years old, particularly of Asian descent, and may be manifested by malaise, arthralgias and the gradual onset of extremity claudication. Most patients have asymmetrically reduced pulses, usually along with a blood pressure differential in the arms. Coronary and/or renal artery stenosis may occur.
  • the clinical features of Takayasu's arteritis may be divided into the features of the early inflammatory disease and the features of the later disease.
  • the clinical features of the early inflammatory stage of Takayasu's disease are: malaise, low grade fever, weight loss, myalgia, arthralgia, and erythema multiforme.
  • Later stages of Takayasu's disease are characterized by fibrotic stenosis of arteries and thrombosis.
  • the main resulting clinical features are ischaemic phenomena, e.g. weak and asymmetrical arterial pulses, blood pressure discrepancy between the arms, visual disturbance, e.g. scotomata and hemianopia, other neurological features including vertigo and syncope, hemiparesis or stroke.
  • the clinical features result from ischaemia due to arterial stenosis and thrombosis.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat subjects who have medium vessel vasculitis.
  • medium vessel(s) is used to refer to those blood vessels which are the main visceral arteries. Examples of medium vessels include the mesenteric arteries and veins, the iliac arteries and veins, and the maxillary arteries and veins. Examples of medium vessel vasculitides are described below.
  • Polyarteritis nodosa or periarteritis nodosa refers to vasculitis which is a serious blood vessel disease in which small and medium-sized arteries become swollen and damaged because they are attacked by rogue immune cells.
  • Polyarteritis nodosa usually affects adults more frequently than children. It damages the tissues supplied by the affected arteries because they don't receive enough oxygen and nourishment without a proper blood supply.
  • Symptoms which are exhibited in patients with polyarteritis nodosa generally result from damage to affected organs, often the skin, heart, kidneys, and nervous system.
  • Generalized symptoms of polyarteritis nodosa include fever, fatigue, weakness, loss of appetite, and weight loss.
  • Muscle aches (myalgia) and joint aches (arthralgia) are common.
  • the skin of subjects with polyarteritis nodosa may also show rashes, swelling, ulcers, and lumps (nodular lesions).
  • Classic PAN (polyarteritis nodosa) is a systemic arteritis of small to medium muscular arteritis in which involvement of renal and visceral arteries is common. Abdominal vessels have aneurysms or occlusions in 50% of PAN patients. Classic PAN does not involve the pulmonary arteries although the bronchial vessels may be involved. Granulomas, significant eosinophilia and an allergic diathesis are not part of the syndrome. Although any organ system may be involved, the most common manifestations include peripheral neuropathy, mononeuritis multiplex, intestinal ischemia, renal ischemia, testicular pain and livedo reticularis.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of Kawasaki's disease (Sundel (2002) Curr. Rheumatol. Rep. 4:474; Gedalia (2002) Curr. Rheumatol. Rep. 4:25). Although the cause of Kawasaki's disease is unknown, it is associated with acute inflammation of the coronary arteries, suggesting that the tissue damage associated with this disease may be mediated by proinflammatory agents such as TNF ⁇ Kawasaki's disease refers to a vasculitis that affects the mucus membranes, lymph nodes, lining of the blood vessels, and the heart.
  • Kawasaki's disease is also often referred to as mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node disease, and infantile polyarteritis.
  • Subjects afflicted with Kawasaki's disease develop vasculitis often involving the coronary arteries which can lead to myocarditis and pericarditis. Often as the acute inflammation diminishes, the coronary arteries may develop aneurysm, thrombosis, and lead to myocardial infarction.
  • Kawasaki's disease is a febrile systemic vasculitis associated with edema in the palms and the soles of the feet, with enlargement of cervical lymph nodes, cracked lips and “strawberry tongue”. Although the inflammatory response is found in vessels throughout the body, the most common site of end-organ damage is the coronary arteries. Kawasaki's Disease predominantly affects children under the age of 5. The highest incidence is in Japan but is becoming increasingly recognized in the West and is now the leading cause of acquired heart disease in US children. The most serious complication of Kawasaki disease is coronary arteritis and aneurysm formation that occurs in a third of untreated patients.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat subjects who have small vessel vasculitis.
  • small vessel(s) is used to refer to arterioles, venules and capillaries.
  • Arterioles are arteries that contain only 1 or 2 layers of sooth muscle cells and are terminal to and continuous with the capillary network.
  • Venules carry blood from the capillary network to veins and capillaries connect arterioles and venules. Examples of small vessel vasculitides are described below.
  • Behcet's disease is a chronic disorder that involves inflammation of blood vessels throughout the body. Behcet's disease may also cause various types of skin lesions, arthritis, bowel inflammation, and meningitis (inflammation of the membranes of the brain and spinal cord). As a result of Behcet's disease, the subject with the disorder may have inflammation in tissues and organs throughout the body, including the gastrointestinal tract, central nervous system, vascular system, lungs, and kidneys. Behcet's disease is three times more common in males than females and is more common in the eastern Mediterranean and Japan.
  • Subjects who have Behcet's disease may show clinical symptoms including recurrent oral ulcers (resembling canker sores), recurrent genital ulcers, and eye inflammation.
  • Serum levels of TNF ⁇ , IL-8, IL-1, IL-6 INF- ⁇ and IL-12 are elevated in Behcet's patients, and the production of these factors has been shown to be elevated in the monocytes of Behcet's patients (see, e.g., Inflammatory Disease of Blood Vessels (2001) Marcel Dekker, Inc., eds. G. S. Hoffman and C. M. Weyand, p. 473).
  • Wegener's granulomatosis refers to a vasculitis that causes inflammation of blood vessels in the upper respiratory tract (nose, sinuses, ears), lungs, and kidneys.
  • Wegener's granulomatosis is also referred to as midline granulomatosis.
  • Wegener's granulomatosis includes a granulomatous inflammation involving the respiratory tract, and necrotizing vasculitis affecting small to medium-sized vessels.
  • Subjects who have Wegener's granulomatosis often also have arthritis (joint inflammation). Glomerulonephritis may also be present in affected subjects, but virtually any organ may be involved.
  • Wegener's granulomatosis Patients affected with Wegener's granulomatosis typically show clinical symptoms comprising recurrent sinusitis or epistaxis, mucosal ulcerations, otitis media, cough, hemoptysis and dyspnea.
  • Churg-Strauss syndrome refers to a vasculitis that is systemic and shows early manifestation signs of asthma and eosinophilia.
  • Churg-Strauss syndrome is also referred to as allergic granulomatosis and angiitis, and occurs in the setting of allergic rhinitis, asthma and eosinophilia.
  • Sinusitis and pulmonary infiltrates also occur in Churg-Strauss syndrome, primarily affecting the lung and heart. Peripheral neuropathy, coronary arteritis and gastrointestinal involvement are common.
  • ACR American College of Rheumatology
  • the invention features a multiple-variable dose method for treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject an induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor and a subsequent treatment dose, such that said TNF ⁇ -related disorder is treated.
  • a multiple-variable dose method for treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental comprising administering to a subject an induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor and a subsequent treatment dose, such that said TNF ⁇ -related disorder is treated. Examples of TNF ⁇ -related disorders in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, are discussed further below.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of juvenile arthritis, including juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (Grom et al. (1996) Arthritis Rheum. 39:1703; Mangge et al. (1995) Arthritis Rheum. 8:211).
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat juvenile rheumatoid arthritis.
  • JRA fever rheumatoid arthritis
  • JRA a chronic, inflammatory disease which occurs before age 16 that may cause joint or connective tissue damage. JRA is also referred to as juvenile chronic polyarthritis and Still's disease.
  • JRA causes joint inflammation and stiffness for more than 6 weeks in a child of 16 years of age or less. Inflammation causes redness, swelling, warmth, and soreness in the joints. Any joint can be affected and inflammation may limit the mobility of affected joints.
  • One type of JRA can also affect the internal organs.
  • JRA is often classified into three types by the number of joints involved, the symptoms, and the presence or absence of certain antibodies found by a blood test. These classifications help the physician determine how the disease will progress and whether the internal organs or skin is affected.
  • the classifications of JRA include the following
  • Pauciarticular JRA wherein the patient has four or fewer joints are affected.
  • Pauciarticular is the most common form of JRA, and typically affects large joints, such as the knees.
  • Systemic JRA is characterized by joint swelling, fever, a light skin rash, and may also affect internal organs such as the heart, liver, spleen, and lymph nodes. Systemic JRA is also referred to as it Still's disease. A small percentage of these children develop arthritis in many joints and can have severe arthritis that continues into adulthood.
  • TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat endometriosis.
  • endometriosis refers to a condition in which the tissue that normally lines the uterus (endometrium) grows in other areas of the body, causing pain, irregular bleeding, and frequently infertility.
  • TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat prostatitis.
  • Prostatitis refers to an inflammation of the prostate. Prostatitis is also referred to as pelvic pain syndrome. Prostatitis manifests itself in a variety of forms, including nonbacterial prostatitis, acute prostatitis, bacterial prostatitis, and acute prostatitis. Acute prostatitis refers to an inflammation of the prostate gland that develops suddenly. Acute prostatitis is usually caused by a bacterial infection of the prostate gland. Chronic prostatitis is an inflammation of the prostate gland that develops gradually, continues for a prolonged period, and typically has subtle symptoms. Chronic prostatitis is also usually caused by a bacterial infection
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of choroidal neovascularization.
  • TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat choroidal neovascularization.
  • choroidal neovascularization refers to the growth of new blood vessels that originate from the choroid through a break in the Bruch membrane into the sub-retinal pigment epithelium (sub-RPE) or subretinal space.
  • Choroidal neovascularization is a major cause of visual loss in patients with the condition.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat sciatica.
  • the term “sciatica” as used herein refers to a condition involving impaired movement and/or sensation in the leg, caused by damage to the sciatic nerve.
  • Sciatica is also commonly referred to as neuropathy of the sciatic nerve and sciatic nerve dysfunction.
  • Sciatica is a form of peripheral neuropathy. It occurs when there is damage to the sciatic nerve, located in the back of the leg.
  • the sciatic nerve controls the muscles of the back of the knee and lower leg and provides sensation to the back of the thigh, part of the lower leg and the sole of the foot.
  • Sciatica can be indicative of another disorder, including a lumbar herniated disc, spinal stenosis, degenerative disc disease, isthmic spondyloisthesis and piniformis syndrome.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat Sjogren's syndrome.
  • the term “Sjogren's syndrome” as used herein refers to a systemic inflammatory disorder characterized by dry mouth, decreased tearing, and other dry mucous membranes, and is often associated with autoimmune rheumatic disorders, such as rheumatoid arthritis. Dryness of the eyes and mouth are the most common symptoms of this syndrome. The symptoms may occur alone, or with symptoms associated with rheumatoid arthritis or other connective tissue diseases.
  • the syndrome may be associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, polymyositis, and other diseases.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat uveitis.
  • uveitis refers to an inflammation of the uvea, which is the layer between the sclera and the retina, which includes the iris, ciliary body, and the choroid. Uveitis is also commonly referred to as ulceris, pars planitis, chroiditis, chorioretinitis, anterior uveitis, and posterior uveitis.
  • uveitis The most common form of uveitis is anterior uveitis, which involves inflammation in the front part of the eye, which is usually isolated to the iris. This condition is often called ulceris.
  • uveitis refers to an inflammation of the uvea which excludes inflammation associated with an autoimmune disease, i.e., excludes autoimmune uveitis.
  • TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used to treat wet macular degeneration.
  • wet macular degeneration refers to a disorder that affects the macula (the central part of the retina of the eye) and causes decreased visual acuity and possible loss of central vision. Patients with wet macular degeneration develop new blood vessels under the retina, which causes hemorrhage, swelling, and scar tissue.
  • Osteoporosis is used to refer to a disorder characterized by the progressive loss of bone density and thinning of bone tissue. Osteoporosis occurs when the body fails to form enough new bone, or when too much old bone is reabsorbed by the body, or both.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used to treat osteoporosis.
  • Osteoarthritis is also referred to as hypertrophic osteoarthritis, osteoarthrosis, and degenerative joint disease.
  • OA is a chronic degenerative disease of skeletal joints, which affects specific joints, commonly knees, hips, hand joints and spine, in adults of all ages.
  • OA is characterized by a number of the following manifestations including degeneration and thinning of the articular cartilage with associated development of “ulcers” or craters, osteophyte formation, hypertrophy of bone at the margins, and changes in the snyovial membrane and enlargement of affected joints. Furthermore, osteoarthritis is accompanied by pain and stiffness, particularly after prolonged activity.
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used to treat osteoarthritis. Characteristic radiographic features of osteoarthritis include joint space narrowing, subchondral sclerosis, osteophytosis, subchondral cyst formation, loose osseous body (or “joint mouse”).
  • Medications used to treat osteoarthritis include a variety of nonsteroidal, anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs).
  • COX 2 inhibitors including Celebrex, Vioxx, and Bextra, and Etoricoxib, are also used to treat OA.
  • Steroids which are injected directly into the joint, may also be used to reduce inflammation and pain.
  • TNF ⁇ antibodies of the invention are administered in combination with a NSAIDs, a COX2 inhibitor, and/or steroids.
  • the methods of the invention also can be used to treat various other disorders in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental.
  • diseases and disorders in which TNF ⁇ activity has been implicated in the pathophysiology include inflammatory bone disorders, bone resorption disease, coagulation disturbances, burns, reperfusion injury, keloid formation, scar tissue formation, pyrexia, periodontal disease, obesity, radiation toxicity, age-related cachexia, Alzheimer's disease, brain edema, inflammatory brain injury, cancer, chronic fatigue syndrome, dermatomyositis, drug reactions, such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome and Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction, edema in and/or around the spinal cord, familial periodic fevers, Felty's syndrome, fibrosis, glomerulonephritides (e.g.
  • post-streptococcal glomerulonephritis or IgA nephropathy loosening of prostheses, microscopic polyangiitis, mixed connective tissue disorder, multiple myeloma, cancer and cachexia, multiple organ disorder, myelo dysplastic syndrome, orchitism osteolysis, pancreatitis, including acute, chronic, and pancreatic abscess, polymyositis, progressive renal failure, pseudogout, pyoderma gangrenosum, relapsing polychondritis, rheumatic heart disease, sarcoidosis, sclerosing cholangitis, stroke, thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysm repair (TAAA), TNF receptor associated periodic syndrome (TRAPS), symptoms related to Yellow Fever vaccination, inflammatory diseases associated with the ear, chronic ear inflammation, chronic otitis media with or without cholesteatoma, pediatric ear inflammation, myotosis, ovarian cancer, colore
  • TNF ⁇ -related disorders include both the adult and juvenile forms of the disease where appropriate. It is also understood that all of the above-mentioned disorders include both chronic and acute forms of the disease.
  • the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat each of the above-mentioned TNF ⁇ -related disorders alone or in combination with one another, e.g., a subject who is suffering from uveitis and lupus.
  • Antibodies, antibody-portions, and other TNF ⁇ inhibitors for use in the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include one or more of water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, as well as combinations thereof.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may further comprise minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor.
  • compositions for use in the methods of the invention may be in a variety of forms. These include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • liquid solutions e.g., injectable and infusible solutions
  • dispersions or suspensions tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • Typical preferred compositions are in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, such as compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies or other TNF ⁇ inhibitors.
  • the preferred mode of administration is parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular).
  • the antibody or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered by intravenous infusion or injection.
  • the antibody or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
  • compositions typically must be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage.
  • the composition can be formulated as a solution, microemulsion, dispersion, liposome, or other ordered structure suitable to high drug concentration.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (i.e., antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • the proper fluidity of a solution can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent that delays absorption, for example, monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • an antibody or antibody portion for use in the methods of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents.
  • an anti-hTNF ⁇ antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more DMARD or one or more NSAID or one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules), one or more cytokines, soluble TNF ⁇ receptor (see e.g., PCT Publication No.
  • WO 94/06476 and/or one or more chemical agents that inhibit hTNF ⁇ production or activity (such as cyclohexane-ylidene derivatives as described in PCT Publication No. WO 93/19751) or any combination thereof.
  • one or more antibodies of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents.
  • Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible side effects, complications or low level of response by the patient associated with the various monotherapies.
  • the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein the effective amount of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor may be effective to treat a TNF ⁇ -related disorder, including, for example, Crohn's disease, in a multiple variable dose regimen.
  • the antibody or antibody portion for use in the multiple variable dose methods of the invention is incorporated into a pharmaceutical formulation as described in PCT/IB03/04502 and U.S. application Ser. No. 10/222,140, incorporated by reference herein. This formulation includes a concentration 50 mg/ml of the antibody D2E7, wherein one pre-filled syringe contains 40 mg of antibody for subcutaneous injection.
  • the antibodies, antibody-portions, and other TNF ⁇ inhibitors of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art within the scope of the invention, although for many therapeutic applications, the preferred route/mode of administration is subcutaneous injection. In another embodiment, administration is via intravenous injection or infusion. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results, within the scope of the invention.
  • the active compound may be prepared with a carrier that will protect the compound against rapid release, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Many methods for the preparation of such formulations are patented or generally known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems , J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibodies of the invention can also be administered in the form of protein crystal formulations which include a combination of protein crystals encapsulated within a polymeric carrier to form coated particles.
  • the coated particles of the protein crystal formulation may have a spherical morphology and be microspheres of up to 500 micro meters in diameter or they may have some other morphology and be microparticulates.
  • the enhanced concentration of protein crystals allows the antibody of the invention to be delivered subcutaneously.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibodies of the invention are delivered via a protein delivery system, wherein one or more of a protein crystal formulation or composition, is administered to a subject with a TNF ⁇ -related disorder.
  • compositions and methods of preparing stabilized formulations of whole antibody crystals or antibody fragment crystals are also described in WO 02/072636, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • a formulation comprising the crystallized antibody fragments described in PCT/IB03/04502 and U.S. application Ser. No. 10/222,140, incorporated by reference herein, are used to treat a TNF ⁇ -related disorder using the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention.
  • an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
  • the compound (and other ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet.
  • the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like.
  • To administer a compound of the invention by other than parenteral administration it may be necessary to coat the compound with, or co-administer the compound with, a material to prevent its inactivation.
  • compositions of the invention may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the antibody, antibody portion, other TNF ⁇ inhibitor to elicit a desired response in the individual.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum desired response (e.g., a therapeutic or prophylactic response) within the scope of the invention. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • An exemplary, non-limiting range for a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is 10 to 200 mg, more preferably 20 to 160 mg, more preferably 40 to 80 mg, and most preferably 80 mg.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 20 mg.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 40 mg.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 80 mg.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 120 mg.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 160 mg.
  • Ranges intermediate to the above recited dosages and those ranges described throughout, e.g. about 78.5 to about 81.5; about 15 to about 25; about 30 to about 50; about 60 to about 100; about 90 to about 150; about 120 to about 200, are also intended to be part of this invention.
  • ranges of values using a combination of any of the above recited values as upper and/or lower limits are intended to be included.
  • the invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for treating a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, such as a human antibody, such that a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase, and subsequently administering to the subject a treatment dose of the human antibody within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such as a human antibody
  • the multiple-variable dose treatment method of the invention comprises administering a therapeutic agent in an induction phase, followed by a lower amount of the therapeutic agent during a treatment phase.
  • the induction dose comprises either 160 mg or 80 mg.
  • the induction dose ranges from about 20 to about 200 mg of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor. More preferably the induction dose ranges from about 40 to about 160 mg of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor. Most preferably the induction dose ranges from about 80 to about 160 mg of a TNF ⁇ antibody.
  • the induction phase is complete once a threshold level of therapeutic agent is reached.
  • the induction phase can include a single induction dose, or multiple induction doses wherein the same or different amounts of therapeutic agent are used.
  • More than one induction dose may be administered during the induction phase, wherein any determined amount of time interval may occur between induction doses, including, for example, one hour apart, one day apart, one week apart, two weeks apart, etc.
  • induction phase treatments of the invention used to achieve a threshold level of TNF ⁇ inhibitor include, but are not limited to, the following regimens: a 160 mg dose followed by an 80 mg dose; at least one dose of 160 mg dose; at least one dose of 80 mg dose; at least two doses of 80 mg dose; and two 80 mg induction doses at a one week interval.
  • a threshold level is achieved once a predetermined therapeutic effect is reached.
  • the threshold level of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor for the treatment of Crohn's disease may be determined by monitoring a subject in the induction phase of treatment for a reduction in their CDAI index.
  • the threshold level of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor for treatment of psoriasis may be determined by a decrease in psoriatic plaques, an improvement in the patient's Psoriasis Area Severity Index (PASI) score, or an improved Physician's Global Assessment (PGA) score.
  • the threshold level of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor for treatment of a TNF ⁇ -related disorder is determined by achievement of a stable blood plasma serum concentration of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor.
  • the treatment phase is initiated. At least one treatment dose is administered during the treatment phase. More than one treatment dose may administered during the treatment phase, wherein any determined amount of time interval may occur between induction doses, including, for example, one hour apart, one day apart, one week apart, two weeks apart, etc.
  • the treatment dose ranges from about 20 to about 120 mg of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor. Most preferably the treatment dose ranges from about 40 to about 80 mg of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor.
  • the treatment phase comprises administering 40 mg of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor. In another embodiment, the treatment phase comprises administering 80 mg of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor.
  • the multiple-variable dose method described herein is based on a treatment regimen which includes administration of at least two different doses of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor.
  • the induction dose can be any multiple number greater than the treatment dose.
  • the induction dose can be two times greater than the treatment dose.
  • the induction dose is 160 mg, and the treatment dose is 80 mg.
  • the induction dose is 80 mg, and the treatment dose is 40 mg.
  • the induction dose is 70 mg, and the treatment dose is 35 mg.
  • the treatment dose is 40% to 60% of the induction dose, e.g., the induction dose is 160 mg and the treatment dose ranges from 64 mg to 96 mg or the induction dose ranges from 80 mg and the treatment dose is 32 mg to 48 mg.
  • the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, such as a TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that a mean serum TNF ⁇ inhibitor trough level of approximately 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such as a TNF ⁇ antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved by administration of a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which comprises half the amount of the loading dose at week 2.
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved at week 2.
  • the mean serum trough level of about 12 ⁇ g/mL is achieved at week 4.
  • dosage values may vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated within the scope of the invention. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • the invention also pertains to packaged pharmaceutical compositions or kits for administering the multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • the kit or article of manufacture of the invention contains materials useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of Crohn's disease.
  • the kit or article of manufacture may comprise a container and a label or package insert or printed material on or associated with the container which provides information regarding use of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody, for the treatment of Crohn's disease.
  • the article of manufacture may comprise (a) a first container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a TNF ⁇ antibody; and (b) a package insert indicating that the TNF ⁇ antibody may be used to treat Crohn's disease.
  • the label or package insert indicates that the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody, is used for treating Crohn's disease.
  • Suitable containers for the TNF ⁇ inhibitor include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, pens, etc.
  • the containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the container holds a composition which is by itself or when combined with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the condition and may have a sterile access port.
  • the kit comprises a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, such as an antibody, and administration instructions according to the multiple-variable dose method for treatment.
  • the kit of the invention comprises an induction dose and/or a treatment dose for treatment of a particular disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental.
  • the kit may also include instructions relating to administration of the induction and/or treatment doses.
  • the instructions may describe how, e.g., subcutaneously, and when, e.g., at week 0 and week 2, the different doses of TNF ⁇ inhibitor shall be administered to a subject for treatment.
  • the instructions may also describe the administration of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor during the induction and the treatment phases of the multiple-variable dose treatment.
  • Kits to be used for the methods of the invention may include individual doses of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor which can be used in part, in whole, or in combination with one another to achieve the multiple-variable dose regimen.
  • the kit may include a number of prefilled syringes containing the TNF ⁇ antibody D2E7, wherein each syringe contains a 40 mg dose of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor.
  • multiple-variable dose therapy includes administration of a 160 mg induction dose of D2E7, followed by subsequent administration of an 80 mg dose of D2E7 at least two weeks following administration of the induction dose for the treatment of Crohn's disease.
  • kits of the invention for the treatment of Crohn's may also include a dose or doses of methotrexate for administration in combination with D2E7.
  • the kit of the invention may include doses of D2E7 for multiple-variable dose treatment of psoriasis.
  • the kit may contain at least one induction dose of 80 mg of D2E7, and at least one maintenance dose of 40 mg of D2E7.
  • Instructions for administration of D2E7 for the treatment of psoriasis may include, for example, directions for administering one 80 mg dose, a second 80 mg dose a week later, and a 40 mg dose a week later and subsequently every other week.
  • the instructions may include directions for a single 80 mg dose of D2E7, followed by a 40 mg treatment dose a week later and subsequently every other week.
  • the article of manufacture or kit comprises a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody, and a label which indicates to a subject who will be administering the TNF ⁇ inhibitor about using the TNF ⁇ inhibitor for the treatment of Crohn's disease.
  • the label may be anywhere within or on the article of manufacture.
  • the article of manufacture comprises a container, such as a box, which comprises the TNF ⁇ inhibitor and a package insert or label providing information pertaining to use of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor for the treatment of Crohn's disease.
  • the information is printed on a label which is on the outside of the article of manufacture, in a position which is visible to prospective purchasers.
  • the label of the invention informs a reader, including a prospective purchaser and/or a subject who will be administering the TNF ⁇ inhibitor for treatment, that the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody such as adalimumab, is an indicated treatment of Crohn's disease, including treatment of moderately to severely active disease in adult patients.
  • the label may indicate that the TNF ⁇ antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used to treat Crohn's disease in patients who have had an inadequate response to conventional therapy and/or who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.
  • the label indicates that the TNF ⁇ antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used for reducing signs and symptoms and inducing clinical remission in patients with moderately to severely active Crohn's disease who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.
  • TNF ⁇ antibody e.g., adalimumab
  • the label of the invention may also contain information regarding the pharmacokinetics of the TNF ⁇ inhibitor, e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody such as adalimumab.
  • the label of the invention indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease, the loading dose of 160 mg adalimumab on week 0 followed by 80 mg adalimumab on week 2 achieves serum adalimumab trough concentrations of approximately 12 ⁇ g/mL.
  • kits containing a pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and one or more pharmaceutical compositions each comprising a drug useful for treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the kit comprises a single pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody, one or more drugs useful for treating a TNF ⁇ -related disorder and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the kits contain instructions for dosing of the pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which the administration of an anti-TNF ⁇ antibody is beneficial, such as Crohn's disease or psoriasis.
  • the package or kit alternatively can contain the TNF ⁇ inhibitor and it can be promoted for use, either within the package or through accompanying information, for the uses or treatment of the disorders described herein.
  • the packaged pharmaceuticals or kits further can include a second agent (as described herein) packaged with or copromoted with instructions for using the second agent with a first agent (as described herein).
  • the invention also provides a single dose method for treating a disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a single dose of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor, such as a human antibody.
  • a TNF ⁇ inhibitor such as a human antibody.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is the anti-TNF ⁇ antibody D2E7.
  • the single dose of TNF ⁇ inhibitor can be any therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount.
  • a subject is administered either about 20 mg, 40 mg, or 80 mg single dose of D2E7.
  • the single dose may be administered through any route, including, for example, subcutaneous administration.
  • the invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof for the treatment of a TNF ⁇ -related disorder using a multiple-variable dose regimen.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprise a first agent that prevents or inhibits a TNF ⁇ -related disorder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition and methods of use may comprise a second agent that is an active pharmaceutical ingredient; that is, the second agent is therapeutic and its function is beyond that of an inactive ingredient, such as a pharmaceutical carrier, preservative, diluent, or buffer.
  • the second agent may be useful in treating or preventing TNF ⁇ -related disorders.
  • the second agent may diminish or treat at least one symptom(s) associated with the targeted disease.
  • the first and second agents may exert their biological effects by similar or unrelated mechanisms of action; or either one or both of the first and second agents may exert their biological effects by a multiplicity of mechanisms of action.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may also comprise a third compound, or even more yet, wherein the third (and fourth, etc.) compound has the same characteristics of a second agent.
  • compositions described herein may have the first and second, third, or additional agents in the same pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or in a different pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for each described embodiment. It further should be understood that the first, second, third and additional agent may be administered simultaneously or sequentially within described embodiments. Alternatively, a first and second agent may be administered simultaneously, and a third or additional agent may be administered before or after the first two agents.
  • the combination of agents used within the methods and pharmaceutical compositions described herein may have a therapeutic additive or synergistic effect on the condition(s) or disease(s) targeted for treatment.
  • the combination of agents used within the methods or pharmaceutical compositions described herein also may reduce a detrimental effect associated with at least one of the agents when administered alone or without the other agent(s) of the particular pharmaceutical composition.
  • the toxicity of side effects of one agent may be attenuated by another agent of the composition, thus allowing a higher dosage, improving patient compliance, and improving therapeutic outcome.
  • the additive or synergistic effects, benefits, and advantages of the compositions apply to classes of therapeutic agents, either structural or functional classes, or to individual compounds themselves.
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that are useful for treating TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental.
  • an anti-hTNF ⁇ antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules), one or more cytokines, soluble TNF ⁇ receptor (see e.g., PCT Publication No.
  • WO 94/064766 and/or one or more chemical agents that inhibit hTNF ⁇ production or activity (such as cyclohexane-ylidene derivatives as described in PCT Publication No. WO 93/19751).
  • one or more antibodies or other TNF ⁇ inhibitors of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents.
  • Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible toxicities or complications associated with the various monotherapies.
  • Specific therapeutic agent(s) are generally selected based on the particular TNF ⁇ -related disorder being treated, as discussed below.
  • Nonlimiting examples of therapeutic agents with which an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor can be combined in a multiple variable dose method of treatment of the invention include the following: non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug(s) (NSAIDs); cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) (CSAIDs); CDP-571/BAY-10-3356 (humanized anti-TNF ⁇ antibody; Celltech/Bayer); cA2/infliximab (chimeric anti-TNF ⁇ antibody; Centocor); 75 kdTNFR-IgG/etanercept (75 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein; Immunex; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1994) Vol. 37, S295 ; J.
  • NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • CSAIDs cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug
  • CDP-571/BAY-10-3356 humanized anti-TNF ⁇ antibody; Celltech/Bayer
  • Anti-Tac humanized anti-IL-2R ⁇ ; Protein Design Labs/Roche
  • IL-4 anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering
  • IL-10 SCH 52000; recombinant IL-10, anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering
  • IL-4 IL-10 and/or IL-4 agonists (e.g., agonist antibodies)
  • IL-1RA IL-1 receptor antagonist; Synergen/Amgen); anakinra (Kineret®/Amgen); TNF-bp/s-TNF (soluble TNF binding protein; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S284 ; Amer.
  • thalidomide see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S282) and thalidomide-related drugs (e.g., Celgen); leflunomide (anti-inflammatory and cytokine inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S131 ; Inflammation Research (1996) Vol. 45, pp. 103-107); tranexamic acid (inhibitor of plasminogen activation; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No.
  • Meloxicam non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Ibuprofen non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Piroxicam non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Diclofenac non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Indomethacin non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Sulfasalazine see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S281)
  • Azathioprine see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No.
  • ICE inhibitor inhibitor of the enzyme interleukin-1 ⁇ converting enzyme
  • zap-70 and/or lck inhibitor inhibitor of the tyrosine kinase zap-70 or lck
  • VEGF inhibitor and/or VEGF-R inhibitor inhibitors of vascular endothelial cell growth factor or vascular endothelial cell growth factor receptor; inhibitors of angiogenesis
  • corticosteroid anti-inflammatory drugs e.g., SB203580
  • TNF-convertase inhibitors anti-IL-12 antibodies; anti-IL-18 antibodies; interleukin-11 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No.
  • any of the above-mentioned agents can be administered in combination with the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention to treat an TNF ⁇ -related disorder using the multiple variable dose or single dose method of treatments of the invention.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis using the multiple variable dose method of treatment of the invention: small molecule inhibitor of KDR (ABT-123), small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2; methotrexate; prednisone; celecoxib; folic acid; hydroxychloroquine sulfate; rofecoxib; etanercept; infliximab; anakinra (Kineret®/Amgen); leflunomide; naproxen; valdecoxib; sulfasalazine; ibuprofen; methylprednisolone; meloxicam; methylprednisolone acetate; gold sodium thiomalate; aspirin; azathioprine; triamcinolone acetonide; propxyphene napsylate/apap; folate; nabumetone; di
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered using a multiple-variable dose method for the treatment of a TNF ⁇ related disorder in combination with one of the above mentioned agents for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • the above-mentioned additional agents are used in combination with a TNF ⁇ antibody in the single dose method of treatment of the invention.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered using the multiple variable dose regimen in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which TNF ⁇ activity is detrimental: anti-IL12 antibody (ABT 874); anti-IL18 antibody (ABT 325); small molecule inhibitor of LCK; small molecule inhibitor of COT; anti-IL1 antibody; small molecule inhibitor of MK2; anti-CD19 antibody; small molecule inhibitor of CXCR3; small molecule inhibitor of CCR5; small molecule inhibitor of CCR11 anti-E/L selectin antibody; small molecule inhibitor of P2X7; small molecule inhibitor of IRAK-4; small molecule agonist of glucocorticoid receptor; anti-C5a receptor antibody; small molecule inhibitor of C5a receptor; anti-CD32 antibody; and CD32 as a therapeutic protein.
  • anti-IL12 antibody ABT 874
  • anti-IL18 antibody ABT 325
  • small molecule inhibitor of LCK small molecule inhibitor of COT
  • anti-IL1 antibody
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered using the multiple variable dose regimen in combination with an antibiotic or antiinfective agent.
  • Antiinfective agents include those agents known in the art to treat viral, fungal, parasitic or bacterial infections.
  • the term, “antibiotic,” as used herein, refers to a chemical substance that inhibits the growth of, or kills, microorganisms. Encompassed by this term are antibiotic produced by a microorganism, as well as synthetic antibiotics (e.g., analogs) known in the art.
  • Antibiotics include, but are not limited to, clarithromycin (Biaxin®), ciprofloxacin (Cipro®), and metronidazole (Flagyl®).
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered using the multiple variable dose regimen in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat sciatica or pain.
  • agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of sciatica or pain include hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, rofecoxib, cyclobenzaprine hcl, methylprednisolone, naproxen, ibuprofen, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, celecoxib, valdecoxib, methylprednisolone acetate, prednisone, codeine phosphate/apap, tramadol hcl/acetaminophen, metaxalone, meloxicam, methocarbamol, lidocaine hydrochloride, diclofenac sodium, gabapentin, dexamethasone, carisoprodol, ketorolac tromethamine, indomethacin, acetaminophen
  • the TNF ⁇ -related disorder is treated using the multiple variable dose regimen with the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention in combination with hemodialysis.
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is used in combination with a drug used to treat Crohn's disease or a Crohn's-related disorder in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • therapeutic agents which can be used to treat Crohn's include mesalamine, prednisone, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, infliximab, budesonide, sulfasalazine, methylprednisolone sod succ, diphenoxylate/atrop sulf, loperamide hydrochloride, methotrexate, omeprazole, folate, ciprofloxacin/dextrose-water, hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, tetracycline hydrochloride, fluocinonide, metronidazole, thimerosal/boric acid, hyoscyamine sulfate, cholestyramine/sucrose, ciprofloxacin hydrochlor
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat asthma in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of asthma include the following: albuterol; salmeterol/fluticasone; sodium; fluticasone propionate; budesonide; prednisone; salmeterol xinafoate; levalbuterol hcl; sulfate/ipratropium; prednisolone sodium phosphate; triamcinolone acetonide; beclomethasone dipropionate; ipratropium bromide; Azithromycin; pirbuterol acetate; prednisolone; theophylline anhydrous; zafirlukast; methylprednisolone sod succ; clarithromycin; formoterol fumarate; influenza virus vaccine; methylprednisolone; trihydrate; allergy injection; cromolyn sodium; cefprozi
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat COPD in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of COPD include, albuterol sulfate/ipratropium; ipratropium bromide; salmeterol/fluticasone; albuterol; salmeterol; xinafoate; fluticasone propionate; prednisone; theophylline anhydrous; levofloxacin; methylprednisolone sod succ; montelukast sodium; budesonide; formoterol fumarate; triamcinolone acetonide; guaifenesin; azithromycin; beclomethasone; dipropionate; levalbuterol hcl; flunisolide; sodium; trihydrate; gatifloxacin; zafirlukast; furoate; amoxicillin/clavulanate; flun
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat IPF in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of IPF include prednisone; azathioprine; albuterol; colchicines; sulfate; digoxin; gamma interferon; methylprednisolone sod succ; furosemide; lisinopril; nitroglycerin; spironolactone; cyclophosphamide; ipratropium bromide; actinomycin d; alteplase; fluticasone propionate; levofloxacin; metaproterenol sulfate; morphine sulfate; oxycodone hcl; potassium chloride; triamcinolone acetonide; tacrolimus anhydrous; calcium; interferon-alpha; methotrexate; mycophenolate mofetil.
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody is administered in combination with an agent which is commonly used to treat spondyloarthropathies in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents include nonsteroidal, anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), COX 2 inhibitors, including Celebrex®, Vioxx®, and Bextra®, and etoricoxib.
  • NSAIDs nonsteroidal, anti-inflammatory drugs
  • COX 2 inhibitors including Celebrex®, Vioxx®, and Bextra®
  • etoricoxib etoricoxib.
  • Physiotherapy is also commonly used to treat spondyloarthropathies, usually in conjunction with non-steroidal inflammatory drugs.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat ankylosing spondylitis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of ankylosing spondylitis include ibuprofen, diclofenac and misoprostol, naproxen, meloxicam, indomethacin, diclofenac, celecoxib, rofecoxib, sulfasalazine, prednisone, methotrexate, azathioprine, minocyclin, prednisone, etanercept, and infliximab.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat psoriatic arthritis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of psoriatic arthritis include methotrexate; etanercept; rofecoxib; celecoxib; folic acid; sulfasalazine; naproxen; leflunomide; methylprednisolone acetate; indomethacin; hydroxychloroquine sulfate; sulindac; prednisone; betamethasone diprop augmented; infliximab; methotrexate; folate; triamcinolone acetonide; diclofenac; dimethylsulfoxide; piroxicam; diclofenac sodium; ketoprofen; meloxicam; prednisone; methylprednisolone; nabumetone; tolmetin sodium; calc
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered following an initial procedure for treating coronary heart disease in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • procedures include, but are not limited to coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) and Percutaneous transluminal coronary balloon angioplasty (PTCA) or angioplasty.
  • CABG coronary artery bypass grafting
  • PTCA Percutaneous transluminal coronary balloon angioplasty
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered in order to prevent stenosis from re-occurring.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered in order to prevent or treat restenosis.
  • the invention also provides a method of treatment, wherein the TNF ⁇ inhibitor is administered prior to, in conjunction with, or following the insertion of a stent in the artery of a subject receiving a procedure for treating coronary heart disease.
  • the stent is administered following CABG or PTCA.
  • Stent grafts may be, for example, bifurcated or tube grafts, cylindrical or tapered, self-expandable or balloon-expandable, unibody, or, modular.
  • the stent graft may be adapted to release the drug at only the distal ends, or along the entire body of the stent graft.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention can also be administered on a stent.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention including, for example, D2E7/HUMIRA® is administered by a drug-eluting stent.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody can be administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat restenosis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to treat or prevent restenosis include sirolimus, paclitaxel, everolimus, tacrolimus, ABT-578, and acetaminophen.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention can be administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat myocardial infarction in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to treat or prevent myocardial infarction include aspirin, nitroglycerin, metoprolol tartrate, enoxaparin sodium, heparin sodium, clopidogrel bisulfate, carvedilol, atenolol, morphine sulfate, metoprolol succinate, warfarin sodium, lisinopril, isosorbide mononitrate, digoxin, furosemide, simvastatin, ramipril, tenecteplase, enalapril maleate, torsemide, retavase, losartan potassium, quinapril hcl/mag carb, bumetanide, alteplase, enalaprilat, amiodarone hydrochloride, tirofiban
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention can be administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat angina in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents which can be used to treat or prevent angina include: aspirin; nitroglycerin; isosorbide mononitrate; atenolol; metoprolol succinate; metoprolol tartrate; amlodipine besylate; digoxin; dilitiazem hydropchloride; isosorbide dinitrate; clopidogrel bisulfate; nifedipine; atorvastatin calcium; potassium chloride; simvastatin; verapamil hcl; furosemide; propranolol hcl; carvedilo; lisinopril; sprionolactone; hydrochlorothiazide; enalapril maleate; madolol; ramipril; enoxaparin sodium; heparin sodium; valsartan
  • a TNF ⁇ antibody is administered in combination with an agent which is commonly used to treat hepatitis C virus in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • agents include Interferon-alpha-2a, Interferon-alpha-2b, Interferon-alpha con1, Interfero-aopha-n1, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2a, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2b, Ribavirin, Peginterferon alfa-2b and ribavirin, Ursodeoxycholic Acid, Glycyrrhizic Acid, Thymalfasin, Maxamine, and VX-497.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with topical corticosteroids, vitamin D analogs, and topical or oral retinoids, or combinations thereof, for the treatment of psoriasis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of psoriasis: small molecule inhibitor of KDR (ABT-123), small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2, calcipotriene, clobetasol propionate, triamcinolone acetonide, halobetasol propionate, tazarotene, methotrexate, fluocinonide, betamethasone diprop augmented, fluocinolone, acetonide, acitretin, tar shampoo, betamethasone valerate, mometasone furoate, ketoconazole, pramoxine/fluocinolone, hydrocortisone valerate, flurandrenolide
  • An antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention can be used in combination with other agents to treat skin conditions in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention is combined with PUVA therapy.
  • PUVA is a combination of psoralen (P) and long-wave ultraviolet radiation (UVA) that is used to treat many different skin conditions.
  • P psoralen
  • UVA long-wave ultraviolet radiation
  • the antibodies, antibody portions, or other TNF ⁇ inhibitors of the invention can also be combined with pimecrolimus.
  • the antibodies of the invention are used to treat psoriasis, wherein the antibodies are administered in combination with tacrolimus.
  • tacrolimus and TNF ⁇ inhibitors are administered in combination with methotrexate and/or cyclosporine.
  • the TNF ⁇ inhibitor of the invention is administered with excimer laser treatment for treating psoriasis.
  • Nonlimiting examples of other therapeutic agents with which a TNF ⁇ inhibitor can be combined to treat a skin or nail disorder include UVA and UVB phototherapy in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • Other nonlimiting examples which can be used in combination with a TNF ⁇ inhibitor include anti-IL-12 and anti-IL-18 therapeutic agents, including antibodies.
  • the TNF ⁇ antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent in the treatment of Behcet's disease in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • Additional therapeutic agents which can be used to treat Behcet's disease include, but are not limited to, prednisone, cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan), Azathioprine (also called imuran, methotrexate, timethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (also called bactrim or septra) and folic acid.
  • any one of the above-mentioned therapeutic agents, alone or in combination therewith, can be administered to a subject suffering from a TNF ⁇ -related disorder in which TNF ⁇ is detrimental, in combination with the TNF ⁇ antibody using a multiple variable dose treatment regimen of the invention.
  • any one of the above-mentioned therapeutic agents, alone or in combination therewith can be administered to a subject suffering from Crohn's disease or psoriasis, in addition to a TNF ⁇ antibody to treat a TNF ⁇ -related disorder.
  • the additional therapeutic agents can be used in combination therapy as described above, but also may be used in other indications described herein wherein a beneficial effect is desired.
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitor e.g., a TNF ⁇ antibody
  • TNF ⁇ -related disorder using the single dose treatment method of the invention.
  • D2E7 also referred to as adalimumab and Humira®
  • Efficacy and tolerability of D2E7 in the treatment of patients with active Crohn's disease were evaluated in the following randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter study.
  • Another objective of the following study was to assess the pharmacokinetics of adalimumab (ADA or D2E7), a fully human monoclonal antibody recognizing TNF, following subcutaneous (sc) administration in patients with Crohn's disease.
  • sc subcutaneous
  • Eligible subjects included men and women between 18 and 75 years of age having a diagnosis of Crohn's disease for more than four months.
  • selected patients had moderate to severely active Crohn's disease, defined as a Crohn's Disease Activity Index (CDAI) score of 220 to 450 points.
  • CDAI Crohn's Disease Activity Index
  • subjects received a loading dose of D2E7 followed by a treatment dose at Week 2, wherein the treatment dose was lower than the initial loading dose.
  • Patients received one of the following multiple variable dose treatment regimens at Week 0 (baseline) and Week 2 (Week 0/Week 2): 160 mg/80 mg D2E7; 80 mg/40 mg D2E7; 40 mg/20 mg D2E7; or placebo/placebo. Patients were administered D2E7 or placebo treatment subcutaneously.
  • Plasma samples for determination of serum ADA concentrations were collected prior to dose at Week 0 and Week 2, and at the same time of the day as study drug had previously been administered at Week 1 and Week 4. Serum ADA concentrations were determined using a validated ELISA assay. Based on PK modeling, higher dosing at Week 0 was expected to produce serum concentrations equivalent to values shown to be efficacious in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Efficacy of the multiple-variable dose regimen was further measured according to improvements in the patient's Inflammatory Bowel Disease Questionnaire (IBDQ) score, and improvements or remission of draining fistulas.
  • Fistula remission was defined as closure of all fistulas that were draining at baseline for at least two consecutive visits.
  • Fistula improvement was defined as a decrease of ⁇ 50% in the number of draining fistula for at least two consecutive visits.
  • C-reactive protein (CRP) levels were also measured, as CRP levels are reflective of inflammation in the body.
  • Table 2 shows the percentage of patients with clinical remission (CDAI ⁇ 150) at week 4 of the dosing regimen.
  • Table 2 shows the percentage of patients with clinical remission (CDAI ⁇ 150) at week 4 of the dosing regimen.
  • results of remission of Crohn's disease (measured CDAI ⁇ 150) from each dosage group are also shown in FIG. 1 (note dosage references in FIG. 1 , as well as FIGS. 2-6 refer to the treatment dose, i.e., 40 mg refers to the 80/40 treatment regimen).
  • the decrease in the CDAI index for patients who received the multiple variable dose treatment of D2E7 is also shown in FIG. 2 .
  • FIGS. 3 and 4 Clinical response results of CDAI ⁇ 70 point and ⁇ 100 point decrease from baseline at four weeks are shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 , respectively. Significant increases in clinical response (CDAI decrease of at least 70 or 100 points) were also observed, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 . All adalimumab treatment groups had a statistically significant clinical response of decreased CDAI scores from Baseline ⁇ 70 points compared to placebo by Week 4 ( FIG. 3 ). About 50% of patients in the 160/80 mg treatment arm achieved a decrease in CDAI score from Baseline ⁇ 100 points compared to 25% of placebo patients at Week 4 ( FIG. 4 ).
  • patients receiving the 160/80 mg dosing regimen showed the greatest decrease in CRP levels, with the placebo group showing the least decrease. Patients also showed an overall improvement in their IBDQ score, as shown in FIG. 6 .
  • Serum ADA concentrations were available from 211 patients. Serum ADA concentrations increased proportionally with dose. Serum ADA concentrations were similar at Weeks 2 and 4 for each treatment indicating that the initial dose brings ADA concentrations to stable levels by Week 2 (see Table 3 and FIG. 11 ).
  • TNF ⁇ inhibitor specifically D2E7
  • the PASI of the participants of the multiple-variable dose regimen was determined according to standard methods (see Fredriksson and Pettersson, supra and Marls et al., supra).
  • the primary efficacy endpoint of the study was the percentage of subjects achieving a clinical response as defined by at least a 75% reduction in the PASI score ( ⁇ PASI 75) at Week 12.
  • PGA Physician's Global Assessment
  • D2E7 administered for 12 weeks was effective in the treatment of moderate to severe chronic plaque psoriasis. 53% of patients on 40 mg eow achieved ⁇ PASI 75, compared with 4% on placebo. 80% of patients on 40 mg weekly achieved ⁇ PASI 75.49% and 76% of patients on D2E7 40 mg eow and 40 mg weekly, respectively, were “clear” or “almost clear” of their psoriasis. In addition, D2E7 was equally effective at treating psoriasis patients with and without PsA.
  • sc subcutaneous
  • D2E7 was administered as single sc doses (20, 40, or 80 mg) in 40 Japanese (in Japan) and 36 Caucasian (in US) subjects with RA, well-matched for moderate-to-severe baseline disease severity, in 2 separate clinical studies of similar design—open-label, parallel group.
  • safety evaluations included physical examinations, vital signs, and laboratory assessments to determine adverse events (AEs), and efficacy evaluations included CRP, Physician's and Subject's Assessment of Disease Activity, Subject's Assessment of Pain, Disability Index of the Health Assessment Questionnaire (DIHAQ), and tender and swollen joint counts.
  • DIHAQ Disability Index of the Health Assessment Questionnaire

Abstract

Multiple-variable dose methods for treating TNFα-related disorders, including Crohn's disease and psoriasis, comprising administering TNFα inhibitors, including TNFα antibodies, are described. Multiple-variable dose methods include administration of a TNF-inhibitor in an induction or loading phase followed by administration of the agent in a maintenance or treatment phase, wherein the TNF-inhibitor is administered in a higher dosage during the induction phase.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/804,587, filed on May 17, 2007. U.S. application Ser. No. 11/804,587 is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/104,117, filed on Apr. 11, 2005. U.S. application Ser. No. 11/104,117 claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/561,139, filed Apr. 9, 2004; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/561,710, filed Apr. 12, 2004; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/569,100, filed May 7, 2004. U.S. application Ser. No. 11/804,587 claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/801,584, filed on May 17, 2006; U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/849,967, filed Oct. 6, 2006 and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/918,174, filed Mar. 14, 2007. The entire contents of each of these patent applications are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Cytokines, such as interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumor necrosis factor (TNF) are molecules produced by a variety of cells, such as monocytes and macrophages, which have been identified as mediators of inflammatory processes. Cytokines, including TNF, regulate the intensity and duration of the inflammatory response which occurs as the result of an injury or infection. Elevated levels of TNF play an important role in pathologic inflammation. TNF also referred to as (TNFα) has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a variety of human diseases and disorders, including sepsis, infections, autoimmune diseases, transplant rejection and graft-versus-host disease (see e.g., Moeller et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A. et al.; Vasilli (1992) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 10:411; Tracey and Cerami (1994) Annu. Rev. Med. 45:491).
  • TNF has been implicated in psoriasis. Expression of TNF-induced proteins and the presence of activated T lymphocytes in psoriatic plaques but not uninvolved skin, suggest their involvement in the pathogenesis of the disease. There are several types of psoriasis according to cutaneous manifestations: plaque psoriasis, guttate psoriasis, erythrodermic psoriasis, generalized pustular and localized pustular psoriasis. Plaque psoriasis is the most common type, however. Treatment of psoriasis depends on the extent of the disease. Topical corticosteroids are commonly used for mild to moderate localized cases. Keratolytic agents and coal tar are also used as topical medications, and phototherapy is commonly used for more widespread disease. Other systemic therapy, such as methotrexate cyclosporine and synthetic retinoids are effective, but are often administered in rotation due to their possible cumulative toxic effect.
  • TNF has also been implicated in Crohn's disease. Crohn's is diagnosed on the basis of clinical, endoscopic, radiographic, and histologic criteria. The treatment of Crohn's disease is challenging. Treatment is based on location, extent, and severity of disease. Current compounds and regimens do not completely abate the inflammatory process and have significant side effects.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • There is a need to treat TNFα-related disorders, where TNFα activity is detrimental, in a safe and effective manner. The present invention includes multiple-variable dose methods for improved treatment of TNFα-related disorders where TNFα activity is detrimental.
  • The invention describes a multiple-variable dose method for treating a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNFα inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • The invention also describes a multiple-variable dose method for treating Crohn's disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNFα inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs. The multiple-variable dose method of the invention can also be used to treat ulcerative colitis or psoriasis. In another embodiment, multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat as psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis.
  • The invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of inducing remission of Crohn's disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNFα inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • In an additional embodiment, the invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of reducing psoriatic plaques comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor such that a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the TNFα inhibitor within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor, such as a TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that a mean serum TNFα inhibitor trough level of about (approximately) 12 μg/mL is achieved. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved by administration of a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which comprises half the amount of the loading dose at week 2. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 2. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 4.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor, such as a TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein a therapeutic concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, is achieved in the subject by two weeks following the first administration of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof. In one embodiment, the therapeutic concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, is achieved in the subject by one week following the first administration of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • The invention also includes a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor, e.g., antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is no less than about 1 to about 3 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the invention describes a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 2.7 to about 3.4 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5. In one embodiment, the multiple variable dosing regimen comprises an induction dose of about 40 mg and a treatment dose of about 20 mg.
  • The invention also includes a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is no less than about 3.15 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 5.5 to about 7.0 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, and 7.0. In one embodiment, the multiple variable dosing regimen comprises an induction dose of about 80 mg and a treatment dose of about 40 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, on a multiple variable dosing regimen, wherein the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is no less than about 8.6 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 12 to about 14 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the serum concentration level of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, in the subject is about 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.0, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9, 11.0, 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.6, 11.7, 11.8, 11.9, 12.0, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, 12.6, and 12.7. In one embodiment, the multiple variable dosing regimen comprises an induction dose of about 160 mg and a treatment dose of about 80 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is etanercept or infliximab.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the TNFα inhibitor is a TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof. In another embodiment of the invention, the TNFα inhibitor is a human TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof. In one embodiment, the antibody is an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that dissociates from human TNFα with a Kd of 1×10−8 M or less and a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−7 M or less. In another embodiment, the antibody has the following characteristics:
  • a) dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance;
  • b) has a light chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and/or 9;
  • c) has a heavy chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and/or 12.
  • In still another embodiment, the antibody has a light chain variable region (LCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 and a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. In a further embodiment, the antibody is D2E7.
  • The methods of the invention can be used to treat a TNFα-related disorder selected from the group consisting of an autoimmune disease, an infectious disease, transplant rejection or graft-versus-host disease, malignancy, a pulmonary disorder, an intestinal disorder, a cardiac disorder, sepsis, a spondyloarthropathy, a metabolic disorder, anemia, pain, a hepatic disorder, a skin disorder, a nail disorder, and vasculitis. In one embodiment, the autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis, allergy, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis, and nephrotic syndrome. In another embodiment, the TNFα-related disorder is selected from the group consisting of inflammatory bone disorders, bone resorption disease, alcoholic hepatitis, viral hepatitis, fulminant hepatitis, coagulation disturbances, burns, reperfusion injury, keloid formation, scar tissue formation, pyrexia, periodontal disease, obesity, and radiation toxicity. In still another embodiment, the TNFα-related disorder is selected from the group consisting of Behcet's disease, ankylosing spondylitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), restenosis, diabetes, anemia, pain, a Crohn's disease-related disorder, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA), a hepatitis C virus infection, psoriatic arthritis, and chronic plaque psoriasis.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the TNFα-related disorder is Crohn's disease. In another embodiment, the disorder is ulcerative colitis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis (PsA). In still another embodiment, the TNFα-related disorder is rheumatoid arthritis.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment dose is 40-60% of the induction dose.
  • In one embodiment, the induction dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from about 20 to 200 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose ranges from about 80 to 160 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from about 20 to 120 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose ranges from about 40 to 80 mg.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the induction dose comprises about 160 mg.
  • In another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises about 80 mg.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the induction dose comprises about 80 mg. In still another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises about 40 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the induction dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from 20 to 200 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose ranges from 80 to 160 mg. In one embodiment, the treatment dose used in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention ranges from 20 to 120 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose ranges from 40 to 80 mg.
  • In still another embodiment of the invention, the induction dose comprises 160 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 80 mg.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the induction dose comprises 80 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 40 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment dose is administered about 2 weeks following the induction dose.
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is administered subcutaneously. In another embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is administered in combination with methotrexate. The methotrexate can be administered, for example, in a dose of between 2.5 mg and 30 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the threshold level of a multiple dose method of treatment of Crohn's disease is determined by a reduction in the subject's Crohn's Disease Activity Index (CDAI) score.
  • In one embodiment, the threshold level of a multiple dose method of treatment of psoriasis is determined as a therapeutic effect selected from the group consisting of a reduction in psoriatic plaques, an improvement in the subject's Psoriatic Area Severity Index (PASI), and an improvement in the subject's Physician's Global Assessment (PGA) score.
  • In one embodiment, the subject has failed prior therapy with infliximab.
  • The invention describes a multiple-variable dose method of inducing remission of Crohn's disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of D2E7 such that a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of D2E7 within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • The invention further provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor such that a mean serum TNFα inhibitor trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved. In one embodiment, TNFα inhibitor is a human TNFα, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such as, but not limited to, adalimumab. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved by administration of a loading dose of the adalimumab at week 0 followed by a second dose which comprises half the amount of the loading dose at week 2. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 2. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 4.
  • In another embodiment, the invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of reducing psoriatic plaques comprising: administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of D2E7 such that a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase; and subsequently administering to the subject at least one treatment dose of the D2E7 within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • The invention provides a kit for the treatment of a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental comprising:
      • a) at least one container comprising an induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor;
      • b) at least one container comprising a treatment dose a TNFα inhibitor; and
      • c) instructions for administration of the induction dose within an induction phase and the treatment dose of the TNFα inhibitor within a treatment phase.
  • The invention also describes a kit for the treatment of a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising at least one container comprising an induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor packaged with instructions for administration of the induction dose within an induction phase.
  • The invention describes a kit for the treatment of a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising at least one container comprising a treatment dose of a TNFα inhibitor packaged with instructions for administration of the treatment dose within a treatment phase.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the kit is used for the treatment disorder is selected from the group consisting of an autoimmune disease, an infectious disease, transplant rejection or graft-versus-host disease, malignancy, a pulmonary disorder, an intestinal disorder, a cardiac disorder, sepsis, a spondyloarthropathy, a metabolic disorder, anemia, pain, a hepatic disorder, a skin disorder, a nail disorder, and vasculitis. In one embodiment, the autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis, allergy, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis, and nephrotic syndrome. In still another embodiment, the TNFα-related disorder is selected from the group consisting of Behcet's disease, ankylosing spondylitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder (COPD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), restenosis, diabetes, anemia, pain, a Crohn's disease-related disorder, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA), a hepatitis C virus infection, psoriatic arthritis, and chronic plaque psoriasis.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the kit is used for the treatment disorder is selected from the group consisting of Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis, and psoriasis.
  • The invention provides compositions for use in treating Crohn's disease with a TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody. In particular, the invention provides a printed material, such as a label or packaging insert, which is used to inform a reader, including a prospective purchaser and/or a subject who will be administering the TNFα inhibitor for treatment, about the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody such as adalimumab. The label may contain important information regarding adverse events, methods of administering, pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information, clinical trial information, etc.
  • In one embodiment, the label of the invention indicates that the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., TNFα antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used to treat Crohn's disease in patients who have had an inadequate response to conventional therapy and/or who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab. In another embodiment, the label of the invention indicates the TNFα inhibitor is also indicated for treatment in adult patients with moderately to severely active Crohn's disease who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab. In another embodiment, the label of the invention indicates that the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., TNFα antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used for reducing signs and symptoms and inducing remission in patients who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.
  • The label of the invention may also contain information regarding the pharmacokinetics of the TNFα inhibitor. In one embodiment, the label of the invention indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease, the loading dose of 160 mg TNFα inhibitor on week 0 followed by 80 mg TNFα inhibitor on week 2 achieves serum adalimumab trough levels of approximately 12 μg/mL at week 2 and week 4.
  • In one embodiment, the invention includes an article of manufacture comprising a TNFα inhibitor and a package insert, wherein the package insert indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which about 40-60% of the loading dose on week 2 achieves a mean serum TNFα inhibitor trough level of approximately 12 μg/mL at week 2 and week 4.
  • In one embodiment, the invention includes an article of manufacture comprising a TNFα inhibitor and a package insert, wherein the package insert indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which about 40-60% of the loading dose on week 2 achieves a mean serum TNFα inhibitor trough level of approximately 12 μg/mL at week 2 and week 4.
  • In another embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor in the kit is a TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof. In one embodiment, the antibody is an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that dissociates from human TNFα with a Kd of 1×10−8 M or less and a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−7 M or less. In another embodiment, the antibody has the following characteristics:
  • a) dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance;
  • b) has a light chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and/or 9;
  • c) has a heavy chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and/or 12.
  • In still another embodiment, the antibody has a light chain variable region (LCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1 and a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. In yet another embodiment, the antibody is D2E7.
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor of the kit of the invention is etanercept or infliximab.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment dose provided in the kit is 40-60% of the induction dose.
  • In one embodiment, the induction dose provided in the kit ranges from about 20 to 200 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose provided in the kit ranges from 80 to 160 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the treatment dose provided in the kit ranges from about 20 to 120 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose provided in the kit ranges from about 40 to 80 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the induction dose provided in the kit of the invention comprises about 160 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises about 80 mg. In still another embodiment, the induction dose comprises about 80 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises about 40 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the induction dose provided in the kit of the invention comprises 160 mg. In another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 80 mg. In still another embodiment, the induction dose comprises 80 mg. In yet another embodiment, the treatment dose comprises 40 mg.
  • In yet another embodiment, the container is a pre-filled syringe. In still another embodiment, the kit contains instructions for administering the treatment dose 2 weeks following the induction dose.
  • The invention also provides method for treating a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a single dose of a TNFα inhibitor such that the disorder is treated. In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is an anti-TNFα antibody, or an antigen binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is a human anti-TNFα antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, including, for example, a human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNFα with a Kd of 1×10−8 M or less and a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−7 M or less. In one embodiment, said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff rate constant of 5×10−4 s−1 or less. In another embodiment, said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff rate constant of 1×10−4 s−1 or less. In still another embodiment, said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−8 M or less. In yet another embodiment, said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−9 M or less. In a further embodiment, said human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−10 M or less. The human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, can also be a recombinant antibody, or recombinant antigen-binding portion thereof. In one embodiment, said human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, is D2E7. In another embodiment, the single dose is selected from the group consisting of about 80 mg, 40, mg, and 20 mg. In still another embodiment, the administration is by subcutaneous injection. In one embodiment of the invention, the TNFα-related disorder is Crohn's disease. In another embodiment, the disorder is ulcerative colitis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis. In still another embodiment, the disorder is psoriasis in combination with psoriatic arthritis (PsA). In still another embodiment, the TNFα-related disorder is rheumatoid arthritis.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 provides results demonstrating the percentage of patient's with Crohn's disease remission (CDAI<150) over time using the multiple-variable dose regimen.
  • FIG. 2 shows a graph of the decrease in the mean CDAI score of Crohn's patients receiving the multiple variable dose regimens over time.
  • FIG. 3 shows remission and clinical response in Crohn's patients receiving multiple variable dose treatment. FIG. 3A graphically provides the percentage of patients with a ≧70 point CDAI decrease at four weeks. The P-values represent comparison with the placebo group. FIG. 3B provides a graph of the percentage of patients with a CDAI decrease ≧70 over time; *p=0.015 vs. placebo and **p=0.008 vs. placebo.
  • FIG. 4 shows remission and clinical response in Crohn's patients receiving multiple variable dose treatment. FIG. 4A graphically provides the percentage of patients with a ≧100 point CDAI decrease at four weeks (p-values represent comparison with the placebo group). FIG. 4B shows the percentage of patients with a CDAI decrease ≧100 over time; *p=0.002 vs. placebo.
  • FIG. 5 provides results showing the median CRP levels in Crohn's patients receiving multiple-variable treatments versus the placebo.
  • FIG. 6 provides results of the efficacy of the multiple-variable dose regimen at treating Crohn's disease as measured by the IBDQ score at four weeks (P-values represent comparison with placebo group).
  • FIG. 7 shows the percentage of psoriasis patients with ≧PASI 50/75/90 response at week 12 following treatment with each multiple variable D2E7 dose and the placebo.
  • FIG. 8 provides results of the mean percentage PASI (Psoriasis Area and Severity Index) improvement over a 12 week treatment (eow=every other week; *=p<0.001 vs. placebo).
  • FIG. 9 shows a comparative graph of the efficacy response at week 12 and week 24 for patients with psoriasis and PsA.
  • FIG. 10 shows a comparative graph of the efficacy response at week 12 and week 24 for patients with psoriasis and without PsA.
  • FIG. 11 graphically depicts the mean (SD) serum ADA concentration in patients with Crohn's disease.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. Definitions
  • In order that the present invention may be more readily understood, certain terms are first defined.
  • The term “human TNFα” (abbreviated herein as hTNFα, or simply hTNF), as used herein, is intended to refer to a human cytokine that exists as a 17 kD secreted form and a 26 kD membrane associated form, the biologically active form of which is composed of a trimer of noncovalently bound 17 kD molecules. The structure of hTNFα is described further in, for example, Pennica, D., et al. (1984) Nature 312:724-729; Davis, J. M., et al. (1987) Biochemistry 26:1322-1326; and Jones, E. Y., et al. (1989) Nature 338:225-228. The term human TNFα is intended to include recombinant human TNFα (rhTNFα), which can be prepared by standard recombinant expression methods or purchased commercially (R & D Systems, Catalog No. 210-TA, Minneapolis, Minn.). TNFα is also referred to as TNF.
  • The term “TNFα inhibitor” includes agents which interfere with TNFα activity. Examples of TNFα inhibitors include etanercept (Enbrel®, Amgen), infliximab (Remicade®, Johnson and Johnson), human anti-TNF monoclonal antibody (adalimumab/D2E7/HUMIRA®, Abbott Laboratories), CDP 571 (Celltech), and CDP 870 (Celltech), as well as other compounds which inhibit TNFα activity, such that when administered to a subject suffering from or at risk of suffering from a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, the disorder is treated. The term also includes each of the anti-TNFα human antibodies and antibody portions described herein as well as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382; 6,258,562; 6,509,015, and in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/801,185 and 10/302,356, each incorporated by reference herein.
  • The term “antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to immunoglobulin molecules comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds. Each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. The antibodies of the invention are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382; 6,258,562; and 6,509,015, and in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/801,185 and 10/302,356, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • The term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., hTNFα). It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody. Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed. Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123). The antibody portions of the invention are described in further detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382, 6,258,562, 6,509,015, and in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 09/801,185 and 10/302,356, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Binding fragments are produced by recombinant DNA techniques, or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of intact immunoglobulins. Binding fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fabc, Fv, single chains, and single-chain antibodies. Other than “bispecific” or “bifunctional” immunoglobulins or antibodies, an immunoglobulin or antibody is understood to have each of its binding sites identical. A “bispecific” or “bifunctional antibody” is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites. Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab′ fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai & Lachmann, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321 (1990); Kostelny et al., J. Immunol. 148, 1547-1553 (1992).
  • A “conservative amino acid substitution”, as used herein, is one in which one amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art, including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine).
  • The term “human antibody”, as used herein, is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. The human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs and in particular CDR3. However, the term “human antibody”, as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
  • The term “recombinant human antibody”, as used herein, is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell (described further below), antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library (described further below), antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes (see e.g., Taylor, L. D. et al. (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20:6287) or antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involves splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences. Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. In certain embodiments, however, such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
  • An “isolated antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody that is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities (e.g., an isolated antibody that specifically binds hTNFα is substantially free of antibodies that specifically bind antigens other than hTNFα). An isolated antibody that specifically binds hTNFα may, however, have cross-reactivity to other antigens, such as TNFα molecules from other species (discussed in further detail below). Moreover, an isolated antibody may be substantially free of other cellular material and/or chemicals.
  • A “neutralizing antibody”, as used herein (or an “antibody that neutralized hTNFα activity”), is intended to refer to an antibody whose binding to hTNFα results in inhibition of the biological activity of hTNFα. This inhibition of the biological activity of hTNFα can be assessed by measuring one or more indicators of hTNFα biological activity, such as hTNFα-induced cytotoxicity (either in vitro or in vivo), hTNFα-induced cellular activation and hTNFα binding to hTNFα receptors. These indicators of hTNFα biological activity can be assessed by one or more of several standard in vitro or in vivo assays known in the art (see U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382). Preferably, the ability of an antibody to neutralize hTNFα activity is assessed by inhibition of hTNFα-induced cytotoxicity of L929 cells. As an additional or alternative parameter of hTNFα activity, the ability of an antibody to inhibit hTNFα-induced expression of ELAM-1 on HUVEC, as a measure of hTNFα-induced cellular activation, can be assessed.
  • The term “surface plasmon resonance”, as used herein, refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time biospecific interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIAcore system (Pharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.). For further descriptions, see Example 1 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,258,562 and Jönsson et al. (1993) Ann. Biol. Clin. 51:19; Jönsson et al. (1991) Biotechniques 11:620-627; Johnsson et al. (1995) J. Mol. Recognit. 8:125; and Johnnson et al. (1991) Anal. Biochem. 198:268.
  • The term “Koff”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the off rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
  • The term “Kd”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the dissociation constant of a particular antibody-antigen interaction.
  • The term “IC50” as used herein, is intended to refer to the concentration of the inhibitor required to inhibit the biological endpoint of interest, e.g., neutralize cytotoxicity activity.
  • The term “nucleic acid molecule”, as used herein, is intended to include DNA molecules and RNA molecules. A nucleic acid molecule may be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule”, as used herein in reference to nucleic acids encoding antibodies or antibody portions (e.g., VH, VL, CDR3) that bind hTNFα, is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule in which the nucleotide sequences encoding the antibody or antibody portion are free of other nucleotide sequences encoding antibodies or antibody portions that bind antigens other than hTNFα, which other sequences may naturally flank the nucleic acid in human genomic DNA. Thus, for example, an isolated nucleic acid of the invention encoding a VH region of an anti-hTNFα antibody contains no other sequences encoding other VH regions that bind antigens other than hTNFα.
  • The term “vector”, as used herein, is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a “plasmid”, which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) can be integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” (or simply, “expression vectors”). In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, “plasmid” and “vector” may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • The term “recombinant host cell” (or simply “host cell”), as used herein, is intended to refer to a cell into which a recombinant expression vector has been introduced. It should be understood that such terms are intended to refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term “host cell” as used herein.
  • The term “dose,” as used herein, refers to an amount of TNFα inhibitor which is administered to a subject.
  • The term “multiple-variable dose” includes different doses of a TNFα inhibitor which are administered to a subject for therapeutic treatment. “Multiple-variable dose regimen” or “multiple-variable dose therapy” describe a treatment schedule which is based on administering different amounts of TNFα inhibitor at various time points throughout the course of treatment. In one embodiment, the invention describes a multiple-variable dose method of treatment comprising an induction phase and a treatment phase, wherein a TNFα inhibitor is administered at a higher dose during the induction phase than the treatment phase.
  • The term “induction phase” or “loading phase”, as used herein, refers to a period of treatment comprising administration of a TNFα inhibitor to a subject in order to attain a threshold level. During the induction phase, at least one induction dose of TNFα inhibitor is administered to a subject suffering from a disorder in which TNFα is detrimental.
  • The term “threshold level”, as used herein, refers to a therapeutically effective level of a TNFα inhibitor in a subject. A threshold level is achieved by administering at least one induction dose during the induction phase of treatment. Any number of induction doses may be administered to achieve a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor. Once a threshold level is achieved, the treatment phase is initiated.
  • The term “induction dose” or “loading dose,” used interchangeably herein, refers to the first dose of TNFα inhibitor, which is larger in comparison to the maintenance or treatment dose. The induction dose can be a single dose or, alternatively, a set of doses. The induction dose is often used to bring the drug in the body to a steady state amount, and may be used to which to achieve maintenance drug levels quickly. An induction dose is subsequently followed by administration of smaller doses of TNFα inhibitor, i.e., the treatment dose. The induction dose is administered during the induction phase of therapy. In one embodiment of the invention, the induction dose is at least twice the given amount of the treatment dose. In another embodiment of the invention, the induction dose of D2E7 is 160 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose of D2E7 is 80 mg.
  • The term “treatment phase” or “maintenance phase”, as used herein, refers to a period of treatment comprising administration of a TNFα inhibitor to a subject in order to maintain a desired therapeutic effect. The treatment phase follows the induction phase, and, therefore, is initiated once a threshold level is achieved.
  • The term “treatment dose” or “maintenance dose” is the amount of TNFα inhibit or taken by a subject to maintain or continue a desired therapeutic effect. A treatment dose is administered subsequent to the induction dose. A treatment dose can be a single dose or, alternatively, a set of doses. A treatment dose is administered during the treatment phase of therapy. Treatment doses are smaller than the induction dose and can be equal to each other when administered in succession. In one embodiment, the invention describes at least one induction dose of D2E7 of about 160 mg, followed by at least one treatment dose of about 80 mg. In another embodiment, the invention describes at least one induction dose of D2E7 of about 80 mg, followed by at least one treatment dose of about 40 mg. In still another embodiment, the treatment dose is administered at least two weeks following the induction dose.
  • A “dosage regimen” or “dosing regimen” includes a treatment regimen based on a determined set of doses. In one embodiment, the invention describes a dosage regimen for the treatment of Crohn's disease, wherein D2E7 is first administered as an induction dose and then administered in treatment doses which are lower than that of the induction dose.
  • The term “dosing”, as used herein, refers to the administration of a substance (e.g., an anti-TNFα antibody) to achieve a therapeutic objective (e.g., the treatment of a TNFα-associated disorder).
  • The terms “biweekly dosing regimen”, “biweekly dosing”, and “biweekly administration”, as used herein, refer to the time course of administering a substance (e.g., an anti-TNFα antibody) to a subject to achieve a therapeutic objective (e.g., the treatment of a TNFα-associated disorder). The biweekly dosing regimen is not intended to include a weekly dosing regimen. Preferably, the substance is administered every 9-19 days, more preferably, every 11-17 days, even more preferably, every 13-15 days, and most preferably, every 14 days.
  • The term “combination” as in the phrase “a first agent in combination with a second agent” includes co-administration of a first agent and a second agent, which for example may be dissolved or intermixed in the same pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or administration of a first agent, followed by the second agent, or administration of the second agent, followed by the first agent. The present invention, therefore, includes methods of combination therapeutic treatment and combination pharmaceutical compositions.
  • The term “concomitant” as in the phrase “concomitant therapeutic treatment” includes administering an agent in the presence of a second agent. A concomitant therapeutic treatment method includes methods in which the first, second, third, or additional agents are co-administered. A concomitant therapeutic treatment method also includes methods in which the first or additional agents are administered in the presence of a second or additional agents, wherein the second or additional agents, for example, may have been previously administered. A concomitant therapeutic treatment method may be executed step-wise by different actors. For example, one actor may administer to a subject a first agent and a second actor may to administer to the subject a second agent, and the administering steps may be executed at the same time, or nearly the same time, or at distant times, so long as the first agent (and additional agents) are after administration in the presence of the second agent (and additional agents). The actor and the subject may be the same entity (e.g., human).
  • The term “combination therapy”, as used herein, refers to the administration of two or more therapeutic substances, e.g., an anti-TNFα antibody and another drug, such as a DMARD or NSAID. The other drug(s) may be administered concomitant with, prior to, or following the administration of an anti-TNFα antibody.
  • The term “TNFα-mediated condition” or “TNFα-related disorder” refers to a local and/or systemic physiological disorder where TNFα is a primary mediator leading to the manifestation of the disorder.
  • The term “kit” or “article of manufacture” as used herein refers to a packaged product comprising components with which to administer the TNFα antibody of the invention for treatment of a TNFα-related disorder. The kit preferably comprises a box or container that holds the components of the kit. The box or container is affixed with a label or a Food and Drug Administration approved protocol. The box or container holds components of the invention which are preferably contained within plastic, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene, or propylene vessels. The vessels can be capped-tubes or bottles. The kit can also include instructions for administering the TNFα antibody of the invention. In one embodiment the kit of the invention includes the formulation comprising the human antibody D2E7, as described in PCT/IB03/04502 and U.S. application Ser. No. 10/222,140.
  • Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail herein.
    • II. TNFα Inhibitors of the Invention
  • This invention provides a multiple-variable dose method of treating a TNFα-related disorder in which the administration of a TNFα inhibitor is beneficial. In one embodiment, these methods include administration of isolated human antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, that bind to human TNFα with high affinity and a low off rate, and have a high neutralizing capacity. Preferably, the human antibodies of the invention are recombinant, neutralizing human anti-hTNFα antibodies. The most preferred recombinant, neutralizing antibody of the invention is referred to herein as D2E7, also referred to as HUMIRA® and adalimumab (the amino acid sequence of the D2E7 VL region is shown in SEQ ID NO: 1; the amino acid sequence of the D2E7 VH region is shown in SEQ ID NO: 2). The properties of D2E7 (HUMIRA®) have been described in Salfeld et al., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382, 6,258,562, and 6,509,015, which are each incorporated by reference herein. Other examples of TNFα inhibitors include chimeric and humanized murine anti-hTNFα antibodies which have undergone clinical testing for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (see e.g., Elliott, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1125-1127; Elliot, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1105-1110; Rankin, E. C., et al. (1995) Br. J. Rheumatol. 34:334-342).
  • In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention includes the administration of D2E7 antibodies and antibody portions, D2E7-related antibodies and antibody portions, and other human antibodies and antibody portions with equivalent properties to D2E7, such as high affinity binding to hTNFα with low dissociation kinetics and high neutralizing capacity. In one embodiment, the invention provides multiple-variable dose treatment with an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that dissociates from human TNFα with a Kd of 1×10−8 M or less and a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−7 M or less. More preferably, the isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff of 5×10−4 s−1 or less, or even more preferably, with a Koff of 1×10−4 s−1 or less. More preferably, the isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−8 M or less, even more preferably with an IC50 of 1×10−9 M or less and still more preferably with an IC50 of 1×10−10 M or less. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody is an isolated human recombinant antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • It is well known in the art that antibody heavy and light chain CDR3 domains play an important role in the binding specificity/affinity of an antibody for an antigen. Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention pertains to multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNFα-related disorder in which the TNFα activity is detrimental by administering human antibodies that have slow dissociation kinetics for association with hTNFα and that have light and heavy chain CDR3 domains that structurally are identical to or related to those of D2E7. Position 9 of the D2E7 VL CDR3 can be occupied by Ala or Thr without substantially affecting the Koff. Accordingly, a consensus motif for the D2E7 VL CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence: Q-R—Y—N—R-A-P—Y-(T/A) (SEQ ID NO: 3). Additionally, position 12 of the D2E7 VH CDR3 can be occupied by Tyr or Asn, without substantially affecting the Koff. Accordingly, a consensus motif for the D2E7 VH CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence: V—S—Y-L-S-T-A-S—S-L-D-(Y/N) (SEQ ID NO: 4). Moreover, as demonstrated in Example 2 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382, the CDR3 domain of the D2E7 heavy and light chains is amenable to substitution with a single alanine residue (at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 within the VL CDR3 or at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 within the VH CDR3) without substantially affecting the Koff. Still further, the skilled artisan will appreciate that, given the amenability of the D2E7 VL and VH CDR3 domains to substitutions by alanine, substitution of other amino acids within the CDR3 domains may be possible while still retaining the low off rate constant of the antibody, in particular substitutions with conservative amino acids. Preferably, no more than one to five conservative amino acid substitutions are made within the D2E7 VL and/or VH CDR3 domains. More preferably, no more than one to three conservative amino acid substitutions are made within the D2E7 VL and/or VH CDR3 domains. Additionally, conservative amino acid substitutions should not be made at amino acid positions critical for binding to hTNFα. Positions 2 and 5 of the D2E7 VL CDR3 and positions 1 and 7 of the D2E7 VH CDR3 appear to be critical for interaction with hTNFα and thus, conservative amino acid substitutions preferably are not made at these positions (although an alanine substitution at position 5 of the D2E7 VL CDR3 is acceptable, as described above) (see U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382).
  • Accordingly, in another embodiment, the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNFα-related disorder by the administration of an isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof. The antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains the following characteristics:
  • a) dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance;
  • b) has a light chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and/or 9;
  • c) has a heavy chain CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11 or by one to five conservative amino acid substitutions at positions 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and/or 12.
  • More preferably, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff of 5×10−4 s−1 or less. Even more preferably, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNFα with a Koff of 1×10−4 s−1 or less.
  • In yet another embodiment, the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNFα-related disorder by the administration of an isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof. The antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains a light chain variable region (LCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8, and with a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11. Preferably, the LCVR further has a CDR2 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5 (i.e., the D2E7 VL CDR2) and the HCVR further has a CDR2 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 (i.e., the D2E7 VH CDR2). Even more preferably, the LCVR further has CDR1 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7 (i.e., the D2E7 VL CDR1) and the HCVR has a CDR1 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 (i.e., the D2E7 VH CDR1). The framework regions for VL preferably are from the VκI human germline family, more preferably from the A20 human germline Vk gene and most preferably from the D2E7 VL framework sequences shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B of U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382. The framework regions for VH preferably are from the V H3 human germline family, more preferably from the DP-31 human germline VH gene and most preferably from the D2E7 VH framework sequences shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B of U.S. Pat. No. 6,090,382.
  • Accordingly, in another embodiment, the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNFα-related disorder by the administration of an isolated human antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof. The antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains a light chain variable region (LCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (i.e., the D2E7 VL) and a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 (i.e., the D2E7 VH). In certain embodiments, the antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region, such as an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region. Preferably, the heavy chain constant region is an IgG1 heavy chain constant region or an IgG4 heavy chain constant region. Furthermore, the antibody can comprise a light chain constant region, either a kappa light chain constant region or a lambda light chain constant region. Preferably, the antibody comprises a kappa light chain constant region. Alternatively, the antibody portion can be, for example, a Fab fragment or a single chain Fv fragment.
  • In still other embodiments, the invention provides multiple-variable dose methods of treating a TNFα-related disorder in which the administration of an anti-TNFα antibody is beneficial administration of an isolated human antibody, or an antigen-binding portions thereof. The antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof preferably contains D2E7-related VL and VH CDR3 domains, for example, antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, with a light chain variable region (LCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 20, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 22, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 24, SEQ ID NO: 25 and SEQ ID NO: 26 or with a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 27, SEQ ID NO: 28, SEQ ID NO: 29, SEQ ID NO: 30, SEQ ID NO: 31, SEQ ID NO: 32, SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 34 and SEQ ID NO: 35.
  • In another embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor of the invention is etanercept (described in WO 91/03553 and WO 09/406,476), infliximab (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,272), CDP571 (a humanized monoclonal anti-TNF-alpha IgG4 antibody), CDP 870 (a humanized monoclonal anti-TNF-alpha antibody fragment), D2E7 (a human anti-TNF mAb), soluble TNF receptor Type I, or a pegylated soluble TNF receptor Type I (PEGs TNF-R1).
  • The TNFα antibody of the invention can be modified. In some embodiments, the TNFα antibody or antigen binding fragments thereof, is chemically modified to provide a desired effect. For example, pegylation of antibodies and antibody fragments of the invention may be carried out by any of the pegylation reactions known in the art, as described, for example, in the following references: Focus on Growth Factors 3:4-10 (1992); EP 0 154 316; and EP 0 401 384 (each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). Preferably, the pegylation is carried out via an acylation reaction or an alkylation reaction with a reactive polyethylene glycol molecule (or an analogous reactive water-soluble polymer). A preferred water-soluble polymer for pegylation of the antibodies and antibody fragments of the invention is polyethylene glycol (PEG). As used herein, “polyethylene glycol” is meant to encompass any of the forms of PEG that have been used to derivatize other proteins, such as mono (Cl-ClO) alkoxy- or aryloxy-polyethylene glycol.
  • Methods for preparing pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments of the invention will generally comprise the steps of (a) reacting the antibody or antibody fragment with polyethylene glycol, such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG, under conditions whereby the antibody or antibody fragment becomes attached to one or more PEG groups, and (b) obtaining the reaction products. It will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art to select the optimal reaction conditions or the acylation reactions based on known parameters and the desired result.
  • Pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments may generally be used to treat TNFα-related disorders of the invention by administration of the TNFα antibodies and antibody fragments described herein. Generally the pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments have increased half-life, as compared to the nonpegylated antibodies and antibody fragments. The pegylated antibodies and antibody fragments may be employed alone, together, or in combination with other pharmaceutical compositions.
  • In yet another embodiment of the invention, TNFα antibodies or fragments thereof can be altered wherein the constant region of the antibody is modified to reduce at least one constant region-mediated biological effector function relative to an unmodified antibody. To modify an antibody of the invention such that it exhibits reduced binding to the Fc receptor, the immunoglobulin constant region segment of the antibody can be mutated at particular regions necessary for Fc receptor (FcR) interactions (see e.g., Canfield, S. M. and S. L. Morrison (1991) J. Exp. Med. 173:1483-1491; and Lund, J. et al. (1991) J. of Immunol. 147:2657-2662). Reduction in FcR binding ability of the antibody may also reduce other effector functions which rely on FcR interactions, such as opsonization and phagocytosis and antigen-dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
  • An antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., another peptide or protein). Accordingly, the antibodies and antibody portions of the invention are intended to include derivatized and otherwise modified forms of the human anti-hTNFα antibodies described herein, including immunoadhesion molecules. For example, an antibody or antibody portion of the invention can be functionally linked (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
  • One type of derivatized antibody is produced by crosslinking two or more antibodies (of the same type or of different types, e.g., to create bispecific antibodies). Suitable crosslinkers include those that are heterobifunctional, having two distinctly reactive groups separated by an appropriate spacer (e.g., m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) or homobifunctional (e.g., disuccinimidyl suberate). Such linkers are available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, Ill.
  • Useful detectable agents with which an antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds. Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like. An antibody may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When an antibody is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product. For example, when the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase is present, the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is detectable. An antibody may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
  • An antibody, or antibody portion, of the invention can be prepared by recombinant expression of immunoglobulin light and heavy chain genes in a host cell. To express an antibody recombinantly, a host cell is transfected with one or more recombinant expression vectors carrying DNA fragments encoding the immunoglobulin light and heavy chains of the antibody such that the light and heavy chains are expressed in the host cell and, preferably, secreted into the medium in which the host cells are cultured, from which medium the antibodies can be recovered. Standard recombinant DNA methodologies are used to obtain antibody heavy and light chain genes, incorporate these genes into recombinant expression vectors and introduce the vectors into host cells, such as those described in Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis (eds), Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), Ausubel, F. M. et al. (eds.) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates, (1989) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397 by Boss et al.
  • To express D2E7 or a D2E7-related antibody, DNA fragments encoding the light and heavy chain variable regions are first obtained. These DNAs can be obtained by amplification and modification of germline light and heavy chain variable sequences using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable region genes are known in the art (see e.g., the “Vbase” human germline sequence database; see also Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242; Tomlinson, I. M., et al. (1992) “The Repertoire of Human Germline VH Sequences Reveals about Fifty Groups of VH Segments with Different Hypervariable Loops” J. Mol. Biol. 227:776-798; and Cox, J. P. L. et al. (1994) “A Directory of Human Germ-line V78 Segments Reveals a Strong Bias in their Usage” Eur. J. Immunol. 24:827-836; the contents of each of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference). To obtain a DNA fragment encoding the heavy chain variable region of D2E7, or a D2E7-related antibody, a member of the V H3 family of human germline VH genes is amplified by standard PCR. Most preferably, the DP-31 VH germline sequence is amplified. To obtain a DNA fragment encoding the light chain variable region of D2E7, or a D2E7-related antibody, a member of the VκI family of human germline VL genes is amplified by standard PCR. Most preferably, the A20 VL germline sequence is amplified. PCR primers suitable for use in amplifying the DP-31 germline VH and A20 germline VL sequences can be designed based on the nucleotide sequences disclosed in the references cited supra, using standard methods.
  • Once the germline VH and VL fragments are obtained, these sequences can be mutated to encode the D2E7 or D2E7-related amino acid sequences disclosed herein. The amino acid sequences encoded by the germline VH and VL DNA sequences are first compared to the D2E7 or D2E7-related VH and VL amino acid sequences to identify amino acid residues in the D2E7 or D2E7-related sequence that differ from germline. Then, the appropriate nucleotides of the germline DNA sequences are mutated such that the mutated germline sequence encodes the D2E7 or D2E7-related amino acid sequence, using the genetic code to determine which nucleotide changes should be made. Mutagenesis of the germline sequences is carried out by standard methods, such as PCR-mediated mutagenesis (in which the mutated nucleotides are incorporated into the PCR primers such that the PCR product contains the mutations) or site-directed mutagenesis.
  • Once DNA fragments encoding D2E7 or D2E7-related VH and VL segments are obtained (by amplification and mutagenesis of germline VH and VL genes, as described above), these DNA fragments can be further manipulated by standard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variable region genes to full-length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genes or to a scFv gene. In these manipulations, a VL- or VH-encoding DNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA fragment encoding another protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexible linker. The term “operatively linked”, as used in this context, is intended to mean that the two DNA fragments are joined such that the amino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in-frame.
  • The isolated DNA encoding the VH region can be converted to a full-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the VH-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CH1, CH2 and CH3). The sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification. The heavy chain constant region can be an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region, but most preferably is an IgG1 or IgG4 constant region. For a Fab fragment heavy chain gene, the VH-encoding DNA can be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CH1 constant region.
  • The isolated DNA encoding the VL region can be converted to a full-length light chain gene (as well as a Fab light chain gene) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region, CL. The sequences of human light chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification. The light chain constant region can be a kappa or lambda constant region, but most preferably is a kappa constant region.
  • To create a scFv gene, the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4-Ser)3, such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the flexible linker (see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) 348:552-554).
  • To express the antibodies, or antibody portions of the invention, DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains, obtained as described above, are inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operatively linked to transcriptional and translational control sequences. In this context, the term “operatively linked” is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene. The expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used. The antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector. The antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present). Prior to insertion of the D2E7 or D2E7-related light or heavy chain sequences, the expression vector may already carry antibody constant region sequences. For example, one approach to converting the D2E7 or D2E7-related VH and VL sequences to full-length antibody genes is to insert them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions, respectively, such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector. Additionally or alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell. The antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in-frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene. The signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
  • In addition to the antibody chain genes, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell. The term “regulatory sequence” is intended to include promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes. Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. Preferred regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV) (such as the CMV promoter/enhancer), Simian Virus 40 (SV40) (such as the SV40 promoter/enhancer), adenovirus, (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma. For further description of viral regulatory elements, and sequences thereof, see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,062 by Stinski, U.S. Pat. No. 4,510,245 by Bell et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 4,968,615 by Schaffner et al.
  • In addition to the antibody chain genes and regulatory sequences, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes. The selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.). For example, typically the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced. Preferred selectable marker genes include the dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr− host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
  • For expression of the light and heavy chains, the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is transfected into a host cell by standard techniques. The various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. Although it is theoretically possible to express the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells, and most preferably mammalian host cells, is the most preferred because such eukaryotic cells, and in particular mammalian cells, are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody. Prokaryotic expression of antibody genes has been reported to be ineffective for production of high yields of active antibody (Boss, M. A. and Wood, C. R. (1985) Immunology Today 6:12-13).
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NS0 myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells. When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
  • Host cells can also be used to produce portions of intact antibodies, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. It is understood that variations on the above procedure are within the scope of the present invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding either the light chain or the heavy chain (but not both) of an antibody of this invention. Recombinant DNA technology may also be used to remove some or all of the DNA encoding either or both of the light and heavy chains that is not necessary for binding to hTNFα. The molecules expressed from such truncated DNA molecules are also encompassed by the antibodies of the invention. In addition, bifunctional antibodies may be produced in which one heavy and one light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy and light chain are specific for an antigen other than hTNFα by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by standard chemical crosslinking methods.
  • In a preferred system for recombinant expression of an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention, a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection. Within the recombinant expression vector, the antibody heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory elements to drive high levels of transcription of the genes. The recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification. The selected transformant host cells are culture to allow for expression of the antibody heavy and light chains and intact antibody is recovered from the culture medium. Standard molecular biology techniques are used to prepare the recombinant expression vector, transfect the host cells, select for transformants, culture the host cells and recover the antibody from the culture medium.
  • Recombinant human antibodies of the invention in addition to D2E7 or an antigen binding portion thereof, or D2E7-related antibodies disclosed herein can be isolated by screening of a recombinant combinatorial antibody library, preferably a scFv phage display library, prepared using human VL and VH cDNAs prepared from mRNA derived from human lymphocytes. Methodologies for preparing and screening such libraries are known in the art. In addition to commercially available kits for generating phage display libraries (e.g., the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System, catalog no. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAP™ phage display kit, catalog no. 240612), examples of methods and reagents particularly amenable for use in generating and screening antibody display libraries can be found in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/20791; Markland et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. PCT Publication No. WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/09690; Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 2:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992) Hum Antibod Hybridomas 3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281; McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) 348:552-554; Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) J Mol Biol 226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992) PNAS 89:3576-3580; Garrard et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991) Nuc Acid Res 19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991) PNAS 88:7978-7982.
  • In a preferred embodiment, to isolate human antibodies with high affinity and a low off rate constant for hTNFα, a murine anti-hTNFα antibody having high affinity and a low off rate constant for hTNFα (e.g., MAK 195, the hybridoma for which has deposit number ECACC 87 050801) is first used to select human heavy and light chain sequences having similar binding activity toward hTNFα, using the epitope imprinting methods described in Hoogenboom et al., PCT Publication No. WO 93/06213. The antibody libraries used in this method are preferably scFv libraries prepared and screened as described in McCafferty et al., PCT Publication No. WO 92/01047, McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) 348:552-554; and Griffiths et al., (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734. The scFv antibody libraries preferably are screened using recombinant human TNFα as the antigen.
  • Once initial human VL and VH segments are selected, “mix and match” experiments, in which different pairs of the initially selected VL and VH segments are screened for hTNFα binding, are performed to select preferred VL/VH pair combinations. Additionally, to further improve the affinity and/or lower the off rate constant for hTNFα binding, the VL and VH segments of the preferred VL/VH pair(s) can be randomly mutated, preferably within the CDR3 region of VH and/or VL, in a process analogous to the in vivo somatic mutation process responsible for affinity maturation of antibodies during a natural immune response. This in vitro affinity maturation can be accomplished by amplifying VH and VL regions using PCR primers complimentary to the VH CDR3 or VL CDR3, respectively, which primers have been “spiked” with a random mixture of the four nucleotide bases at certain positions such that the resultant PCR products encode VH and VL segments into which random mutations have been introduced into the VH and/or VL CDR3 regions. These randomly mutated VH and VL segments can be rescreened for binding to hTNFα and sequences that exhibit high affinity and a low off rate for hTNFα binding can be selected.
  • Following screening and isolation of an anti-hTNFα antibody of the invention from a recombinant immunoglobulin display library, nucleic acid encoding the selected antibody can be recovered from the display package (e.g., from the phage genome) and subcloned into other expression vectors by standard recombinant DNA techniques. If desired, the nucleic acid can be further manipulated to create other antibody forms of the invention (e.g., linked to nucleic acid encoding additional immunoglobulin domains, such as additional constant regions). To express a recombinant human antibody isolated by screening of a combinatorial library, the DNA encoding the antibody is cloned into a recombinant expression vector and introduced into a mammalian host cells, as described in further detail in above.
  • Methods of isolating human antibodies with high affinity and a low off rate constant for hTNFα are also described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382, 6,258,562, and 6,509,015, each of which is incorporated by reference herein.
    • III. Uses of the TNFα Inhibitors of the Invention
  • The invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental. TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of disorders (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A.). TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of a TNFα-related disorders including sepsis, infections, autoimmune diseases, transplant rejection and graft-versus-host disease (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A., et al. Vasilli, P. (1992) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 10:411-452; Tracey, K. J. and Cerami, A. (1994) Annu. Rev. Med. 45:491-503). The invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from a TNFα-related disorder, which method comprises administering to a subject an initial induction dose and subsequently administering a treatment dose of an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor, such that TNFα activity is inhibited. Preferably, the TNFα is human TNFα and the subject is a human subject. In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is D2E7, also referred to as HUMIRA® (adalimumab).
  • As used herein, the term “a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental” is intended to include diseases and other disorders in which the presence of TNFα in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. Accordingly, a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental is a disorder in which inhibition of TNFα activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNFα in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNFα in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject), which can be detected, for example, using an anti-TNFα antibody as described above. There are numerous examples of disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental. The use of TNFα inhibitors, including antibodies and antibody portions, of the invention in the treatment of specific disorders using a multiple-variable dose therapy is discussed further below:
    • A. Sepsis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has an established role in the pathophysiology of sepsis, with biological effects that include hypotension, myocardial suppression, vascular leakage syndrome, organ necrosis, stimulation of the release of toxic secondary mediators and activation of the clotting cascade (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A.; Tracey, K. J. and Cerami, A. (1994) Annu. Rev. Med. 45:491-503; Russell, D. and Thompson, R. C. (1993) Curr. Opin. Biotech. 4:714-721). The multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat sepsis in any of its clinical settings, including septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis and toxic shock syndrome.
  • Furthermore, to treat sepsis, an anti-hTNFα antibody, or antibody portion, of the invention can be coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that may further alleviate sepsis, such as an interleukin-1 inhibitor (such as those described in PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/16221 and WO 92/17583), the cytokine interleukin-6 (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 93/11793) or an antagonist of platelet activating factor (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 374 510). Other combination therapies including multiple-variable dose therapies for the treatment of sepsis are discussed further in subsection IV. In a preferred embodiment, an anti-TNFα antibody or antibody portion is administered to a human subject within a subgroup of sepsis patients having a serum or plasma concentration of IL-6 above 500 pg/ml, and more preferably 1000 pg/ml, at the time of treatment (see PCT Publication No. WO 95/20978 by Daum, L., et al.).
    • B. Autoimmune Diseases
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in playing a role in the pathophysiology of a variety of autoimmune diseases. For example, TNFα has been implicated in activating tissue inflammation and causing joint destruction in rheumatoid arthritis (see e.g., Moeller, A., et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162-169; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024 to Moeller et al.; European Patent Publication No. 260 610 B1 by Moeller, A.; Tracey and Cerami, supra; Arend, W. P. and Dayer, J-M. (1995) Arth. Rheum. 38:151-160; Fava, R. A., et al. (1993) Clin. Exp. Immunol. 94:261-266). TNFα also has been implicated in promoting the death of islet cells and in mediating insulin resistance in diabetes (see e.g., Tracey and Cerami, supra; PCT Publication No. WO 94/08609). TNFα also has been implicated in mediating cytotoxicity to oligodendrocytes and induction of inflammatory plaques in multiple sclerosis (see e.g., Tracey and Cerami, supra). TNFα also has been implicated in mediating cytotoxicity to oligodendrocytes and induction of inflammatory plaques in multiple sclerosis (see e.g., Tracey and Cerami, supra). Chimeric and humanized murine anti-hTNFα antibodies have undergone clinical testing for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (see e.g., Elliott, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1125-1127; Elliot, M. J., et al. (1994) Lancet 344:1105-1110; Rankin, E. C., et al. (1995) Br. J. Rheumatol. 34:334-342).
  • TNFα inhibitors, including human antibodies, and antibody portions such as D2E7, may be used in a multiple-variable dose method to treat autoimmune diseases, in particular those associated with inflammation. Examples of such autoimmune conditions include rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis and gouty arthritis, allergy, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis and nephrotic syndrome. Other examples of autoimmune conditions include multisystem autoimmune diseases and autoimmune hearing loss.
  • Typically, the antibody, or antibody portion, is administered systemically, although for certain disorders, local administration of the antibody or antibody portion at a site of inflammation may be beneficial (e.g., local administration in the joints in rheumatoid arthritis or topical application to diabetic ulcers, alone or in combination with a cyclohexane-ylidene derivative as described in PCT Publication No. WO 93/19751). TNFα inhibitors, including human antibodies, and antibody portions such as D2E7, also can be administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful in the multiple-variable dose treatment of autoimmune diseases, as discussed further in subsection IV.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a human TNFα antibody is used in multiple-variable dose therapy to treat autoimmune disorders such as lupus. Lupus is has been shown to be associated with TNF activity (Shvidel et al. (2002) Hematol J. 3:32; Studnicka-Benke et al. (1996) Br J Rheumatol. 35:1067). The term “lupus” as used herein refers to a chronic, inflammatory autoimmune disorder called lupus erythematosus that may affect many organ systems including the skin, joints and internal organs. Lupus is a general term which includes a number of specific types of lupus, including systemic lupus, lupus nephritis, and lupus cerebritis. In systemic lupus (SLE), the body's natural defenses are turned against the body and rogue immune cells attack the body's tissues. Antibodies may be produced that can react against the body's blood cells, organs, and tissues. This reaction leads to immune cells attacking the affected systems, producing a chronic disease. Lupus nephritis, also referred to as lupus glomerular disease, is kidney disorder that is usually a complication of SLE, and is characterized by damage to the glomerulus and progressive loss of kidney function. Lupus cerebritis refers to another complication of SLE, which is inflammation of the brain and/or central nervous system.
  • Another autoimmune disease which can be treated using the multiple-variable dose treatment of the invention is Crohn's disease, which is described in more detail below in the Intestinal Disorders Section.
    • C. Infectious Diseases
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in mediating biological effects observed in a variety of infectious diseases. For example, TNFα has been implicated in mediating brain inflammation and capillary thrombosis and infarction in malaria. TNFα also has been implicated in mediating brain inflammation, inducing breakdown of the blood-brain barrier, triggering septic shock syndrome and activating venous infarction in meningitis. TNFα also has been implicated in inducing cachexia, stimulating viral proliferation and mediating central nervous system injury in acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). Accordingly, antibodies, and antibody portions, directed against TNF, can be used in multiple-variable dose treatment of infectious diseases, including bacterial meningitis (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 585 705), cerebral malaria, AIDS and AIDS-related complex (ARC) (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 230 574), as well as cytomegalovirus infection secondary to transplantation (see e.g., Fietze et al. (1994) Transplantation 58:675). The antibodies, and antibody portions, of the invention, also can be used to alleviate symptoms associated with infectious diseases, including fever and myalgias due to infection (such as influenza) and cachexia secondary to infection (e.g., secondary to AIDS or ARC).
    • D. Transplantation
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated as a key mediator of allograft rejection and graft versus host disease (GVHD) and in mediating an adverse reaction that has been observed when the rat antibody OKT3, directed against the T cell receptor CD3 complex, is used to inhibit rejection of renal transplants (see e.g., Eason et al. (1995) Transplantation 59:300; Suthanthiran and Strom (1994) New Engl. J. Med. 331:365). Accordingly, the antibodies, and antibody portions, of the invention, can be used to inhibit transplant rejection using multiple-variable dose treatment, including rejections of allografts and xenografts and to inhibit GVHD. Although the antibody or antibody portion may be used alone, more preferably it is used in combination with one or more other agents that inhibit the immune response against the allograft or inhibit GVHD. For example, in one embodiment, an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is used in combination with OKT3 to inhibit OKT3-induced reactions. In another embodiment, an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is used in combination with one or more antibodies directed at other targets involved in regulating immune responses, such as the cell surface molecules CD25 (interleukin-2 receptor-α), CD11a (LFA-1), CD54 (ICAM-1), CD4, CD45, CD28/CTLA4, CD80 (B7-1) and/or CD86 (B7-2). In yet another embodiment, an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is used in combination with one or more general immunosuppressive agents, such as cyclosporin A or FK506.
    • E. Malignancy
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in inducing cachexia, stimulating tumor growth, enhancing metastatic potential and mediating cytotoxicity in malignancies. Accordingly, antibodies, and antibody portions, which directed against TNF, can be used in the multiple-variable dose treatment of malignancies, wherein treatment inhibits tumor growth or metastasis and/or alleviates cachexia secondary to malignancy. The antibody, or antibody portion, may be administered systemically or locally to the tumor site.
    • F. Pulmonary Disorders
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), including stimulating leukocyte-endothelial activation, directing cytotoxicity to pneumocytes and inducing vascular leakage syndrome. The multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat various pulmonary disorders, including adult respiratory distress syndrome, using multiple-variable dose treatment (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 91/04054), shock lung, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease, pulmonary sarcoidosis, pulmonary fibrosis and silicosis. The antibody, or antibody portion, may be administered systemically or locally to the lung surface, for example as an aerosol. An antibody, or antibody portion, also can be administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful in the multiple-variable dose treatment of pulmonary disorders, as discussed further in subsection IV.
  • Other examples of pulmonary disorders in which TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology include idiopathic interstitial lung disease and chronic obstructive airway disorders (see e.g., Piquet et al. (1989) J Exp Med. 170:655; Whyte et al. (2000) Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 162:755; Anticevich et al. (1995) Eur J Pharmacol. 284 :221). The invention further provides methods for treating TNFα activity in a subject suffering from such a pulmonary disorder, which method comprises administering to the subject an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor using a multiple variable dose regimen such that TNFα activity in the subject suffering from idiopathic interstitial lung disease or a chronic obstructive airway disorder is inhibited. Examples of idiopathic interstitial lung diseases and chronic obstructive airway disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental are discussed further below.
  • 1. Idiopathic Interstitial Lung Disease
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used in multiple-variable dose treatment regimen to treat subjects who have an idiopathic interstitial lung disease. The term “idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis” or “IPF” refers to a group of disorders characterized by inflammation and eventually scarring of the deep lung tissues, leading to shortness of breath. The scarring of the alveoli (air sacs) and their supporting structures (the interstitium) in IPF eventually leads to a loss of the functional alveolar units and a reduction of the transfer of oxygen from air to blood. IPF is also referred to as diffuse parenchymal lung disease; alveolitis; cryptogenic fibrosing alveolitis (CFA); idiopathic pulmonary pneumonitis (IPP); and usual interstitial pneumonitis (UIP). IPF is often used synonymously with UIP (“IPF/UIP”) because UIP is the most common cellular pattern seen in the pathologic diagnosis of IPF.
  • Idiopathic interstitial lung diseases affect the lungs in three ways: first, the lung tissue is damaged in some known or unknown way; second, the walls of the air sacs in the lung become inflamed; and finally, scarring (or fibrosis) begins in the interstitium (or tissue between the air sacs), and the lung becomes stiff. Examples of idiopathic interstitial lung diseases include idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF). Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) (see Piquet et al. (1989) J Exp Med. 170:655; Whyte et al. (2000) Am J Respir Crit Care Med 162:755 Corbett et al. (2002) Am J Respir Cri. Care Med. 165:690). For example, it has been found that IPF patients have increased levels of TNF expression in macrophages and in type II epithelial cells (Piquet et al. (1993) Am J Pathol 143:651; Nash et al. (1993) Histopathology 22:343; Zhang et al. (1993) J Immunol 150:4188). Certain genetic polymorphisms are also associated with increased TNF expression, and are implicated in playing a role in IPF and silicosis (Whyte et al., supra; Corbett et al., supra).
  • Patients with IPF often exhibit certain symptoms, including a dry cough, chest pain, and/or shortness of breath. Commonly used drugs for the treatment of IPF are prednisone and cytoxan, although only a fraction of patients improve with continued use of these drugs (American Thoracic Society (2000) Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. 161:646). Oxygen administration and transplantation of the lung are other choices for treatment. In one embodiment, antibodies used in the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention may be used in combination with another therapeutic agent, for example oxygen, for the treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis.
  • Examples of animal models used to study idiopathic interstitial lung disease and chronic obstructive airway disorders include ovalbumin (OVA) induced allergic asthma mice and cigarette smoke induced chronic obstructive pulmonary disease mice (see Hessel et al. (1995) Eur J Pharmacol. 293:401; Keast et al. (1981) J. Pathol. 135:249).
  • 2. Chronic Obstructive Airway Disorder
  • In one embodiment, a TNFα antibody is used in multiple-variable dose treatment regimen to treat a subject who has a chronic obstructive airflow disorder. In these diseases, airflow obstruction may be chronic and persistent or episodic and recurrent. Airflow obstruction is usually determined by forced expiratory spirometry, which is the recording of exhaled volume against time during a maximal expiration. In a subject who does not have an obstructed airflow, a full forced expiration usually takes between 3 and 4 seconds. In a patient with chronic obstructive airflow disorder, wherein airflow is obstructed, it usually takes up to 15 to 20 seconds and may be limited by breath-holding time. The normal forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration (FEV1) is easily measured and accurately predicted on the basis of age, sex, and height. The ratio of FEV1 to forced vital capacity (FEV1/FVC) normally exceeds 0.75. Recording airflow against volume during forced expiration and a subsequent forced inspiration—the flow-volume loop—is also useful, mainly for distinguishing upper from lower airway narrowing. Examples of chronic obstructive airway disorders are described below.
  • a. Asthma
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of asthma, (Anticevich et al. (1995) Eur J Pharmacol. 284:221; Thomas et al. 1995. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 152:76; Thomas and Heywood (2002) Thorax. 57:774). For example, acute asthma attacks have been found to be associated with pulmonary neutrophilia and elevated BAL TNF levels (Ordonez et al. (2000) Am J Respir Crit Care Med 161:1185). It has been found that the severity of asthma symptoms correlates with endotoxin levels in house dust. In rats, anti-TNF antibodies reduced endotoxin-induced airway changes (Kips et al. (1992) Am Rev Respir Dis 145:332).
  • The term “asthma” as used herein, refers to a disorder in which inflammation of the airways causes airflow into and out of the lungs to be restricted. Asthma is also referred to as bronchial asthma, exercise induced asthma—bronchial, and reactive airways disease (RAD). In some instances, asthma is associated with allergies and/or is familial. Asthma includes a condition which is characterized by widespread fluctuations in the diameter or caliber of bronchial airways over short periods of time, resulting in changes in lung function. The resulting increased resistance to air flow produces symptoms in the affected subject, including breathlessness (dyspnea), chest constriction or “tightness,” and wheezing.
  • Patients with asthma are characterized according to NIH guidelines, are described as mild intermittent, mild persistent, moderate persistent, and severe persistent (see NAEPP Expert Panel Report Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma-Update on Selected Topics 2002. JACI-2002; 110: S141-S209; Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Asthma. NIH Publication 97-4051, July 1997). Patients diagnosed with moderate persistent asthma are often treated with inhaled corticosteroids. Patients diagnosed with severe persistent asthma are often treated with high dose inhaled corticosteroids and p.o. corticosteroids.
  • b. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, (Keatings (2000) Chest. 118:971; Sakao et al. (2001) Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 163:420; Sakao et al. (2002) Chest. 122:416). The term “chronic obstructive pulmonary disease” or “COPD” as used interchangeably herein, refers to a group of lung diseases characterized by limited airflow with variable degrees of air sack enlargement and lung tissue destruction. The term COPD includes chronic bronchitis (mucous hypersecretion with goblet cell submucosal gland hyperplasia), chronic obstructive bronchitis, or emphysema (destruction of airway parenchyma), or combinations of these conditions. Emphysema and chronic bronchitis are the most common forms of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. COPD is defined by irreversible airflow obstruction.
  • In COPD, chronic inflammation leads to fixed narrowing of small airways and lung parenchyma and alveolar wall destruction (emphysema). This is characterized by increased numbers of alveolar macrophages, neutrophils, and cytotoxic T lymphocytes, and the release of multiple inflammatory mediators (lipids, chemokines, cytokines, growth factors). This inflammation leads to fibrosis with a narrowing of the small airways and lung parenchymal destruction. There is also a high level of oxidative stress, which may amplify this inflammation.
    • G. Intestinal Disorders
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of inflammatory bowel disorders including Crohn's disease (see e.g., Tracy et al. (1986) Science 234:470; Sun et al. (1988) J. Clin. Invest. 81:1328; MacDonald et al. (1990) Clin. Exp. Immunol. 81:301). Chimeric murine anti-hTNFα antibodies have undergone clinical testing for treatment of Crohn's disease (van Dullemen et al. (1995) Gastroenterology 109:129). The invention includes a multiple-variable dose regimen comprising administering a TNFα inhibitor to treat intestinal disorders, such as idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease, using human antibodies, or antigen-binding fragments thereof. Idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease includes two syndromes, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention is also used to treat disorders often associated with IBD and Crohn's disease. The term “inflammatory bowel disorder (IBD)-related disorder” or “Crohn's disease-related disorder,” as used interchangeably herein, is used to describe conditions and complications commonly associated with IBD and Crohn's disease.
  • The invention includes a multiple-variable dose regimen comprising administering a TNFα inhibitor to treat Crohn's disease. The treatment of Crohn's disease is based on location, extent, and severity of disease. Pharmacologic interventions include anti-inflammatory agents (aminosalicylates and corticosteroids) and immunomodulatory agents (azathioprine and 6-mercaptopurine [6-MP], cyclosporine, methotrexate [MTX], antibiotic agents, and biologic agents). C-reactive protein (CRP) and erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) levels reflect non-specific acute phase reactions. Endoscopy is a primary means of diagnosing Crohn's disease. Radiologic features of Crohn's disease are shown by barium examination includes mucosal edema, aphthous and linear ulcerations, asymmetrical narrowing and strictures, and separation of adjacent loops of bowel caused by mesenteric thickening. Abnormalities are focal and asymmetric. The primary histologic lesion is anaphthous ulcer. Subjects with Crohn's disease can be evaluated using the Crohn's Disease Activity Index (CDAI), which is a standard measure of the severity of the disease with higher scores indicating more severe disease activity.
  • Examples of Crohn's disease-related disorders which can be treated using the methods of the invention include fistulas in the bladder, vagina, and skin; bowel obstructions; abscesses; nutritional deficiencies; complications from corticosteroid use; inflammation of the joints; erythem nodosum; pyoderma gangrenosum; and lesions of the eye. Other disorders commonly associated with Crohn's disease include Crohn's-related arthralgias, fistulizing Crohn's, indeterminant colitis, and pouchitis.
    • H. Cardiac Disorders
  • The multiple-variable dose methods of the invention also can be used to treat in of various cardiac or coronary disorders, including ischemia of the heart (see e.g., European Patent Application Publication No. EP 453 898) and heart insufficiency (weakness of the heart muscle) (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 94/20139). TNFα has also been implicated in the pathophysiology of restenosis (see e.g., Clausell et al. (1994), supra; Medall et al. (1997) Heart 78:273).
  • As used herein, the term “a cardiac disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental” is intended to include coronary and cardiovascular diseases in which the presence of TNFα in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder, including cardiovascular disorders, e.g., restenosis. The term “cardiovascular disorder” or “coronary disorder” as used interchangeably herein, refers to any disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A coronary disorder is generally characterized by a narrowing of the blood vessels that supply blood and oxygen to the heart (coronary arteries). Coronary disease may result from the build up of fatty material and plaque. As the coronary arteries narrow, the flow of blood to the heart can slow or stop. Coronary disorders of the invention can apply to any abnormality of an artery, whether structural, histological, biochemical or any other abnormality. An example of coronary heart disease is restenosis. In one embodiment, a coronary disorder refers to any disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system excluding ischemia of the heart and heart insufficiency.
  • Coronary disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental often result from a blockage in an artery. Such a blockage can be caused by a clot, which usually forms in a coronary artery that has been previously narrowed from changes usually related to atherosclerosis. For example, if the atherosclerotic plaque inside the arterial wall cracks, it can trigger the formation of a thrombus, or clot. Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNFα in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNFα in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject), which can be detected, for example, using an anti-TNFα antibody as described above. A coronary disorder can be also caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. Coronary disorders includes both coronary artery disease and peripheral vascular disease.
  • There are numerous examples of cardiac disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental, including restenosis. The use of the antibodies, antibody portions, and other TNFα inhibitors in multiple-variable dose regimens for treatment of specific coronary disorders is discussed further below. In certain embodiments, a antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor is administered to the subject in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below.
  • The invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject with a cardiac disorder. The invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting or decreasing TNFα activity in a subject with a coronary disorder, comprising administering to the subject an antibody, or antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor of the invention such that TNFα activity in the subject is inhibited or decreased. Preferably, the TNFα is human TNFα and the subject is a human subject. Alternatively, the subject can be a mammal expressing a TNFα with which an antibody of the invention cross-reacts. Still further the subject can be a mammal into which has been introduced hTNFα (e.g., by administration of hTNFα or by expression of an hTNFα transgene). An antibody of the invention can be administered to a human subject for therapeutic purposes.
  • Moreover, an antibody of the invention can be administered to a non-human mammal expressing a TNFα with which the antibody cross-reacts (e.g., a primate, pig or mouse) for veterinary purposes or as an animal model of human disease. Regarding the latter, such animal models may be useful for evaluating the multiple-variable dose therapeutic efficacy (e.g., testing of dosages and time courses of administration). Commonly used animal models for studying coronary disorders, including restenosis, include the rat or mouse carotid artery ligation model and the carotid artery injury model (Ferns et al. (1991) Science 253:1129; Clowes et al. (1983) Lab. Invest. 49:208; Lindner et al. (1993) Circ Res. 73:792). In the carotid artery ligation model, arterial blood flow is disrupted by ligation of the vessel near the distal bifurnation. As described in Clowes et al., the carotid artery injury model is performed such that the common carotid artery is denuded of endothelium by the intraluminal passage of a balloon catheter introduced through the external carotid artery. At 2 weeks, the carotid artery is markedly narrowed due to smooth muscle cell constriction, but between 2 and 12 weeks the intimal doubles in thickness leading to a decrease in luminal size. Any of these models can be used to determine the potential therapeutic action of the TNFα antibodies of the invention in the prevention and treatment of restenosis in humans.
  • The invention includes multiple-variable dose regimen for treatment of cardiovascular disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental, wherein inhibition of TNFα activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the coronary disease or to prevent the coronary disease. Subjects suffering from or at risk of developing coronary disorders can be identified through clinical symptoms. Clinical symptoms in coronary disease often include chest pain, shortness of breath, weakness, fainting spells, alterations in consciousness, extremity pain, paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea, transient ischemic attacks and other such phenomena experienced by the patient. Clinical signs of coronary disease can also include EKG abnormalities, altered peripheral pulses, arterial bruits, abnormal heart sounds, rates and wheezes, jugular venous distention, neurological alterations and other such findings discerned by the clinician. Coronary disorders may also be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNFα in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNFα in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject).
  • Examples of a cardiovascular disorder include, but are not limited to, coronary artery disease, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, cardiovascular tissue damage caused by cardiac arrest, cardiovascular tissue damage caused by cardiac bypass, cardiogenic shock, and hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies. The use of the antibodies, antibody portions, and other TNFα inhibitors in multiple-variable dose regimens for treatment of specific cardiovascular diseases are discussed further below. In certain embodiments, the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor is administered to the subject in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below in section IV.
  • 1. Restenosis
  • The term “restenosis” as used herein refers to the recurrence of stenosis, which is the narrowing or constriction of an artery. Restenosis often occurs as a preocclusive lesion that develops following a reconstructive procedure in a diseased blood vessel. The term is not only applied to the recurrence of a pre-existing stenosis, but also to previously normal vessels that become partially occluded following vascular bypass. In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating restenosis comprising administering the antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, of the invention to a subject who has or is at risk of developing restenosis.
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of restenosis (see Zhou et al. (2002) Atherosclerosis. 161:153; Javed et al. (2002) Exp and Mol Pathol 73:104). For example, in the murine wire carotid model, TNF −/− mice demonstrated a seven-fold reduction in initial hyperplasia compared to wild type mice (Zimmerman et al. (2002) Am J Phsiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283:R505). Restenosis can occur as the result of any type of vascular reconstruction, whether in the coronary vasculature or in the periphery (Colburn and Moore (1998) Myointimal Hyperplasia pp. 690-709 in Vascular Surgery: A Comprehensive Review Philadelphia: Saunders). For example, studies have reported symptomatic restenosis rates of 30-50% following coronary angioplasties (see Berk and Harris (1995) Adv. Intern. Med. 40:455). After carotid endarterectomies, as a further example, 20% of patients studied had a luminal narrowing greater than 50% (Clagett et al. (1986) J. Vasc. Surg. 3:10). Restenosis is evidenced in different degrees of symptomatology which accompany preocclusive lesions in different anatomical locations, due to a combination of factors including the nature of the vessels involved, the extent of residual disease, and local hemodynamics.
  • “Stenosis,” as used herein refers to a narrowing of an artery as seen in occlusive disorder or in restenosis. Stenosis can be accompanied by those symptoms reflecting a decrease in blood flow past the narrowed arterial segment, in which case the disorder giving rise to the stenosis is termed a disease (i.e., occlusive disease or restenosis disease). Stenosis can exist asymptomatically in a vessel, to be detected only by a diagnostic intervention such as an angiography or a vascular lab study.
  • The multiple-variable dose method of the invention can be used to treat a subject suffering from or at risk of developing restenosis. A subject at risk of developing restenosis includes a subject who has undergone PTCA. The subject may have also had a stent inserted to prevent restenosis. The TNFα antibody can be used alone or in combination with a stent to prevent the re-occurrence of stenosis in a subject suffering from cardiovascular disease.
  • 2. Congestive Heart Failure
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of congestive heart failure (see Zhou et al. (2002) Atherosclerosis 161:153). Serum levels of TNFα are elevated in patients with congestive heart failure in a manner which is directly proportional to the severity of the disease (Levine et al. (1990) N Engl J Med 323:236; Torre-Amione et al. (1996) J Am Coll Cardiol 27:1201). In addition, inhibitors of TNFα have also been shown to improve congestive heart failure symptoms (Chung et al. (2003) Circulation 107:3133).
  • As used herein, the term “congestive heart failure” includes a condition characterized by a diminished capacity of the heart to supply the oxygen demands of the body. Symptoms and signs of congestive heart failure include diminished blood flow to the various tissues of the body, accumulation of excess blood in the various organs, e.g., when the heart is unable to pump out the blood returned to it by the great veins, exertional dyspnea, fatigue, and/or peripheral edema, e.g., peripheral edema resulting from left ventricular dysfunction. Congestive heart failure may be acute or chronic. The manifestation of congestive heart failure usually occurs secondary to a variety of cardiac or systemic disorders that share a temporal or permanent loss of cardiac function. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, and cardiomyopathies, e.g., hypertrophic, dilative, or restrictive cardiomyopathies.
  • A “subject who has or is suffering from congestive heart failure” is a subject who has a disorder involving a clinical syndrome of diverse etiologies linked by the common denominator of impaired heart pumping in which the heart cannot pump blood commensurate with the requirements of the metabolizing tissues, or can do so only from an elevated filling pressure. A “subject at risk of developing congestive heart failure” is a subject who has a propensity of developing congestive heart failure because of certain factors affecting the cardiovascular system of the subject. It is desirable to reduce the risk of or prevent the development of congestive heart failure in these subjects. The phrase “with congestive heart failure” includes patients who are at risk of suffering from this condition relative to the general population, even though they may not have suffered from it yet, by virtue of exhibiting risk factors. For example, a patient with untreated hypertension may not have suffered from congestive heart failure, but is at risk because of his or her hypertensive condition. In one embodiment of the invention, the antibody D2E7 is used to treat a subject at risk of developing congestive heart failure using multiple-variable dose treatment.
  • 3. Acute Coronary Syndromes
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of acute coronary syndromes (see Libby (1995) Circulation 91:2844). Acute coronary syndromes include those disorders wherein the subject experiences pain due to a blood flow restriction resulting in not enough oxygen reaching the heart. Studies have found that TNFα plays a role in acute coronary syndromes. For example, in a novel rat heterotropic cardiac transplantation-coronary ligation model capable of inducing myocardial infarction in the absence of downstream hemodynamic effects, administration of chimeric soluble TNF receptor (sTNFR) abolished transient LV remodeling and dysfunction (Nakamura, et al. (2003) J Cardiol. 41:41). It was also found that direct injection of an sTNFR expression plasmid to the myocardium, resulted in a reduction in the infarction size in acute myocardial infarction (AMI) experimental rats (Sugano et al. (2002) FASEB J 16:1421).
  • In one embodiment, a TNFα antibody is used in a multiple-variable dose method for the treatment or prevention of an acute coronary syndrome in a subject, wherein the acute coronary syndrome is a myocardial infarction or angina.
  • As used herein, the term “myocardial infarction” or “MI” refers to a heart attack. A myocardial infarction involves the necorsis or permanent damage of a region of the heart due to an inadequate supply of oxygen to that area. This necrosis is typically caused by an obstruction in a coronary artery from either atherosclerosis or an embolis. MIs which are treated by the TNFα antibody of the invention include both Q-wave and non-Q-wave myocardial infarction. Most heart attacks are caused by a clot that blocks one of the coronary arteries (the blood vessels that bring blood and oxygen to the heart muscle). For example, a clot in the coronary artery interrupts the flow of blood and oxygen to the heart muscle, leading to the death of heart cells in that area. The damaged heart muscle permanently loses its ability to contract, and the remaining heart muscle needs to compensate for it. An MI can also be caused by overwhelming stress in the individual.
  • The term “angina” refers to spasmodic, choking, or suffocative pain, and especially as denoting angina pectoris which is a paroxysmal thoracic pain due, most often, to anoxia of the myocardium. Angina includes both variant angina and exertional angina. A subject having angina has ischemic heart disease which is manifested by sudden, severe, pressing substemal pain that often radiates to the left shoulder and along the left arm. TNFα has been implicated in angina, as TNFα levels are upregulated in patients with both MI and stable angina (Balbay et al. (2001) Angiology 52109).
  • 4. Artherosclerosis
  • “Atherosclerosis” as used herein refers to a condition in which fatty material is deposited along the walls of arteries. This fatty material thickens, hardens, and may eventually block the arteries. Atherosclerosis is also referred to arteriosclerosis, hardening of the arteries, and arterial plaque buildup. Polyclonal antibodies directed against TNFα have been shown to be effective at neutralizing TNFα activity resulting in inflammation and restenosis in the rabbit atherosclerotic model (Zhou et al., supra). Accordingly, a TNFα antibody can be used to treat or prevent subjects afflicted with or at risk of having atherosclerosis using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention.
  • 5. Cardiomyopathy
  • The term “cardiomyopathy” as used herein is used to define diseases of the myocardium wherein the heart muscle or myocardium is weakened, usually resulting in inadequate heart pumping. Cardiomyopathy can be caused by viral infections, heart attacks, alcoholism, long-term, severe hypertension (high blood pressure), or by autoimmune causes.
  • In approximately 75-80% of heart failure patients coronary artery disease is the underlying cause of the cardiomyopathy and is designated “ischemic cardiomyopathy.” Ischemic cardiomyopathy is caused by heart attacks, which leave scars in the heart muscle or myocardium. The affected myocardium is then unable to contribute to the heart pumping function. The larger the scars or the more numerous the heart attacks, the higher the chance there is of developing ischemic cardiomyopathy.
  • Cardiomyopathies that are not attributed to underlying coronary artery disease, and are designated “non-ischemic cardiomyopathies.” Non-ischemic cardiomyopathies include, but are not limited to idiopathic cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, alcoholic cardiomyopathy, dilated cardiomyopathy, peripartum cardiomyopathy, and restrictive cardiomyopathy.
    • I. Spondyloarthropathies
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of disorders, including inflammatory diseases such as spondyloarthopathies (see e.g., Moeller et al. (1990) Cytokine 2:162; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,024; European Patent Publication No. 260 610). The invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from a spondyloarthropathy, which method comprises administering to the subject an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor initially in an induction dose, followed by a treatment dose, such that TNFα activity in the subject suffering from a spondyloarthropathy is inhibited.
  • As used herein, the term “spondyloarthropathy” or “spondyloarthropathies” is used to refer to any one of several diseases affecting the joints of the spine, wherein such diseases share common clinical, radiological, and histological features. A number of spondyloarthropathies share genetic characteristics, i.e. they are associated with the HLA-B27 allele. In one embodiment, the term spondyloarthropathy is used to refer to any one of several diseases affecting the joints of the spine, excluding ankylosing spondylitis, wherein such diseases share common clinical, radiological, and histological features. Examples of spondyloarthropathies include ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis/spondylitis, enteropathic arthritis, reactive arthritis or Reiter's syndrome, and undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies. Examples of animal models used to study spondyloarthropathies include ank/ank transgenic mice, HLA-B27 transgenic rats (see Taurog et al. (1998) The Spondylarthritides. Oxford: Oxford University Press).
  • The multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can also be used to treat subjects who are at risk of developing a spondyloarthropathy using multiple-variable dose methods. Examples of subjects who are at risk of having spondyloarthropathies include humans suffering from arthritis. Spondyloarthropathies can be associated with other forms of arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis. In one embodiment of the invention, antibodies are used in multiple-variable dose methods to treat a subject who suffers from a spondyloarthropathy associated with rheumatoid arthritis. Examples of spondyloarthropathies which can be treated with a TNFα antibody using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention are described below:
  • 1. Ankylosing Spondylitis (AS)
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of ankylosing spondylitis (see Verjans et al. (1991) Arthritis Rheum. 34:486; Verjans et al. (1994) Clin Exp Immunol. 97:45; Kaijtzel et al. (1999) Hum Immunol. 60:140). Ankylosing spondylitis (AS) is an inflammatory disorder involving inflammation of one or more vertebrae. AS is a chronic inflammatory disease that affects the axial skeleton and/or peripheral joints, including joints between the vertebrae of the spine and sacroiliac joints and the joints between the spine and the pelvis. AS can eventually cause the affected vertebrae to fuse or grow together. Spondyarthropathies, including AS, can be associated with psoriatic arthritis (PsA) and/or inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease.
  • Early manifestations of AS can be determined by radiographic tests, including CT scans and MRI scans. Early manifestations of AS often include scroiliitis and changes in the sacroliac joints as evidenced by the blurring of the cortical margins of the subchrondral bone, followed by erosions and sclerosis. Fatigue has also been noted as a common symptom of AS (Duffy et al. (2002) ACR 66th Annual Scientific Meeting Abstract). Accordingly, multiple-variable dose methods comprising administering an antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used to treat AS.
  • In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat a spondyloarthropathy associated with IBD, including AS. AS is often treated with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medications (NSAIDs), such as aspirin or indomethacin. Accordingly, a TNFα antibody used in the multiple-variable dose method of the invention may also be administered in combination with agents commonly used to reduce inflammation and pain commonly associated with ankylosing spondylitis.
  • 2. Psoriatic Arthritis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of psoriatic arthritis (PsA) (Partsch et al. (1998) Ann Rheum Dis. 57:691; Ritchlin et al. (1998) J Rheumatol. 25:1544). As referred to herein, psoriatic arthritis or psoriasis associated with the skin, refers to chronic inflammatory arthritis which is associated with psoriasis, which is a common chronic skin condition that causes red patches on the body. About 1 in 20 individuals with psoriasis will develop arthritis along with the skin condition, and in about 75% of cases, psoriasis precedes the arthritis. PsA exhibits itself in a variety of ways, ranging from mild to severe arthritis, wherein the arthritis usually affects the fingers and the spine. When the spine is affected, the symptoms are similar to those of ankylosing spondylitis, as described above. The TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used in multiple-variable dose treatment of PsA.
  • PsA is sometimes associated with arthritis mutilans. Arthritis mutilans refers to a disorder which is characterized by excessive bone erosion resulting in a gross, erosive deformity which mutilates the joint. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention can be used to treat arthritis mutilans.
  • 3. Reactive Arthritis/Reiter's Syndrome
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of reactive arthritis, which is also referred to as Reiter's syndrome (Braun et al. (1999) Arthritis Rheum. 42(10):2039). Reactive arthritis (ReA) refers to arthritis which complicates an infection elsewhere in the body, often following enteric or urogenital infections. ReA is often characterized by certain clinical symptoms, including inflammation of the joints (arthritis), urethritis, conjunctivitis, and lesions of the skin and mucous membranes. In addition, ReA can occurs following infection with a sexually transmitted disease or dysenteric infection, including chlamydia, campylobacter, salmonella, or yersinia. Accordingly, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention can be used to treat ReA using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention.
  • 4. Undifferentiated Spondyloarthropathies
  • In one embodiment, multiple-variable dose methods of the invention of the invention are used to treat subjects suffering from undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies (see Zeidler et al. (1992) Rheum Dis Clin North Am. 18:187). Other terms used to describe undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies include seronegative oligoarthritis and undifferentiated oligoarthritis. Undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies, as used herein, refers to a disorder wherein the subject demonstrates only some of the symptoms associated with a spondyloarthropathy. This condition is usually observed in young adults who do not have IBD, psoriasis, or the classic symptoms of AS or Reiter's syndrome. In some instances, undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies may be an early indication of AS. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention comprises administering different doses of a TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, to treat undifferentiated spondyloarthropathies.
    • J. Metabolic Disorders
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of disorders, including metabolic disorders, such as diabetes and obesity (Spiegelman and Hotamisligil (1993) Cell 73:625; Chu et al. (2000) Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 24:1085; Ishii et al. (2000) Metabolism. 49:1616). The term “metabolic disorder,” as used herein, refers to diseases or disorders which affect how the body processes substances needed to carry out physiological functions. Examples of metabolic disorders include, but are not limited to, diabetes and obesity. In one embodiment of the invention, the term “metabolic disorder” is used to refer to disorders which affect how the body processes substances needed to carry out physiological functions, excluding autoimmune diabetes.
  • The invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from such a metabolic disorder, which method comprises administering to the subject an induction dose followed by a treatment dose of an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor such that TNFα activity in the subject suffering from a metabolic disorder is inhibited. TNFα antibodies can also be used to treat subjects who are at risk of developing a metabolic disorder using the multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention.
  • Metabolic disorders are often associated with arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis. In one embodiment, a TNFα inhibitor, such as an antibody, is used in a multiple-variable dose regimen in a subject who suffers from a metabolic disorder associated with rheumatoid arthritis. In another embodiment, the multiple-variable dose treatment of the invention comprises administering a TNFα antibody to treat disorders associated with diabetes or obesity.
  • Examples of animal models for evaluating the efficacy of a multiple-variable dose regimen using a TNFα antibody for the treatment of a metabolic disorder include NOD transgenic mice, Akita mice, NSY transgenic mice and ob/ob mice (see Baeder et al. (1992) Clin Exp Immunol. 89:174; Haseyama et al. (2002) Tohoku J Exp Med. 198:233; Makino et al. (1980): Exp. Anim. 29:1; Kolb (1987) Diabetes/Metabolism Reviews 3:751; Hamada et al. (2001) Metabolism. 50:1282; Coleman, (1978) Diabetologia, 14:141; Bailey et al. (1982) Int. J. Obesity 6:11). Examples of animal models used to study vasculitis includes the mouse HSV model (Behcet's disease), the mouse L. casei model (Kawasaki's disease), and the mouse ANCA model (Kawasaki's disease). Other models of vasculitis include the McH5-lpr/lpr strain (Nose et al. (1996) Am. J. Path. 149:1763) and the SCG/Kj strain of mice (Kinjoh et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 90:3413). These mice strains spontaneously develop crescentic glomerulonephritis and necrotizing vasculitis of the small arteries and arterioles of the spleen, stomach, heart, uterus and ovaries. These animals develop hypergammaglobulinemia and ANCA autoantibodies that react with myeloperoxidase (MPO). Additionally, immunization of rats with human MPO results in ANCA-associated necrotizing crescentic glomerulonephritis (Brouwer et al. (1993) J. Exp. Med. 177:905).
  • Metabolic disorders affect how the body processes substances needed to carry out physiological functions. A number of metabolic disorders of the invention share certain characteristics, i.e. they are associated the insulin resistance, lack of ability to regulate blood sugar, weight gain, and increase in body mass index. Examples of metabolic disorders include diabetes and obesity. Examples of diabetes include type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus, diabetic neuropathy, peripheral neuropathy, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic ulcerations, retinopathy ulcerations, diabetic macrovasculopathy, and obesity. Examples of metabolic disorders which can be treated using multiple-variable dose methods comprising administration of a TNFα antibody are described in more detail below:
  • 1. Diabetes
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetes. (see e.g., Navarro et al. (2003) Am J Kidney Dis. 42:53; Daimon et al. (2003) Diabetes Care. 26:2015; Zhang et al. (1999) J Tongji Med Univ. 19:203; Barbieri et al. (2003) Am J Hypertens. 16:537) For example, TNFα is implicated in the pathophysiology for insulin resistance. It has been found that serum TNF levels in patients with gastrointestinal cancer correlates with insulin resistance (see e.g., McCall et al. (1992) Br. J. Surg. 79:1361).
  • The term “diabetes” or “diabetic disorder” or “diabetes mellitus,” as used interchangeably herein, refers to a disease which is marked by elevated levels of sugar (glucose) in the blood. Diabetes can be caused by too little insulin (a chemical produced by the pancreas to regulate blood sugar), resistance to insulin, or both. Diabetes includes the two most common types of the disorder, namely type I diabetes and type II diabetes, which both result from the body's inability to regulate insulin. Insulin is a hormone released by the pancreas in response to increased levels of blood sugar (glucose) in the blood.
  • The term “type 1 diabetes,” as used herein, refers to a chronic disease that occurs when the pancreas produces too little insulin to regulate blood sugar levels appropriately. Type 1 diabetes is also referred to as insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, IDMM, juvenile onset diabetes, and diabetes—type I. Type 1 diabetes represents is the result of a progressive autoimmune destruction of the pancreatic β-cells with subsequent insulin deficiency.
  • The term “type 2 diabetes,” refers to a chronic disease that occurs when the pancreas does not make enough insulin to keep blood glucose levels normal, often because the body does not respond well to the insulin. Type 2 diabetes is also referred to as noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, NDDM, and diabetes—type II
  • Diabetes is can be diagnosed by the administration of a glucose tolerance test. Clinically, diabetes is often divided into several basic categories. Primary examples of these categories include, autoimmune diabetes mellitus, non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (type 1 NDDM), insulin-dependant diabetes mellitus (type 2 IDDM), non-autoimmune diabetes mellitus, non-insulin-dependant diabetes mellitus (type 2 NIDDM), and maturity-onset diabetes of the young (MODY). A further category, often referred to as secondary, refers to diabetes brought about by some identifiable condition which causes or allows a diabetic syndrome to develop. Examples of secondary categories include, diabetes caused by pancreatic disease, hormonal abnormalities, drug- or chemical-induced diabetes, diabetes caused by insulin receptor abnormalities, diabetes associated with genetic syndromes, and diabetes of other causes. (see e.g., Harrison's (1996) 14th ed., New York, McGraw-Hill).
  • Diabetes is often treated with diet, insulin dosages, and various medications described herein. Accordingly, a TNFα antibody may also be administered in combination with agents commonly used to treat metabolic disorders and pain commonly associated with diabetes in the multiple-variable dose method of the invention.
  • In addition, the phrase “disorders associated with diabetes,” as used herein, refers to conditions and other diseases which are commonly associated with or related to diabetes. Example of disorders associated with diabetes include, for example, hyperglycemia, hyperinsulinaemia, hyperlipidaemia, insulin resistance, impaired glucose metabolism, obesity, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, cataracts, diabetic nephropathy, glomerulosclerosis, diabetic neuropathy, erectile dysfunction, premenstrual syndrome, vascular restenosis, ulcerative colitis, coronary heart disease, hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, stroke, skin and connective tissue disorders, foot ulcerations, metabolic acidosis, arthritis, and osteoporosis. In one embodiment the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat disorders associated with diabetes.
  • Diabetes manifests itself in the foregoing categories and can cause several complications that are discussed in the following sections. Accordingly, the antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used to treat diabetes. In one embodiment, a TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, is used to treat diabetes associated with the above identified catagories using the multiple-variable dose method of the invention. In another embodiment, the invention includes multiple-variable dose regimens comprising administering a TNFα antibody to treat disorders associated with diabetes. Diabetes manifests itself in many complications and conditions associated with diabetes, including the following catagories:
  • a. Diabetic Neuropathy and Peripheral Neuropathy
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetic neuropathy and peripheral neuropathy. (See Benjafield et al. (2001) Diabetes Care. 24:753; Qiang et al. (1998) Diabetologia. 41:1321; Pfeiffer et al. (1997) Horm Metab Res. 29:111).
  • The term “neuropathy,” also referred to as nerve damage-diabetic, as used herein, refers to a common complication of diabetes in which nerves are damaged as a result of hyperglycemia (high blood sugar levels). A variety of diabetic neuropathies are recognized, such as distal sensorimotror polyneuropathy, focal motor neuropathy, and autonomic neuropathy.
  • The term “peripheral neuropathy,” also known as peripheral neuritis and diabetic neuropathy, as used herein, refers to the failure of the nerves to carry information to and from the brain and spinal cord. Peripheral neuropathy produces symptoms such as pain, loss of sensation, and the inability to control muscles. In some cases, the failure of nerves to control blood vessels, intestinal function, and other organs results in abnormal blood pressure, digestion, and loss of other basic involuntary processes. Peripheral neuropathy may involve damage to a single nerve or nerve group (mononeuropathy) or may affect multiple nerves (polyneuropathy).
  • Neuropathies that affect small myelinated and unmyelinated fibers of the sympathetic and parasympathetic nerves are known as “peripheral neuropathies.” Furthermore, the related disorder of peripheral neuropathy, also known as peripheral neuritis and diabetic neuropathy, refers to the failure of the nerves to carry information to and from the brain and spinal cord. This produces symptoms such as pain, loss of sensation, and the inability to control muscles. In some cases, failure of nerves controlling blood vessels, intestinal function, and other organs results in abnormal blood pressure, digestion, and loss of other basic involuntary processes. Peripheral neuropathy may involve damage to a single nerve or nerve group (mononeuropathy) or may affect multiple nerves (polyneuropathy).
  • The term “diabetic neuropathy” refers to a common complication of diabetes in which nerves are damaged as a result of hyperglycemia (high blood sugar levels). Diabetic neuropathy is also referred to as neuropathy and nerve damage-diabetic. A variety of diabetic neuropathies are recognized, such as distal sensorimotror polyneuropathy, focal motor neuropathy, and autonomic neuropathy.
  • b. Diabetic Retinopathy
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetic retinopthy (Scholz et al. (2003) Trends Microbiol. 11: 171). The term “diabetic retinopathy” as used herein, refers to progressive damage to the eye's retina caused by long-term diabetes. Diabetic retinopathy, includes proliferative retinopathy. Proliferative neuropathy in turn includes neovascularization, pertinal hemmorrhave and retinal detachment.
  • In advanced retinopathy, small vessels proliferate on the surface of the retina. These blood vessels are fragile, tend to bleed and can cause peretinal hemorrhages. The hemorrhage can obscure vision, and as the hemorrhage is resorbed fibrous tissue forms predisposing to retinal detachments and loss of vision. In addition, diabetic retinopathy includes proliferative retinopathy which includes neovascularization, pertinal hemmorrhave and retinal detachment. Diabetic retinopathy also includes “background retinopathy” which involves changes occurring with the layers of the retina.
  • c. Diabetic Ulcerations and Retinopathy Ulcerations
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetic ulcerations, (see Lee et al. (2003) Hum Immunol. 64:614; Navarro et al. (2003) Am J Kidney Dis. 42:53; Daimon et al (2003) Diabetes Care. 26:2015; Zhang et al. (1999) J Tongji Med Univ. 19:203; Barbieri et al. (2003) Am J Hypertens. 16:537; Venn et al. (1993) Arthritis Rheum. 36:819; Westacott et al. (1994) J Rheumatol. 21:1710).
  • The term “diabetic ulcerations,” as used herein, refers to an ulcer which results as a complication of diabetes. An ulcer is a crater-like lesion on the skin or mucous membrane caused by an inflammatory, infectious, malignant condition, or metabolic disorder. Typically diabetic ulcers can be found on limbs and extremities, more typically the feet. These ulcers, caused by diabetic conditions, such as neuropathy and a vascular insufficiency, can lead to ischemia and poor wound healing. More extensive ulcerations may progress to ostemyelitis. Once ostemyelitis develops, it may be difficult to eradicate with antibiotics alone and amputation maybe necessary.
  • The term “retinopathy ulcerations,” as used herein refers to an ulcer which causes or results in damages to the eye and the eye's retina. Retinopathy ulcerations may include conditions such has retinoathic hemorrhages.
  • d. Diabetic Macrovasculopathy
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of diabetic macrovasculopathy (Devaraj et al. (2000) Circulation. 102:191; Hattori et al. (2000) Cardiovasc Res. 46:188; Clausell et al. (1999) Cardiovasc Pathol. 8:145). The term “diabetic macrovasculopathy,” also referred to as “macrovascular disease,” as used herein, refers to a disease of the blood vessels that results from diabetes. Diabetic macrovasculopathy complication occurs when, for example, fat and blood clots build up in the large blood vessels and stick to the vessel walls. Diabetic macrovasculopathies include diseases such as coronary disease, cerebrovascular disease, and peripheral vascular disease, hyperglycaemia and cardiovascular disease, and strokes.
  • 2. Obesity
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of obesity (see e.g., Pihlajamaki J et al. (2003) Obes Res. 11:912; Barbieri et al. (2003) Am J Hypertens. 16:537; Tsuda et al. (2003) J Nutr. 133:2125). The term “obesity” as used herein, refers to a condition in which the subject has an excess of body fat relative to lean body mass. In one embodiment, obesity refers to a condition in which an individual weighs at least about 20% or more over the maximum desirable for their height. When an adult is more than 100 pounds overweight, he or she is considered to be “morbidly obese.” In another embodiment, obesity is defined as a BMI (body mass index) over 30 kg/m2. Obesity increases a person's risk of illness and death due to diabetes, stroke, coronary artery disease, hypertension, high cholesterol, and kidney and gallbladder disorders. Obesity may also increase the risk for some types of cancer, and may be a risk factor for the development of osteoarthritis and sleep apnea. Obesity can be treated using the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention.
    • K. Anemia
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of anemias (see e.g., Jongen-Lavrencic et al. (1997) J Rheumatol. 24:1504; Demeter et al. (2002) Ann Hematol. 81:566; DiCato (2003) The Oncologist 8 (suppl 1): 19). The invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from anemia, which method comprises administering to the subject an induction dose followed by a treatment dose of a TNFα inhibitor, wherein the TNFα inhibitor is an antibody, antibody portion, such that TNFα activity in the subject suffering from anemia is inhibited. In one embodiment, the anemia is associated with rheumatoid arthritis.
  • The term “anemia” as used herein, refers to an abnormally low number of circulating red cells or a decreased concentration of hemoglobin in the blood. Examples of anemia related to rheumatoid arthritis include, for example, anemia of chronic disease, iron deficiency anemia, and autoimmune hemolytic anemia. In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating anemias related to, for example, anemias related to rheumatoid arthritis, anemias of infection and chronic inflammatory diseases, iron deficiency anemia, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, myelophthisic anemia, aplastic anemia, hypoplastic anemia, pure red cell aplasia and anemia associated with renal failure or endocrine disorders, megaloblastic anemias, defects in heme or globin synthesis, anemia caused by a structural defect in red blood cells, e.g., sickle-cell anemia, and anemias of unknown origins such as sideroblastic anemia, anemia associated with chronic infections such as malaria, trypanosomiasis, HIV, hepatitis virus or other viruses, and myelophthisic anemias caused by marrow deficiencies.
  • Examples of animal models used to study anemia include rats inoculated with peptidolglycan-polysaccharide polymers (see Coccia et al., (2001) Exp Hematology. 29:1201-1209). Examples of animal models used to study pain are well known in the art, and include the rat sciatic nerve ligation model, and the rat segmental spinal nerve ligation model (see Bennett and Zie, (1988) Pain. 33:87-107; Kim and Chung, (1992) Pain 50:355-363).
    • L. Pain
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of pain syndromes (see e.g., Sorkin et al. (1997) Neuroscience. 81:255; Huygen et al. (2002) Mediators Inflamm. 11:47; Parada et al. (2003) Eur J Neurosci. 17:1847). The term “pain” as used herein, refers to all types of pain. The term shall refer to acute and chronic pains, such as neuropathic pain and post-operative pain, chronic lower back pain, cluster headaches, herpes neuralgia, phantom limb pain, central pain, dental pain, opioid-resistant pain, visceral pain, surgical pain, bone injury pain, pain during labor and delivery, pain resulting from burns, including sunburn, post partum pain, migraine, angina pain, and genitourinary tract-related pain including cystitis. The term also includes nociceptive pain or nociception.
  • The invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from such a pain disorder, which method comprises administering to the subject an induction dose followed by a treatment dose of an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor such that TNFα activity in the subject suffering from pain is inhibited. Pain has been defined in a variety of ways, including nociceptive pain and neuropathic pain. The most commonly experienced form of pain may be defined as the effect of a stimulus on nerve endings, which results in the transmission of impulses to the cerebrum. Pain is also commonly associated with inflammatory disorders, including, for example, rheumatoid arthritis. In one embodiment, the antibody of the invention is used to treat a subject who suffers from pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis. Examples of pain disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental are discussed further below.
  • 1. Neuropathic Pain
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of neuropathic pain (see Sommer (1999) Schmerz. 13:315; Empl et al., (2001) Neurology. 56:1371; Schafers et al. (2003) J Neurosci. 23:3028). As used herein the term “neuropathic pain” refers to pain that results from injury to a nerve, spinal cord, or brain, and often involves neural supersensitivity. Examples of neuropathic pain include chronic lower back pain, pain associated with arthritis, cancer-associated pain, herpes neuralgia, phantom limb pain, central pain, opioid resistant neuropathic pain, bone injury pain, and pain during labor and delivery. Other examples of neuropathic pain include post-operative pain, cluster headaches, dental pain, surgical pain, pain resulting from severe, for example third degree, burns, post partum pain, angina pain, genitourinary tract related pain, and including cystitis.
  • Neuropathic pain is distinguished from nociceptive pain. Pain involving a nociceptive mechanism usually is limited in duration to the period of tissue repair and generally is alleviated by available analgesic agents or opioids (Myers (1995) Regional Anesthesia 20:173). Neuropathic pain typically is long-lasting or chronic and often develops days or months following an initial acute tissue injury. Neuropathic pain can involve persistent, spontaneous pain as well as allodynia, which is a painful response to a stimulus that normally is not painful. Neuropathic pain also can be characterized by hyperalgesia, in which there is an accentuated response to a painful stimulus that usually is trivial, such as a pin prick. Unlike nociceptive pain, neuropathic pain generally is resistant to opioid therapy (Myers, supra, 1995). Accordingly, the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat neuropathic pain.
  • 2. Nociceptive Pain
  • As used herein the term “nociceptive pain” refers to pain that is transmitted across intact neuronal pathways, i.e., pain caused by injury to the body. Nociceptive pain includes somatic sensation and normal function of pain, and informs the subject of impending tissue damage. The nociceptive pathway exists for protection of the subject, e.g., the pain experienced in response to a burn). Nociceptive pain includes bone pain, visceral pain, and pain associated with soft tissue.
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of visceral pain (see Coelho et al. (2000) Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol. 279:G781; Coelho et al. (2000) Brain Res Bull. 52:223). Visceral pain is used to refer to nociceptive pain that is mediated by receptors on A-delta and C nerve fibers. A-delta and C-nerve fibers are which are located in skin, bone, connective tissue, muscle and viscera. Visceral pain can be vague in distribution, spasmodic in nature and is usually described as deep, aching, squeezing and colicky in nature. Examples of visceral pain include pain associated with a heart attack, wherein the visceral pain can be felt in the arm, neck and/or back, and liver capsule pain, wherein the visceral pain can be felt in the back and/or right shoulder. Accordingly, the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat visceral pain.
    • M. Hepatic Disorders
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a wide variety of hepatic disorders (see e.g., Colletti et al. (1990) J Clin Invest. 85:1936; Tiegs (1997) Acta Gastroenterol Belg. 60:176; Fernandez et al. (2000) J Endotoxin Res. 6:321). The invention provides multiple-variable dose methods for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from such a hepatic disorder.
  • As used herein, the term “a hepatic disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental” is intended to include diseases and other disorders of the liver or conditions associated with hepatocellular injury or a biliary tract disorders in which the presence of TNFα in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. Accordingly, a hepatic disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental is a disorder in which inhibition of TNFα activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the hepatic disorder. In one embodiment, hepatic disorders refers to a human liver disease or condition associated with hepatocellular injury or a biliary tract disorder excluding hepatitis, alcoholic hepatitis, and viral hepatitis.
  • Examples of animal models used for evaluating the therapeutic efficacy of an agent for treating a hepatic disorder using multiple-variable dose methods include the chimpanzee hepatitis C virus model (see Shimizu et al. (1990) Proc Natl Acad Sci. USA 87:6441). Examples of animal models used to study skin and nail disorder disorders include, for example, the severe combined immunodeficient (SCID) mouse model (psoriasis) and the Smith line (SL) chicken and depigmenting mouse (vitiligo) (see Nickoloff (2000) Investig Dermatol Symp Proc. 5:67; Austin et al. (1995) Am J Pathol. 146:1529; Lerner et al. (1986) J Invest Dermatol. 87:299).
  • Hepatic disorders include many diseases and disorders wherein the liver functions improperly or ceases to function. Hepatocellular injuries can include alcoholic cirrhosis, α1 antitypsin deficiency, autoimmune cirrhosis, cryptogenic cirrhosis, fulminant hepatitis, hepatitis B and C, and steatohepatitis. Examples of biliary tract disorders include cystic fibrosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, sclerosing cholangitis and biliary obstruction (Wiesner (1996) “Current Indications, Contra Indications and Timing for Liver Transplantation” in Transplantation of the Liver, Saunders (publ.); Busuttil and Klintmalm (eds.) Chapter 6; Klein (1998) Partial Hypertension: The Role of Liver Transplantation, Musby (publ.) in Current Surgical Therapy 6.sup.th Ed. Cameron, J. (ed).
  • The term “hepatitis” refers to inflammation of the liver. Hepatitis can be caused by infections with various organisms, including bacteria, viruses (Hepatitis A, B, C, etc.), or parasites. Chemical toxins such as alcohol, drugs, or poisonous mushrooms can also damage the liver and cause it to become inflamed. A rare but extremely dangerous cause of hepatitis results from overdose of acetaminophen (Tylenol), which can be deadly. In addition, immune cells in the body may attack the liver and cause autoimmune hepatitis. Hepatitis may resolve quickly (acute hepatitis), or cause long-term disease (chronic hepatitis). In some instances, progressive liver damage or liver failure may result. The incidence and severity of hepatitis vary depending on many factors, including the cause of the liver damage and any underlying illnesses in a patient.
  • In one embodiment, the invention features multiple-variable methods for treating a hepatic disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a TNFα inhibitor in an induction dose and subsequently in a treatment dose, such that said disorder is treated. In one embodiment, the hepatic disorder is selected from the group consisting of hepatitis C virus, autoimmune hepatitis, fatty-liver disease, hepatitis B virus, hepatotoxicity, and non-alcoholic hepatitis, including non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). Examples of hepatic disorders are further described below.
  • 1. Hepatitis C Virus (HCV)
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of the hepatitis C virus (see Gonzalez-Amaro. (1994) J Exp Med. 179:841; Nelson et al. (1997) Dig Dis Sci 42:2487; Kallinowski et al. (1998) Clin Exp Immunol. 111:269). The term “hepatitis C virus” or “HCV” is used to describe the hepatitis virus which is the causative agent of non-A, non-B hepatitis. Hepatitis C virus causes an inflammation of the liver. HCV infection causes hepatitis C. Hepatitis C in the acute stage is, in general, milder than hepatitis B, but a greater proportion of such infections become chronic. HCV is a major cause of acute hepatitis and chronic liver disease, including cirrhosis and liver cancer. HCV is one of the viruses (A, B, C, D, and E), which together account for the vast majority of cases of viral hepatitis. It is an enveloped RNA virus in the flaviviridae family which appears to have a narrow host range. An important feature of the virus is the relative mutability of its genome, which in turn is probably related to the high propensity (80%) of inducing chronic infection. HCV is clustered into several distinct genotypes which may be important in determining the severity of the disease and the response to treatment. In one embodiment, the invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for treating HCV.
  • 2. Autoimmune Hepatitis (A1H)
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of autoimmune hepatitis (see Cookson et al., (1999) Hepatology 30:851; Jazrawi et al., (2003) Liver Transpl. 9:377). As used herein, “autoimmune hepatitis” refers to a hepatic disorder characterized by inflammation of the liver caused by rogue immune cells that mistake the liver's normal cells for a foreign tissue or pathogen (disease-causing agent). Autoimmune hepatitis is often responsible for a progressive destruction of the hepatic parenchyma with a high mortality if left untreated (Johnson et al. (1993) Hepatology, 18:998). One of the characteristics of autoimmune hepatitis is the presence of circulating autoantibodies in almost 90% of patients' sera. Such antibodies can be used to identify subjects who have autoimmune hepatitis.
  • Clinical and serological differences between patients have lead to the classification of AIH into two types. Type 1 is characterized by the presence of anti-smooth muscle (SMA) and/or anti-nuclear antibodies (ANA) in patients' sera, while sera from Type II patients show anti-liver kidney microsomal antibodies type 1 (LKM1) (Homberg et al., (1987) Hepatology, 7:1333; Maggiore et al. (1993) J. Pediatr. Gastroenterol Nutr. 17:376). A serological marker, anti-liver cytosol type I antibodies (LC1), has been identified in 30% of patients with an AIH type II. In addition, LC1 proved to be the only serological marker in 10% of patients tested (Martini et al. (1988) Hepatology, 8:1662). In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat AIH.
  • 3. Fatty-Liver Disease
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of fatty-liver disease (see Valenti et al., (2002) Gastroenerology 122:274; Li et al., (2003) Hepatology 37:343). Fatty-liver disease refers to a disease wherein fat (hepatocytes) is excessively accumulated in the liver. Fatty liver disease is believed to be caused by supernutrition, hyperingestion of alcohol, diabetes and side effects due to administration of pharmaceuticals. Fatty liver disease can cause severe diseases such as chronic hepatitis and hepatic cirrhosis. In patients with fatty liver disease, lipids, particularly neutral fat, accumulate in hepatocytes to the extent that the amount exceeds the physiologically permissible range. From a biochemical point of view, a standard for judgment of fatty liver is that the weight of neutral fat is about 10% (100 mg/g wet weight) or more of the wet weight of hepatic tissue. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat fatty liver disease.
  • 4. Hepatitis B Virus (HBV)
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of hepatitis B virus (see Kasahara et al., (2003) J. Virol. 77:2469; Wang (2003) World J Gastroenterol. 9:641; Biermer et al. (2003) J. Virol. 77:4033). The term “hepatitis B virus” (HBV) is used to describe the virus (serum hepatitis virus) which produces viral hepatitis type B in humans. This is a viral disease with a long incubation period (about 50 to 160 days) in contrast to hepatitis A virus (infectious hepatitis virus) which has a short incubation period. The hepatitis B virus is usually transmitted by injection of infected blood or blood derivatives or merely by use of contaminated needles, lancets or other instruments. Clinically and pathologically, the disease is similar to viral hepatitis type A; however, there is no cross-protective immunity. Viral antigen (HBAg) is found in the serum after infection.
  • Hepatitis B virus infects humans at a very high rate. Most people who become infected with Hepatitis B get rid of the virus within 6 months, wherein a short infection is known as an “acute” case of Hepatitis B. It is estimated that at least about 300 million people are chronic carriers of HBV. Infection with the virus results in a range of clinical symptoms including minor flu-like symptoms to death. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat HBV infection.
  • 5. Hepatotoxicity
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of hepatotoxicity (see Bruccoleri et al. (1997) Hepatology 25:133; Luster et al. (2000) Ann NY Acad Sci. 919:214; Simeonova et al. (2001) Toxicol Appl Pharmacol. 177:112). The term hepatotoxicity refers to liver damage caused by medications and other chemicals or drugs. The best indicator for identifying liver toxicity in a subject is the elevation of certain enzyme measurements in the blood, such as AST (aspartate aminotransferase), ALT (alanine aminotransferase), and GOT (glutamate oxalacetate transaminase).
  • Hepatotoxicity can cause permanent injury and death. Initial symptoms of hepatotoxicity can include acute gastrointestinal symptoms, e.g., severe diarrhea. The second phase of hepatotoxicity is characterized by abatement of symptoms. During this apparent subsidence, biochemical evidence of hepatic injury appears. Oliguria (decreased urine output) is usual during the second phase. The third phase, that of overt hepatic damage, becomes clinically apparent 3 to 5 days after ingestion of the chemical, with the appearance of jaundice. Renal failure may also occur. The symptoms of chemically-induced (drug-induced) hepatitis are similar to that of infectious hepatitis. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat hepatotoxicity.
  • 6. Liver Failure (e.g. Chronic Liver Failure)
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of liver failure (e.g. chronic liver failure) (see Takenaka et al., (1998) Dig Dis Sci. 43:887; Nagaki et al. (1999) J Hepatol. 31:997; Streetz et al., (2000) Gastroenterology. 119:446. Liver failure, including chronic liver failure, usually develops over a period of years and is caused by a repeated insult to the liver (such as alcohol abuse or infection with hepatitis virus) which slowly damages the organ. Less commonly, liver failure is acute, and occurs over a period of days or weeks. Causes of acute liver failure include hepatitis virus infections, drugs, pregnancy, autoimmune disease, and sudden low blood flow to the liver. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat liver failure.
  • 7. Non-Alcoholic Hepatitis, Including Nash
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of non-alcoholic hepatitis, including nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (see Crespo et al., (2001) Hepatology. 34:1158; Pessayre et al. (2002) 282(2):G193). The term “nonalcoholic steatohepatitis” or “NASH” refers to the development of histologic changes in the liver that are comparable to those induced by excessive alcohol intake, but in the absence of alcohol abuse. NASH is characterized by macrovesicular and/or microvesicular steatosis, lobular and portal inflammation, and occasionally Mallory bodies with fibrosis and cirrhosis. NASH is also commonly associated with hyperlipidemia, obesity, and type II diabetes mellitus.
  • Additional clinical conditions which characterize hepatic steatosis and inflammation include excessive fasting, jejunoileal bypass, total parental nutrition, chronic hepatitis C, Wilson's disease, and adverse drug effects such as those from corticosteroids, calcium channel blockers, high dose synthetic estrogens, methotrexate and amiodarone. Thus, the term “nonalcoholic steatohepatitis” can be used to describe those patients who exhibit these biopsy findings, coupled with the absence of (a) significant alcohol consumption, (b) previous surgery for weight loss, (c) history of drug use associated with steatohepatitis, (d) evidence of genetic liver disease or (e) chronic hepatitis C infection (see, e.g., Ludwig et al., (1980) Mayo Clin. Proc. 55:434; Powell et al. (1990) Hepatol. 11:74). In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention is used to treat NASH.
    • N. Skin and Nail Disorders
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of skin and nail disorders. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention comprising administering an induction dose of a TNFα antibody followed by a subsequent treatment dose, can be used to treat skin and nail disorders. The term “skin disorder” or “skin disease” as used interchangeably herein, refers to abnormalities, other than injury wounds, of the skin which have induced a state of inflammation. In one embodiment, the skin disorder of the invention is an inflammatory skin disorder, wherein the skin is characterized by capillary dilatation, leukocytic infiltration, redness, heat, and/or pain. Examples of skin disorders include, but are not limited to, psoriasis, pemphigus vulgaris, scleroderma, atopic dermatitis, sarcoidosis, erythema nodosum, hidradenitis suppurative, lichen planus, Sweet's syndrome, and vitiligo. As used herein, the term “skin and nail disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental” is intended to include skin and/or nail disorders and other disorders in which the presence of TNFα in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder, e.g., psoriasis. Accordingly, skin and nail disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental are disorders in which inhibition of TNFα activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. The use of the antibodies, antibody portions, and other TNFα inhibitors of the invention in the treatment of specific skin and nail disorders is discussed further below. In certain embodiments, the treatment method of the invention is performed in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below in Section IV. In one embodiment, the multiple-variable dose method of the invention comprising administering a TNFα antibody in combination with another therapeutic agent is used for the treatment of psoriasis and the treatment of psoriasis associated with arthritis.
  • 1. Psoriasis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of psoriasis (Takematsu et al. (1989) Arch Dermatol Res. 281:398; Victor and Gottlieb (2002) J Drugs Dermatol. 1:264). The term “psoriasis” as used herein, refers to skin disorders associated with epidermal hyperplasia. Example of psoriasis include, but are not limited to, chronic plaque psoriasis, guttate psoriasis, inverse psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, psoriasis vulgaris, and erythrodermic psoriasis. Psoriasis can also be associated with other inflammatory disorders, including inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and rheumatoid arthritis (RA).
  • Psoriasis is described as a skin inflammation (irritation and redness) characterized by frequent episodes of redness, itching, and thick, dry, silvery scales on the skin. In particular, lesions are formed which involve primary and secondary alterations in epidermal proliferation, inflammatory responses of the skin, and an expression of regulatory molecules such as lymphokines and inflammatory factors. Psoriatic skin is morphologically characterized by an increased turnover of epidermal cells, thickened epidermis, abnormal keratinization, inflammatory cell infiltrates into the epidermis and polymorphonuclear leukocyte and lymphocyte infiltration into the epidermis layer resulting in an increase in the basal cell cycle. Psoriasis often involves the nails, which frequently exhibit pitting, separation of the nail, thickening, and discoloration. Psoriasis is often associated with other inflammatory disorders, for example arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), and Crohn's disease. Approximately one third of subjects with psoriasis also have psoriatic arthritis (PsA) which, as described above, causes stiffness, swelling of the joints, pain, and reduced range of motion (Greaves et al. (1995) N. Eng. J. Med. 332:581).
  • Evidence of psoriasis is most commonly seen on the trunk, elbows, knees, scalp, skin folds, or fingernails, but it may affect any or all parts of the skin. Normally, it takes about a month for new skin cells to move up from the lower layers to the surface. In psoriasis, this process takes only a few days, resulting in a build-up of dead skin cells and formation of thick scales. Symptoms of psoriasis include: skin patches, that are dry or red, covered with silvery scales, raised patches of skin, accompanied by red borders, that may crack and become painful, and that are usually located on the elbows, knees, trunk, scalp, and hands; skin lesions, including pustules, cracking of the skin, and skin redness; joint pain or aching which may be associated with of arthritis, e.g., psoriatic arthritis.
  • Treatment for psoriasis often includes a topical corticosteroids, vitamin D analogs, and topical or oral retinoids, or combinations thereof. In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor of the invention is administered in combination with or the presence of one of these common treatments. Additional therapeutic agents which can also be combined with the TNFα inhibitor of the invention for treatment of psoriasis are described in more detail in Section IV.
  • The diagnosis of psoriasis is usually based on the appearance of the skin. Additionally a skin biopsy, or scraping and culture of skin patches may be needed to rule out other skin disorders. An x-ray may be used to check for psoriatic arthritis if joint pain is present and persistent.
  • Improvements in psoriasis in a subject can be monitored by the subject's Psoriasis Area and Severity Index Score (PASI). The method for determining the PASI has been described in Fredriksson and Pettersson (1978) Dermatologica 157:238 and Marks et al. (1989) Arch Dermatol 125:235. Briefly, the index is based on evaluation of four anatomic sites, including the head, upper extremities, trunk, and lower extremities, for erythema, induration, and desquamation using a 5 point scale (0=no symptoms; 1=slight; 2=moderate; 3=marked; 4=very marked). Based on the extent of lesions in a given anatomic site, the area affected is assigned a numerical value (0=0; 1=<10%; 2=10-29%; 3=30-49%; 4=50-69%; 5=70=89%; 6=90-100%). The PASI score is then calculated, wherein the possible range of PASI score is 0.0 to 72.0 with the highest score representing complete erythroderma of the severest degree.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a TNFα inhibitor is used in multiple-variable dose treatment for psoriasis, including chronic plaque psoriasis, guttate psoriasis, inverse psoriasis, pustular psoriasis, pemphigus vulgaris, erythrodermic psoriasis, psoriasis associated with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), and psoriasis associated with rheumatoid arthritis (RA). In another embodiment, a TNFα inhibitor, such as D2E7, is used in a multiple variable dose regimen to treat subjects who have psoriasis in combination with PsA. Specific types of psoriasis included in the treatment methods of the invention are described in detail below:
  • a. Chronic Plaque Psoriasis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of chronic plaque psoriasis (Asadullah et al. (1999) Br J Dermatol. 141:94). Chronic plaque psoriasis (also referred to as psoriasis vulgaris) is the most common form of psoriasis. Chronic plaque psoriasis is characterized by raised reddened patches of skin, ranging from coin-sized to much larger. In chronic plaque psoriasis, the plaques may be single or multiple, they may vary in size from a few millimeters to several centimeters. The plaques are usually red with a scaly surface, and reflect light when gently scratched, creating a “silvery” effect. Lesions (which are often symmetrical) from chronic plaque psoriasis occur all over body, but with predilection for extensor surfaces, including the knees, elbows, lumbosacral regions, scalp, and nails. Occasionally chronic plaque psoriasis can occur on the penis, vulva and flexures, but scaling is usually absent. Diagnosis of patients with chronic plaque psoriasis is usually based on the clinical features described above. In particular, the distribution, color and typical silvery scaling of the lesion in chronic plaque psoriasis are characteristic of chronic plaque psoriasis.
  • b. Guttate Psoriasis
  • Guttate psoriasis refers to a form of psoriasis with characteristic water drop shaped scaly plaques. Flares of guttate psoriasis generally follow an infection, most notably a streptococcal throat infection. Diagnosis of guttate psoriasis is usually based on the appearance of the skin, and the fact that there is often a history of recent sore throat.
  • c. Inverse Psoriasis
  • Inverse psoriasis is a form of psoriasis in which the patient has smooth, usually moist areas of skin that are red and inflammed, which is unlike the scaling associated with plaque psoriasis. Inverse psoriasis is also referred to as intertiginous psoriasis or flexural psoriasis. Inverse psoriasis occurs mostly in the armpits, groin, under the breasts and in other skin folds around the genitals and buttocks, and, as a result of the locations of presentation, rubbing and sweating can irritate the affected areas.
  • d. Pustular Psoriasis
  • Pustular psoriasis, also referred to as palmar plantar psoriasis, is a form of psoriasis that causes pus-filled blisters that vary in size and location, but often occur on the hands and feet. The blisters may be localized, or spread over large areas of the body. Pustular psoriasis can be both tender and painful, can cause fevers.
  • e. Other Psoriasis Disorders
  • Other examples of psoriatic disorders which can be treated with the TNFα antibody of the invention include erythrodermic psoriasis, vulgaris, psoriasis associated with IBD, and psoriasis associated with arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis.
  • 2. Pemphigus Vulgaris
  • Pemphigus vulgaris is a serious autoimmune systemic dermatologic disease that often affects the oral mucous membrane and skin. The pathogenesis of pemphigus vulgaris is thought to be an autoimmune process that is directed at skin and oral mucous membrane desmosomes. Consequentially, cells do not adhere to each other. The disorder manifests as large fluid-filled, rupture-prone bullae, and has a distinctive histologic appearance. Anti-inflammatory agents are the only effective therapy for this disease which has a high mortality rate. Complications that arise in patients suffering from pemphigus vulgaris are intractable pain, interference with nutrition and fluid loss, and infections.
  • 3. Atopic Dermatitis/Eczema
  • Atopic dermatitis (also referred to as eczema) is a chronic skin disorder categorized by scaly and itching plaques. People with eczema often have a family history of allergic conditions like asthma, hay fever, or eczema. Atopic dermatitis is a hypersensitivity reaction (similar to an allergy) which occurs in the skin, causing chronic inflammation. The inflammation causes the skin to become itchy and scaly. Chronic irritation and scratching can cause the skin to thicken and become leathery-textured. Exposure to environmental irritants can worsen symptoms, as can dryness of the skin, exposure to water, temperature changes, and stress.
  • Subjects with atopic dermatitis can be identified by certain symptoms, which often include intense itching, blisters with oozing and crusting, skin redness or inflammation around the blisters, rash, dry, leathery skin areas, raw areas of the skin from scratching, and ear discharges/bleeding.
  • 4. Sarcoidosis
  • Sarcoidosis is a disease in which granulomatous inflammation occurs in the lymph nodes, lungs, liver, eyes, skin, and/or other tissues. Sarcoidosis includes cutaneous sarcoidosis (sarcoidosis of the skin) and nodular sarcoidosis (sarcoidosis of the lymph nodes). Patients with sarcoidosis can be identified by the symptoms, which often include general discomfort, uneasiness, or an ill feeling; fever; skin lesions.
  • 5. Erythema Nodosum
  • Erythema nodosum refers to an inflammatory disorder that is characterized by tender, red nodules under the skin, typically on the anterior lower legs. Lesions associated with erythema nodosum often begin as flat, but firm, hot red painful lumps (approximately an inch across). Within a few days the lesions may become purplish, and then over several weeks fade to a brownish flat patch.
  • In some instances, erythema nodosum may be associated with infections including, streptococcus, coccidioidomycosis, tuberculosis, hepatitis B, syphilis, cat scratch disease, tularemia, yersinia, leptospirosis psittacosis, histoplasmosis, mononucleosis (EBV). In other instances, erythema nodosum may be associated with sensitivity to certain medications including, oral contraceptives, penicillin, sulfonamides, sulfones, barbiturates, hydantoin, phenacetin, salicylates, iodides, and progestin. Erythema nodosum is often associated with other disorders including, leukemia, sarcoidosis, rheumatic fever, and ulcerative colitis.
  • Symptoms of erythema nodosum usually present themselves on the shins, but lesions may also occur on other areas of the body, including the buttocks, calves, ankles, thighs and upper extremities. Other symptoms in subjects with erythema nodosum can include fever and malaise.
  • 6. Hidradenitis Suppurative
  • Hidradenitis suppurativa refers to a skin disorder in which swollen, painful, inflamed lesions or lumps develop in the groin and sometimes under the arms and under the breasts. Hidradenitis suppurativa occurs when apocrine gland outlets become blocked by perspiration or are unable to drain normally because of incomplete gland development. Secretions trapped in the glands force perspiration and bacteria into surrounding tissue, causing subcutaneous induration, inflammation, and infection. Hidradenitis suppurativa is confined to areas of the body that contain apocrine glands. These areas are the axillae, areola of the nipple, groin, perineum, circumanal, and periumbilical regions.
  • 7. Lichen Planus
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of lichen planus (Sklavounou et al. (2000) J Oral Pathol Med. 29:370). Lichen planus refers to a disorder of the skin and the mucous membranes resulting in inflammation, itching, and distinctive skin lesions. Lichen planus may be associated with hepatitis C or certain medications.
  • 8. Sweet's Syndrome
  • Inflammatory cytokines, including tumor necrosis factor, have been implicated in the pathophysiology of Sweet's syndrome (Reuss-Borst et al. (1993) Br J Haematol. 84:356). Sweet's syndrome, which was described by R. D. Sweet in 1964, is characterized by the sudden onset of fever, leukocytosis, and cutaneous eruption. The eruption consists of tender, erythematous, well-demarcated papules and plaques which show dense neutrophilic infiltrates microscopically. The lesions may appear anywhere, but favor the upper body including the face. The individual lesions are often described as pseudovesicular or pseudopustular, but may be frankly pustular, bullous, or ulcerative. Oral and eye involvement (conjunctivitis or episcleritis) have also been frequently reported in patients with Sweet's syndrome. Leukemia has also been associated with Sweet's syndrome.
  • 9. Vitiligo
  • Vitiligo refers to a skin condition in which there is loss of pigment from areas of skin resulting in irregular white patches with normal skin texture. Lesions characteristic of vitiligo appear as flat depigmented areas. The edges of the lesions are sharply defined but irregular. Frequently affected areas in subjects with vitiligo include the face, elbows and knees, hands and feet, and genitalia.
  • 10. Scleroderma
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of scleroderma (Tutuncu et al. (2002) Clin Exp Rheumatol. 20(6 Suppl 28):S146; Mackiewicz et al. (2003) Clin Exp Rheumatol. 21:41; Murota et al. (2003) Arthritis Rheum. 48:1117). Scleroderma refers to a diffuse connective tissue disease characterized by changes in the skin, blood vessels, skeletal muscles, and internal organs. Scleroderma is also referred to as CREST syndrome or progressive systemic sclerosis, and usually affects people between the ages 30-50. Women are affected more often than men.
  • The cause of scleroderma is unknown. The disease may produce local or systemic symptoms. The course and severity of the disease varies widely in those affected. Excess collagen deposits in the skin and other organs produce the symptoms. Damage to small blood vessels within the skin and affected organs also occurs. In the skin, ulceration, calcification, and changes in pigmentation may occur. Systemic features may include fibrosis and degeneration of the heart, lungs, kidneys and gastrointestinal tract.
  • Patients suffering from scleroderma exhibit certain clinical features, including, blanching, blueness, or redness of fingers and toes in response to heat and cold (Raynaud's phenomenon), pain, stiffness, and swelling of fingers and joints, skin thickening and shiny hands and forearm, esophageal reflux or heartburn, difficulty swallowing, and shortness of breath. Other clinical symptoms used to diagnose scleroderma include, an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), an elevated rheumatoid factor (RF), a positive antinuclear antibody test, urinalysis that shows protein and microscopic blood, a chest X-ray that may show fibrosis, and pulmonary function studies that show restrictive lung disease.
  • 11. Nail Disorders
  • Nail disorders include any abnormality of the nail. The term “nail disorder” or “nail disease” as used herein, refers to conditions wherein the fingernails or toenails to abnormal color, shape, texture, or thickness. Specific nail disorders include, but are not limited to, pitting, koilonychia, Beau's lines, spoon nails, onycholysis, yellow nails, pterygium (seen in lichen planus), and leukonychia. Pitting is characterised by the presence of small depressions on the nail surface. Ridges or linear elevations can develop along the nail occurring in a “lengthwise” or “crosswise” direction. Beau's lines are linear depressions that occur “crosswise” (transverse) in the fingernail. Leukonychia describes white streaks or spots on the nails. Koilonychia is an abnormal shape of the fingernail where the nail has raised ridges and is thin and concave Koilonychia is often associated with iron deficiency.
  • Nail disorders which can be treated with the TNFα antibody of the invention also include psoriatic nails. Psoriatic nails include changes in nails which are attributable to psoriasis. In some instances psoriasis may occur only in the nails and nowhere else on the body. Psoriatic changes in nails range from mild to severe, generally reflecting the extent of psoriatic involvement of the nail plate, nail matrix, i.e., tissue from which the nail grows, nail bed, i.e., tissue under the nail, and skin at the base of the nail. Damage to the nail bed by the pustular type of psoriasis can result in loss of the nail. Nail changes in psoriasis fall into general categories that may occur singly or all together. In one category of psoriatic nails, the nail plate is deeply pitted, probably due to defects in nail growth caused by psoriasis. In another category, the nail has a yellow to yellow-pink discoloration, probably due to psoriatic involvement of the nail bed. A third subtype of psoriatic nails are characterized by white areas which appear under the nail plate. The white areas are actually air bubbles marking spots where the nail plate is becoming detached from the nail bed. There may also be reddened skin around the nail. A fourth category is evidenced by the nail plate crumbling in yellowish patches, i.e., onychodystrophy, probably due to psoriatic involvement in the nail matrix. A fifth category is characterized by the loss of the nail in its entirety due to psoriatic involvement of the nail matrix and nail bed.
  • The multiple-variable dose method of treatment of the invention can also be used to treat nail disorders often associated with lichen planus. Nails in subjects with lichen planus often show thinning and surface roughness of the nail plate with longitudinal ridges or pterygium.
  • The multiple-variable dose method of treatment of the invention can be used to treat nail disorders, such as those described herein. Often nail disorders are associated with skin disorders. In one embodiment, the invention includes a multiple-variable dose method of treatment for nail disorders using a TNFα antibody. In another embodiment, the nail disorder is associated with another disorder, including a skin disorder such as psoriasis. In another embodiment, the disorder associated with a nail disorder is arthritis, including psoriatic arthritis.
  • 12. Other Skin and Nail Disorders
  • The multiple-variable dose method of treatment of the invention can be used to treat other skin and nail disorders, such as chronic actinic dermatitis, bullous pemphigoid, and alopecia areata. Chronic actinic dermatitis (CAD) is also referred to as photosensitivity dermatitis/actinic reticuloid syndrome (PD/AR). CAD is a condition in which the skin becomes inflamed, particularly in areas that have been exposed to sunlight or artificial light. Commonly, CAD patients have allergies to certain substances that come into contact with their skin, particularly various flowers, woods, perfumes, sunscreens and rubber compounds. Bullous pemphigoid refers to a skin disorder characterized by the formation of large blisters on the trunk and extremities. Alopecia areata refers to hair loss characterized by round patches of complete baldness in the scalp or beard.
    • O. Vasculitides
  • TNFα has been implicated in the pathophysiology of a variety of vasculitides, (see e.g., Deguchi et al. (1989) Lancet. 2:745). In one embodiment, the invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for inhibiting TNFα activity in a subject suffering from a vasculitis in which TNFα activity is detrimental.
  • The term “vasculitis” or “vasculitides” as used interchangeably herein, refers to a group of disorders which are characterized by the inflammation of blood vessels. Blood vessels of all sizes may be affected, from the largest vessel in the body (the aorta) to the smallest blood vessels in the skin (capillaries). The size of blood vessel affected varies according to the specific type of vasculitis. As used herein, the term “a vasculitis in which TNFα activity is detrimental” is intended to include vasculitis in which the presence of TNFα in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of TNFα in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of TNFα in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject), which can be detected, for example, using an anti-TNFα antibody as described above.
  • There are numerous examples of vasculitides in which TNFα activity is detrimental, including Behcet's disease. The use of the antibodies, antibody portions, and other TNFα inhibitors for multiple-variable dose treatment of the invention of specific vasculitides is discussed further below. In certain embodiments, the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor of the invention is administered to the subject in combination with another therapeutic agent, as described below
  • The multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention can be used to treat vasculitis in which TNFα activity is detrimental, wherein inhibition of TNFα activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the vasculitis or to prevent the vasculitis. Subjects suffering from or at risk of developing vasculitis can be identified through clinical symptoms and tests. For example, subjects with vasculitides often develop antibodies to certain proteins in the cytoplasm of neutrophils, antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibodies (ANCA). Thus, in some instances, vasculitides may be evidenced by tests (e.g., ELISA), which measure ANCA presence.
  • Vasculitis and its consequences may be the sole manifestation of disease or it may be a secondary component of another primary disease. Vasculitis may be confined to a single organ or it may simultaneously affect several organs. and depending on the syndrome, arteries and veins of all sizes can be affected. Vasculitis can affect any organ in the body.
  • In vasculitis, the vessel lumen is usually compromised, which is associated with ischemia of the tissues supplied by the involved vessel. The broad range of disorders that may result from this process is due to the fact that any type, size and location of vessel (e.g., artery, vein, arteriole, venule, capillary) can be involved. Vasculitides are generally classified according to the size of the affected vessels, as described below. It should be noted that some small and large vessel vasculitides may involve medium-sized arteries; but large and medium-sized vessel vasculitides do not involve vessels smaller than arteries. Large vessel disease includes, but is not limited to, giant cell arteritis, also known as temporal arteritis or cranial arteritis, polymyalgia rheumatica, and Takayasu's disease or arteritis, which is also known as aortic arch syndrome, young female arteritis and Pulseless disease. Medium vessel disease includes, but is not limited to, classic polyarteritis nodosa and Kawasaki's disease, also known as mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome. Non-limiting examples of small vessel disease are Behcet's Syndrome, Wegner's granulomatosis, microscopic polyangitis, hypersensitivity vasculitis, also known as cutaneous vasculitis, small vessel vasculitis, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, allergic granulamotosis and vasculitis, also known as Churg Strauss syndrome. Other vasculitides include, but are not limited to, isolated central nervous system vasculitis, and thromboangitis obliterans, also known as Buerger's disease. Classic Polyarteritis nodosa (PAN), microscopic PAN, and allergic granulomatosis are also often grouped together and are called the systemic necrotizing vasculitides. A further description of vasculitis is described below:
  • 1. Large Vessel Vasculitis
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat subjects who have large vessel vasculitis. The term “large vessel(s)” as used herein, refers to the aorta and the largest branches directed toward major body regions. Large vessels include, for example, the aorta, and its branches and corresponding veins, e.g., the subclavian artery; the brachiocephalic artery; the common carotid artery; the innonimate vein; internal and external jugular veins; the pulmonary arteries and veins; the venae cavae; the renal arteries and veins; the femoral arteries and veins; and the carotid arteries. Examples of large vessel vasculitides are described below.
  • a. Giant Cell Arteritis (GCA)
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of giant cell arteritis (Sneller (2002) Cleve. Clin. J. Med. 69:SII40; Schett et al. (2002) Ann. Rheum. Dis. 61:463). Giant cell arteritis (GCA), refers to a vasculitis involving inflammation and damage to blood vessels, particularly the large or medium arteries that branch from the external carotid artery of the neck. GCA is also referred to as temporal arteritis or cranial arteritis, and is the most common primary vasculitis in the elderly. It almost exclusively affects individuals over 50 years of age, however, there are well-documented cases of patients 40 years and younger. GCA usually affects extracranial arteries. GCA can affect the branches of the carotid arteries, including the temporal artery. GCA is also a systemic disease which can involve arteries in multiple locations.
  • Histopathologically, GCA is a panarteritis with inflammatory mononuclear cell infiltrates within the vessel wall with frequent Langhans type giant cell formation. There is proliferation of the intima, granulomatous inflammation and fragmentation of the internal elastic lamina. The pathological findings in organs is the result of ischemia related to the involved vessels.
  • Patients suffering from GCA exhibit certain clinical symptoms, including fever, headache, anemia and high erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR). Other typical indications of GCA include jaw or tongue claudication, scalp tenderness, constitutional symptoms, pale optic disc edema (particularly ‘chalky white’ disc edema), and vision disturbances. The diagnosis is confirmed by temporal artery biopsy.
  • b. Polymyalgia Rheumatica
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of polymyalgia rheumatica (Straub et al. (2002) Rheumatology (Oxford) 41:423; Uddhammar et al. (1998) Br. J. Rheumatol. 37:766). Polymyalgia rheumatica refers to a rheumatic disorder that is associated with moderate to severe muscle pain and stiffness in the neck, shoulder, and hip, most noticeable in the morning. IL-6 and IL-1β expression has also been detected in a majority of the circulating monocytes in patients with the polymyalgia rheumatica. Polymyalgia rheumatica may occur independently, or it may coexist with or precede GCA, which is an inflammation of blood vessels.
  • c. Takayasu's Arteritis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of Takayasu's arteritis (Kobayashi and Numano (2002) Intern. Med. 41:44; Fraga and Medina (2002) Curr. Rheumatol. Rep. 4:30). Takayasu's arteritis refers to a vasculitis characterized by an inflammation of the aorta and its major branches. Takayasu's arteritis (also known as Aortic arch syndrome, young female arteritis and Pulseless disease) affects the thoracic and abdominal aorta and its main branches or the pulmonary arteries. Fibrotic thickening of the aortic wall and its branches (e.g., carotid, inominate, and subclavian arteries) can lead to reduction of lumen size of vessels that arise from the aortic arch. This condition also typically affects the renal arteries.
  • Takayasu's arteritis primarily affects young women, usually aged 20-40 years old, particularly of Asian descent, and may be manifested by malaise, arthralgias and the gradual onset of extremity claudication. Most patients have asymmetrically reduced pulses, usually along with a blood pressure differential in the arms. Coronary and/or renal artery stenosis may occur.
  • The clinical features of Takayasu's arteritis may be divided into the features of the early inflammatory disease and the features of the later disease. The clinical features of the early inflammatory stage of Takayasu's disease are: malaise, low grade fever, weight loss, myalgia, arthralgia, and erythema multiforme. Later stages of Takayasu's disease are characterized by fibrotic stenosis of arteries and thrombosis. The main resulting clinical features are ischaemic phenomena, e.g. weak and asymmetrical arterial pulses, blood pressure discrepancy between the arms, visual disturbance, e.g. scotomata and hemianopia, other neurological features including vertigo and syncope, hemiparesis or stroke. The clinical features result from ischaemia due to arterial stenosis and thrombosis.
  • 2. Medium Vessel Disease
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat subjects who have medium vessel vasculitis. The term “medium vessel(s)” is used to refer to those blood vessels which are the main visceral arteries. Examples of medium vessels include the mesenteric arteries and veins, the iliac arteries and veins, and the maxillary arteries and veins. Examples of medium vessel vasculitides are described below.
  • a. Polyarteritis Nodosa
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of polyarteritis nodosa (DiGirolamo et al. (1997) J. Leukoc. Biol. 61:667). Polyarteritis nodosa, or periarteritis nodosa refers to vasculitis which is a serious blood vessel disease in which small and medium-sized arteries become swollen and damaged because they are attacked by rogue immune cells. Polyarteritis nodosa usually affects adults more frequently than children. It damages the tissues supplied by the affected arteries because they don't receive enough oxygen and nourishment without a proper blood supply.
  • Symptoms which are exhibited in patients with polyarteritis nodosa generally result from damage to affected organs, often the skin, heart, kidneys, and nervous system. Generalized symptoms of polyarteritis nodosa include fever, fatigue, weakness, loss of appetite, and weight loss. Muscle aches (myalgia) and joint aches (arthralgia) are common. The skin of subjects with polyarteritis nodosa may also show rashes, swelling, ulcers, and lumps (nodular lesions).
  • Classic PAN (polyarteritis nodosa) is a systemic arteritis of small to medium muscular arteritis in which involvement of renal and visceral arteries is common. Abdominal vessels have aneurysms or occlusions in 50% of PAN patients. Classic PAN does not involve the pulmonary arteries although the bronchial vessels may be involved. Granulomas, significant eosinophilia and an allergic diathesis are not part of the syndrome. Although any organ system may be involved, the most common manifestations include peripheral neuropathy, mononeuritis multiplex, intestinal ischemia, renal ischemia, testicular pain and livedo reticularis.
  • b. Kawasaki's Disease
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of Kawasaki's disease (Sundel (2002) Curr. Rheumatol. Rep. 4:474; Gedalia (2002) Curr. Rheumatol. Rep. 4:25). Although the cause of Kawasaki's disease is unknown, it is associated with acute inflammation of the coronary arteries, suggesting that the tissue damage associated with this disease may be mediated by proinflammatory agents such as TNFα Kawasaki's disease refers to a vasculitis that affects the mucus membranes, lymph nodes, lining of the blood vessels, and the heart. Kawasaki's disease is also often referred to as mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, mucocutaneous lymph node disease, and infantile polyarteritis. Subjects afflicted with Kawasaki's disease develop vasculitis often involving the coronary arteries which can lead to myocarditis and pericarditis. Often as the acute inflammation diminishes, the coronary arteries may develop aneurysm, thrombosis, and lead to myocardial infarction.
  • Kawasaki's disease is a febrile systemic vasculitis associated with edema in the palms and the soles of the feet, with enlargement of cervical lymph nodes, cracked lips and “strawberry tongue”. Although the inflammatory response is found in vessels throughout the body, the most common site of end-organ damage is the coronary arteries. Kawasaki's Disease predominantly affects children under the age of 5. The highest incidence is in Japan but is becoming increasingly recognized in the West and is now the leading cause of acquired heart disease in US children. The most serious complication of Kawasaki disease is coronary arteritis and aneurysm formation that occurs in a third of untreated patients.
  • 3. Small Vessel Disease
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat subjects who have small vessel vasculitis. The term “small vessel(s)” is used to refer to arterioles, venules and capillaries. Arterioles are arteries that contain only 1 or 2 layers of sooth muscle cells and are terminal to and continuous with the capillary network. Venules carry blood from the capillary network to veins and capillaries connect arterioles and venules. Examples of small vessel vasculitides are described below.
  • a. Behcet's Disease
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of Behcet's disease (Sfikakis (2002) Ann. Rheum. Dis. 61:ii51-3; Dogan and Farah (2002) Oftalmologia. 52:23). Behcet's disease is a chronic disorder that involves inflammation of blood vessels throughout the body. Behcet's disease may also cause various types of skin lesions, arthritis, bowel inflammation, and meningitis (inflammation of the membranes of the brain and spinal cord). As a result of Behcet's disease, the subject with the disorder may have inflammation in tissues and organs throughout the body, including the gastrointestinal tract, central nervous system, vascular system, lungs, and kidneys. Behcet's disease is three times more common in males than females and is more common in the eastern Mediterranean and Japan.
  • Subjects who have Behcet's disease may show clinical symptoms including recurrent oral ulcers (resembling canker sores), recurrent genital ulcers, and eye inflammation. Serum levels of TNFα, IL-8, IL-1, IL-6 INF-γ and IL-12 are elevated in Behcet's patients, and the production of these factors has been shown to be elevated in the monocytes of Behcet's patients (see, e.g., Inflammatory Disease of Blood Vessels (2001) Marcel Dekker, Inc., eds. G. S. Hoffman and C. M. Weyand, p. 473).
  • b. Wegener's Granulomatosis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of Wegener's granulomatosis (Marquez et al. (2003) Curr. Rheumatol. Rep. 5:128; Harman and Margo (1998) Surv. Opthalmol. 42:458). Wegener's granulomatosis refers to a vasculitis that causes inflammation of blood vessels in the upper respiratory tract (nose, sinuses, ears), lungs, and kidneys. Wegener's granulomatosis is also referred to as midline granulomatosis. Wegener's granulomatosis includes a granulomatous inflammation involving the respiratory tract, and necrotizing vasculitis affecting small to medium-sized vessels. Subjects who have Wegener's granulomatosis often also have arthritis (joint inflammation). Glomerulonephritis may also be present in affected subjects, but virtually any organ may be involved.
  • Patients affected with Wegener's granulomatosis typically show clinical symptoms comprising recurrent sinusitis or epistaxis, mucosal ulcerations, otitis media, cough, hemoptysis and dyspnea. The first symptoms of Wegener's granulomatosis frequently include upper respiratory tract symptoms, joint pains, weakness, and tiredness.
  • c. Churg-Strauss Syndrome
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of Churg-Strauss syndrome (Gross (2002) Curr. Opin. Rheumatol. 14:11; Churg (2001) Mod. Pathol. 14:1284). Churg-Strauss syndrome refers to a vasculitis that is systemic and shows early manifestation signs of asthma and eosinophilia. Churg-Strauss syndrome is also referred to as allergic granulomatosis and angiitis, and occurs in the setting of allergic rhinitis, asthma and eosinophilia. Sinusitis and pulmonary infiltrates also occur in Churg-Strauss syndrome, primarily affecting the lung and heart. Peripheral neuropathy, coronary arteritis and gastrointestinal involvement are common.
  • Patients afflicted with Churg-Strauss syndrome can be diagnosed according to criteria established by the American College of Rheumatology (ACR). These criteria were intended to distinguish CSS from other forms of vasculitis. Not all patients meet every criterion. Some, in fact, may have only 2 or 3 criteria, yet they are still classified as Churg-Strauss syndrome. The ACR selected 6 disease features (criteria) as being those that best distinguished Churg-Strauss syndrome from other vasculitides. These criteria include: 1) asthma; 2) eosinophilia [>10% on differential WBC count]; 3) mononeuropathy; 4) transient pulmonary infiltrates on chest X-rays; 5) paranasal sinus abnormalities; and 6) biopsy containing a blood vessel with extravascular eosinophils.
    • P. Other TNFα-Related Disorders
  • In one embodiment, the invention features a multiple-variable dose method for treating a TNFα-related disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject an induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor and a subsequent treatment dose, such that said TNFα-related disorder is treated. Examples of TNFα-related disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental, are discussed further below.
  • 1. Juvenile Arthritis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of juvenile arthritis, including juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (Grom et al. (1996) Arthritis Rheum. 39:1703; Mangge et al. (1995) Arthritis Rheum. 8:211). In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat juvenile rheumatoid arthritis.
  • The term “juvenile rheumatoid arthritis” or “JRA” as used herein refers to a chronic, inflammatory disease which occurs before age 16 that may cause joint or connective tissue damage. JRA is also referred to as juvenile chronic polyarthritis and Still's disease.
  • JRA causes joint inflammation and stiffness for more than 6 weeks in a child of 16 years of age or less. Inflammation causes redness, swelling, warmth, and soreness in the joints. Any joint can be affected and inflammation may limit the mobility of affected joints. One type of JRA can also affect the internal organs.
  • JRA is often classified into three types by the number of joints involved, the symptoms, and the presence or absence of certain antibodies found by a blood test. These classifications help the physician determine how the disease will progress and whether the internal organs or skin is affected. The classifications of JRA include the following
  • a. Pauciarticular JRA, wherein the patient has four or fewer joints are affected. Pauciarticular is the most common form of JRA, and typically affects large joints, such as the knees.
  • b. Polyarticular HRA, wherein five or more joints are affected. The small joints, such as those in the hands and feet, are most commonly involved, but the disease may also affect large joints.
  • c. Systemic JRA is characterized by joint swelling, fever, a light skin rash, and may also affect internal organs such as the heart, liver, spleen, and lymph nodes. Systemic JRA is also referred to as it Still's disease. A small percentage of these children develop arthritis in many joints and can have severe arthritis that continues into adulthood.
  • 2. Endometriosis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of endometriosis, as women with endometriosis have elevated peritoneal levels of TNF (Eisermann et al. (1988) Fertil Steril 50:573; Halme (1989) Am J Obstet Gynecol 161:1718; Mori et al. (1991) Am J Reprod Immunol 26:62; Taketani et al. (1992) Am J Obstet Gynecol 167:265; Overton et al. (1996) Hum Reprod 1996; 11:380). In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat endometriosis. The term “endometriosis” as used herein refers to a condition in which the tissue that normally lines the uterus (endometrium) grows in other areas of the body, causing pain, irregular bleeding, and frequently infertility.
  • 3. Prostatitis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of prostatitis, as men with chronic prostatitis and chronic pelvic pain have significantly higher levels of TNF and IL-1 in semen compared to controls (Alexander et al. (1998) Urology 52:744; Nadler et al. (2000) J Urol 164:214; Orhan et al. (2001) Int J Urol 8:495) Furthermore, in a rat model of prostatitis TNF levels were also increased in comparison to controls (Asakawa et al. (2001) Hinyokika Kiyo 47:459; Harris et al. (2000) Prostate 44:25). In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat prostatitis.
  • The term “prostatitis” as used herein refers to an inflammation of the prostate. Prostatitis is also referred to as pelvic pain syndrome. Prostatitis manifests itself in a variety of forms, including nonbacterial prostatitis, acute prostatitis, bacterial prostatitis, and acute prostatitis. Acute prostatitis refers to an inflammation of the prostate gland that develops suddenly. Acute prostatitis is usually caused by a bacterial infection of the prostate gland. Chronic prostatitis is an inflammation of the prostate gland that develops gradually, continues for a prolonged period, and typically has subtle symptoms. Chronic prostatitis is also usually caused by a bacterial infection
  • 4. Choroidal Neovascularization
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of choroidal neovascularization. For example, in surgically excised choroidal neovascular membranes, neovascular vessels stained positive for both TNF and L-1 (Oh H et al. (1999) Invest Opthalmol Vis Sci 40:1891). In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat choroidal neovascularization. The term “choroidal neovascularization” as used herein refers to the growth of new blood vessels that originate from the choroid through a break in the Bruch membrane into the sub-retinal pigment epithelium (sub-RPE) or subretinal space. Choroidal neovascularization (CNV) is a major cause of visual loss in patients with the condition.
  • 5. Sciatica
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of sciatica (Ozaktay et al. (2002) Eur Spine J. 11:467; Brisby et al. (2002) Eur Spine J. 11:62). In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat sciatica. The term “sciatica” as used herein refers to a condition involving impaired movement and/or sensation in the leg, caused by damage to the sciatic nerve. Sciatica is also commonly referred to as neuropathy of the sciatic nerve and sciatic nerve dysfunction. Sciatica is a form of peripheral neuropathy. It occurs when there is damage to the sciatic nerve, located in the back of the leg. The sciatic nerve controls the muscles of the back of the knee and lower leg and provides sensation to the back of the thigh, part of the lower leg and the sole of the foot. Sciatica can be indicative of another disorder, including a lumbar herniated disc, spinal stenosis, degenerative disc disease, isthmic spondyloisthesis and piniformis syndrome.
  • 6. Sjogren's Syndrome
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of Sjogren's syndrome (Koski et al. (2001) Clin Exp Rheumatol. 19:131). In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat Sjogren's syndrome. The term “Sjogren's syndrome” as used herein refers to a systemic inflammatory disorder characterized by dry mouth, decreased tearing, and other dry mucous membranes, and is often associated with autoimmune rheumatic disorders, such as rheumatoid arthritis. Dryness of the eyes and mouth are the most common symptoms of this syndrome. The symptoms may occur alone, or with symptoms associated with rheumatoid arthritis or other connective tissue diseases. There may be an associated enlargement of the salivary glands. Other organs may become affected. The syndrome may be associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, polymyositis, and other diseases.
  • 7. Uveitis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of uveitis (Wakefield and Lloyd (1992)Cytokine 4:1; Woon et al. (1998) Curr Eye Res. 17:955). In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat uveitis. The term “uveitis” as used herein refers to an inflammation of the uvea, which is the layer between the sclera and the retina, which includes the iris, ciliary body, and the choroid. Uveitis is also commonly referred to as iritis, pars planitis, chroiditis, chorioretinitis, anterior uveitis, and posterior uveitis. The most common form of uveitis is anterior uveitis, which involves inflammation in the front part of the eye, which is usually isolated to the iris. This condition is often called iritis. In one embodiment, the term uveitis refers to an inflammation of the uvea which excludes inflammation associated with an autoimmune disease, i.e., excludes autoimmune uveitis.
  • 8. Wet Macular Degeneration
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of wet macular degeneration. In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is used to treat wet macular degeneration. The term “wet macular degeneration” as used herein refers to a disorder that affects the macula (the central part of the retina of the eye) and causes decreased visual acuity and possible loss of central vision. Patients with wet macular degeneration develop new blood vessels under the retina, which causes hemorrhage, swelling, and scar tissue.
  • 9. Osteoporosis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of osteoporosis, (Tsutsumimoto et al. (1999) J Bone Miner Res. 14:1751). Osteoporosis is used to refer to a disorder characterized by the progressive loss of bone density and thinning of bone tissue. Osteoporosis occurs when the body fails to form enough new bone, or when too much old bone is reabsorbed by the body, or both. The TNFα antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used to treat osteoporosis.
  • 10. Osteoarthritis
  • Tumor necrosis factor has been implicated in the pathophysiology of osteoarthritis, (Venn et al. (1993) Arthritis Rheum. 36:819; Westacott et al. (1994) J Rheumatol. 21:1710). Osteoarthritis (OA) is also referred to as hypertrophic osteoarthritis, osteoarthrosis, and degenerative joint disease. OA is a chronic degenerative disease of skeletal joints, which affects specific joints, commonly knees, hips, hand joints and spine, in adults of all ages. OA is characterized by a number of the following manifestations including degeneration and thinning of the articular cartilage with associated development of “ulcers” or craters, osteophyte formation, hypertrophy of bone at the margins, and changes in the snyovial membrane and enlargement of affected joints. Furthermore, osteoarthritis is accompanied by pain and stiffness, particularly after prolonged activity. The antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, of the invention can be used to treat osteoarthritis. Characteristic radiographic features of osteoarthritis include joint space narrowing, subchondral sclerosis, osteophytosis, subchondral cyst formation, loose osseous body (or “joint mouse”).
  • Medications used to treat osteoarthritis include a variety of nonsteroidal, anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). In addition, COX 2 inhibitors, including Celebrex, Vioxx, and Bextra, and Etoricoxib, are also used to treat OA. Steroids, which are injected directly into the joint, may also be used to reduce inflammation and pain. In one embodiment of the invention, TNFα antibodies of the invention are administered in combination with a NSAIDs, a COX2 inhibitor, and/or steroids.
  • 11. Other
  • The methods of the invention, also can be used to treat various other disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental. Examples of other diseases and disorders in which TNFα activity has been implicated in the pathophysiology, and thus which can be treated using an antibody, or antibody portion, of the invention, include inflammatory bone disorders, bone resorption disease, coagulation disturbances, burns, reperfusion injury, keloid formation, scar tissue formation, pyrexia, periodontal disease, obesity, radiation toxicity, age-related cachexia, Alzheimer's disease, brain edema, inflammatory brain injury, cancer, chronic fatigue syndrome, dermatomyositis, drug reactions, such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome and Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction, edema in and/or around the spinal cord, familial periodic fevers, Felty's syndrome, fibrosis, glomerulonephritides (e.g. post-streptococcal glomerulonephritis or IgA nephropathy), loosening of prostheses, microscopic polyangiitis, mixed connective tissue disorder, multiple myeloma, cancer and cachexia, multiple organ disorder, myelo dysplastic syndrome, orchitism osteolysis, pancreatitis, including acute, chronic, and pancreatic abscess, polymyositis, progressive renal failure, pseudogout, pyoderma gangrenosum, relapsing polychondritis, rheumatic heart disease, sarcoidosis, sclerosing cholangitis, stroke, thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysm repair (TAAA), TNF receptor associated periodic syndrome (TRAPS), symptoms related to Yellow Fever vaccination, inflammatory diseases associated with the ear, chronic ear inflammation, chronic otitis media with or without cholesteatoma, pediatric ear inflammation, myotosis, ovarian cancer, colorectal cancer, therapy associated with induced inflammatory syndrome (e.g., syndromes following IL-2 administration), and a disorder associated with a reperfussion injury.
  • It is understood that all of the above-mentioned TNFα-related disorders include both the adult and juvenile forms of the disease where appropriate. It is also understood that all of the above-mentioned disorders include both chronic and acute forms of the disease. In addition, the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention can be used to treat each of the above-mentioned TNFα-related disorders alone or in combination with one another, e.g., a subject who is suffering from uveitis and lupus.
    • IV. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Pharmaceutical Administration A. Compositions and Administration
  • Antibodies, antibody-portions, and other TNFα inhibitors for use in the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention, can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject. Typically, the pharmaceutical composition comprises an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include one or more of water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, as well as combinations thereof. In many cases, it is preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may further comprise minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor.
  • The compositions for use in the methods of the invention may be in a variety of forms. These include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories. The preferred form depends on the intended mode of administration and therapeutic application. Typical preferred compositions are in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, such as compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies or other TNFα inhibitors. The preferred mode of administration is parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular). In a preferred embodiment, the antibody or other TNFα inhibitor is administered by intravenous infusion or injection. In another preferred embodiment, the antibody or other TNFα inhibitor is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
  • Therapeutic compositions typically must be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage. The composition can be formulated as a solution, microemulsion, dispersion, liposome, or other ordered structure suitable to high drug concentration. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (i.e., antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. The proper fluidity of a solution can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent that delays absorption, for example, monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. In certain embodiments, an antibody or antibody portion for use in the methods of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents. For example, an anti-hTNFα antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more DMARD or one or more NSAID or one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules), one or more cytokines, soluble TNFα receptor (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 94/06476) and/or one or more chemical agents that inhibit hTNFα production or activity (such as cyclohexane-ylidene derivatives as described in PCT Publication No. WO 93/19751) or any combination thereof. Furthermore, one or more antibodies of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents. Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible side effects, complications or low level of response by the patient associated with the various monotherapies.
  • In one embodiment, the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of a TNFα inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein the effective amount of the TNFα inhibitor may be effective to treat a TNFα-related disorder, including, for example, Crohn's disease, in a multiple variable dose regimen. In one embodiment, the antibody or antibody portion for use in the multiple variable dose methods of the invention is incorporated into a pharmaceutical formulation as described in PCT/IB03/04502 and U.S. application Ser. No. 10/222,140, incorporated by reference herein. This formulation includes a concentration 50 mg/ml of the antibody D2E7, wherein one pre-filled syringe contains 40 mg of antibody for subcutaneous injection.
  • The antibodies, antibody-portions, and other TNFα inhibitors of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art within the scope of the invention, although for many therapeutic applications, the preferred route/mode of administration is subcutaneous injection. In another embodiment, administration is via intravenous injection or infusion. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results, within the scope of the invention. In certain embodiments, the active compound may be prepared with a carrier that will protect the compound against rapid release, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Many methods for the preparation of such formulations are patented or generally known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978.
  • The TNFα antibodies of the invention can also be administered in the form of protein crystal formulations which include a combination of protein crystals encapsulated within a polymeric carrier to form coated particles. The coated particles of the protein crystal formulation may have a spherical morphology and be microspheres of up to 500 micro meters in diameter or they may have some other morphology and be microparticulates. The enhanced concentration of protein crystals allows the antibody of the invention to be delivered subcutaneously. In one embodiment, the TNFα antibodies of the invention are delivered via a protein delivery system, wherein one or more of a protein crystal formulation or composition, is administered to a subject with a TNFα-related disorder. Compositions and methods of preparing stabilized formulations of whole antibody crystals or antibody fragment crystals are also described in WO 02/072636, which is incorporated by reference herein. In one embodiment, a formulation comprising the crystallized antibody fragments described in PCT/IB03/04502 and U.S. application Ser. No. 10/222,140, incorporated by reference herein, are used to treat a TNFα-related disorder using the multiple-variable dose methods of the invention.
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor of the invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The compound (and other ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. To administer a compound of the invention by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the compound with, or co-administer the compound with, a material to prevent its inactivation.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention. A “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result. A therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the antibody, antibody portion, other TNFα inhibitor to elicit a desired response in the individual. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. A “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum desired response (e.g., a therapeutic or prophylactic response) within the scope of the invention. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic or prophylactic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
  • An exemplary, non-limiting range for a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is 10 to 200 mg, more preferably 20 to 160 mg, more preferably 40 to 80 mg, and most preferably 80 mg. In one embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 20 mg. In another embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 40 mg. In still another embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 80 mg. In one embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 120 mg. In yet another embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or portion thereof for use in the methods of the invention is about 160 mg. Ranges intermediate to the above recited dosages and those ranges described throughout, e.g. about 78.5 to about 81.5; about 15 to about 25; about 30 to about 50; about 60 to about 100; about 90 to about 150; about 120 to about 200, are also intended to be part of this invention. For example, ranges of values using a combination of any of the above recited values as upper and/or lower limits are intended to be included.
  • The invention provides a multiple-variable dose method for treating a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof at least one induction dose of a TNFα inhibitor, such as a human antibody, such that a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor is achieved within an induction phase, and subsequently administering to the subject a treatment dose of the human antibody within a treatment phase, such that treatment occurs.
  • The multiple-variable dose treatment method of the invention comprises administering a therapeutic agent in an induction phase, followed by a lower amount of the therapeutic agent during a treatment phase. In one embodiment, the induction dose comprises either 160 mg or 80 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose ranges from about 20 to about 200 mg of a TNFα inhibitor. More preferably the induction dose ranges from about 40 to about 160 mg of a TNFα inhibitor. Most preferably the induction dose ranges from about 80 to about 160 mg of a TNFα antibody. The induction phase is complete once a threshold level of therapeutic agent is reached. The induction phase can include a single induction dose, or multiple induction doses wherein the same or different amounts of therapeutic agent are used. More than one induction dose may be administered during the induction phase, wherein any determined amount of time interval may occur between induction doses, including, for example, one hour apart, one day apart, one week apart, two weeks apart, etc. Examples of induction phase treatments of the invention used to achieve a threshold level of TNFα inhibitor include, but are not limited to, the following regimens: a 160 mg dose followed by an 80 mg dose; at least one dose of 160 mg dose; at least one dose of 80 mg dose; at least two doses of 80 mg dose; and two 80 mg induction doses at a one week interval.
  • A threshold level is achieved once a predetermined therapeutic effect is reached. For example, the threshold level of a TNFα inhibitor for the treatment of Crohn's disease may be determined by monitoring a subject in the induction phase of treatment for a reduction in their CDAI index. In another example, the threshold level of a TNFα inhibitor for treatment of psoriasis may be determined by a decrease in psoriatic plaques, an improvement in the patient's Psoriasis Area Severity Index (PASI) score, or an improved Physician's Global Assessment (PGA) score. In still another example, the threshold level of a TNFα inhibitor for treatment of a TNFα-related disorder is determined by achievement of a stable blood plasma serum concentration of the TNFα inhibitor.
  • Once a threshold level is achieved, the treatment phase is initiated. At least one treatment dose is administered during the treatment phase. More than one treatment dose may administered during the treatment phase, wherein any determined amount of time interval may occur between induction doses, including, for example, one hour apart, one day apart, one week apart, two weeks apart, etc. In one embodiment, the treatment dose ranges from about 20 to about 120 mg of a TNFα inhibitor. Most preferably the treatment dose ranges from about 40 to about 80 mg of a TNFα inhibitor. In one embodiment, the treatment phase comprises administering 40 mg of a TNFα inhibitor. In another embodiment, the treatment phase comprises administering 80 mg of a TNFα inhibitor.
  • The multiple-variable dose method described herein is based on a treatment regimen which includes administration of at least two different doses of a TNFα inhibitor. The induction dose can be any multiple number greater than the treatment dose. For example, the induction dose can be two times greater than the treatment dose. In one embodiment of the invention, the induction dose is 160 mg, and the treatment dose is 80 mg. In another embodiment, the induction dose is 80 mg, and the treatment dose is 40 mg. In yet another embodiment, the induction dose is 70 mg, and the treatment dose is 35 mg. In another example, the treatment dose is 40% to 60% of the induction dose, e.g., the induction dose is 160 mg and the treatment dose ranges from 64 mg to 96 mg or the induction dose ranges from 80 mg and the treatment dose is 32 mg to 48 mg.
  • In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor, such as a TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that a mean serum TNFα inhibitor trough level of approximately 12 μg/mL is achieved. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved by administration of a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which comprises half the amount of the loading dose at week 2. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 2. In one embodiment, the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 4.
  • It is to be noted that dosage values may vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated within the scope of the invention. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • The invention also pertains to packaged pharmaceutical compositions or kits for administering the multiple-variable dose regimen of the invention. The kit or article of manufacture of the invention contains materials useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of Crohn's disease. The kit or article of manufacture may comprise a container and a label or package insert or printed material on or associated with the container which provides information regarding use of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody, for the treatment of Crohn's disease. In one embodiment, the article of manufacture may comprise (a) a first container with a composition contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a TNFα antibody; and (b) a package insert indicating that the TNFα antibody may be used to treat Crohn's disease. In a preferred embodiment, the label or package insert indicates that the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody, is used for treating Crohn's disease.
  • Suitable containers for the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody, include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, pens, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition which is by itself or when combined with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the condition and may have a sterile access port.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the kit comprises a TNFα inhibitor, such as an antibody, and administration instructions according to the multiple-variable dose method for treatment. In one embodiment, the kit of the invention comprises an induction dose and/or a treatment dose for treatment of a particular disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental. The kit may also include instructions relating to administration of the induction and/or treatment doses. The instructions may describe how, e.g., subcutaneously, and when, e.g., at week 0 and week 2, the different doses of TNFα inhibitor shall be administered to a subject for treatment. The instructions may also describe the administration of the TNFα inhibitor during the induction and the treatment phases of the multiple-variable dose treatment.
  • Kits to be used for the methods of the invention may include individual doses of a TNFα inhibitor which can be used in part, in whole, or in combination with one another to achieve the multiple-variable dose regimen. For example, the kit may include a number of prefilled syringes containing the TNFα antibody D2E7, wherein each syringe contains a 40 mg dose of the TNFα inhibitor. In one embodiment, multiple-variable dose therapy includes administration of a 160 mg induction dose of D2E7, followed by subsequent administration of an 80 mg dose of D2E7 at least two weeks following administration of the induction dose for the treatment of Crohn's disease. In such a case, the instructions would describe administration of four syringes of D2E7 for the induction dose, followed by administration of two syringes of D2E7 at least two weeks later. A kit of the invention for the treatment of Crohn's may also include a dose or doses of methotrexate for administration in combination with D2E7.
  • In another example, the kit of the invention may include doses of D2E7 for multiple-variable dose treatment of psoriasis. In one embodiment, the kit may contain at least one induction dose of 80 mg of D2E7, and at least one maintenance dose of 40 mg of D2E7. Instructions for administration of D2E7 for the treatment of psoriasis may include, for example, directions for administering one 80 mg dose, a second 80 mg dose a week later, and a 40 mg dose a week later and subsequently every other week. In another example, the instructions may include directions for a single 80 mg dose of D2E7, followed by a 40 mg treatment dose a week later and subsequently every other week.
  • In one embodiment, the article of manufacture or kit comprises a TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody, and a label which indicates to a subject who will be administering the TNFα inhibitor about using the TNFα inhibitor for the treatment of Crohn's disease. The label may be anywhere within or on the article of manufacture. In one embodiment, the article of manufacture comprises a container, such as a box, which comprises the TNFα inhibitor and a package insert or label providing information pertaining to use of the TNFα inhibitor for the treatment of Crohn's disease. In another embodiment, the information is printed on a label which is on the outside of the article of manufacture, in a position which is visible to prospective purchasers.
  • In one embodiment, the label of the invention informs a reader, including a prospective purchaser and/or a subject who will be administering the TNFα inhibitor for treatment, that the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody such as adalimumab, is an indicated treatment of Crohn's disease, including treatment of moderately to severely active disease in adult patients. The label may indicate that the TNFα antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used to treat Crohn's disease in patients who have had an inadequate response to conventional therapy and/or who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab. In another embodiment the label indicates that the TNFα antibody, e.g., adalimumab, may be used for reducing signs and symptoms and inducing clinical remission in patients with moderately to severely active Crohn's disease who have lost response to or are intolerant to infliximab.
  • In addition, the label of the invention may also contain information regarding the pharmacokinetics of the TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody such as adalimumab. In one embodiment, the label of the invention indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease, the loading dose of 160 mg adalimumab on week 0 followed by 80 mg adalimumab on week 2 achieves serum adalimumab trough concentrations of approximately 12 μg/mL.
  • Another aspect of the invention pertains to kits containing a pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-TNFα antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and one or more pharmaceutical compositions each comprising a drug useful for treating a TNFα-related disorder and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Alternatively, the kit comprises a single pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-TNFα antibody, one or more drugs useful for treating a TNFα-related disorder and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The kits contain instructions for dosing of the pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of a TNFα-related disorder in which the administration of an anti-TNFα antibody is beneficial, such as Crohn's disease or psoriasis.
  • The package or kit alternatively can contain the TNFα inhibitor and it can be promoted for use, either within the package or through accompanying information, for the uses or treatment of the disorders described herein. The packaged pharmaceuticals or kits further can include a second agent (as described herein) packaged with or copromoted with instructions for using the second agent with a first agent (as described herein).
  • In one embodiment, the invention also provides a single dose method for treating a disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a single dose of a TNFα inhibitor, such as a human antibody. In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is the anti-TNFα antibody D2E7. The single dose of TNFα inhibitor can be any therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount. In one embodiment, a subject is administered either about 20 mg, 40 mg, or 80 mg single dose of D2E7. The single dose may be administered through any route, including, for example, subcutaneous administration.
  • Ranges intermediate to the numerical ranges described throughout are also intended to be part of this invention.
    • B. Additional Therapeutic Agents
  • The invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof for the treatment of a TNFα-related disorder using a multiple-variable dose regimen. The pharmaceutical compositions comprise a first agent that prevents or inhibits a TNFα-related disorder. The pharmaceutical composition and methods of use may comprise a second agent that is an active pharmaceutical ingredient; that is, the second agent is therapeutic and its function is beyond that of an inactive ingredient, such as a pharmaceutical carrier, preservative, diluent, or buffer. The second agent may be useful in treating or preventing TNFα-related disorders. The second agent may diminish or treat at least one symptom(s) associated with the targeted disease. The first and second agents may exert their biological effects by similar or unrelated mechanisms of action; or either one or both of the first and second agents may exert their biological effects by a multiplicity of mechanisms of action. A pharmaceutical composition may also comprise a third compound, or even more yet, wherein the third (and fourth, etc.) compound has the same characteristics of a second agent.
  • It should be understood that the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may have the first and second, third, or additional agents in the same pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or in a different pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for each described embodiment. It further should be understood that the first, second, third and additional agent may be administered simultaneously or sequentially within described embodiments. Alternatively, a first and second agent may be administered simultaneously, and a third or additional agent may be administered before or after the first two agents.
  • The combination of agents used within the methods and pharmaceutical compositions described herein may have a therapeutic additive or synergistic effect on the condition(s) or disease(s) targeted for treatment. The combination of agents used within the methods or pharmaceutical compositions described herein also may reduce a detrimental effect associated with at least one of the agents when administered alone or without the other agent(s) of the particular pharmaceutical composition. For example, the toxicity of side effects of one agent may be attenuated by another agent of the composition, thus allowing a higher dosage, improving patient compliance, and improving therapeutic outcome. The additive or synergistic effects, benefits, and advantages of the compositions apply to classes of therapeutic agents, either structural or functional classes, or to individual compounds themselves.
  • Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. In certain embodiments, an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that are useful for treating TNFα-related disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental. For example, an anti-hTNFα antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules), one or more cytokines, soluble TNFα receptor (see e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 94/06476) and/or one or more chemical agents that inhibit hTNFα production or activity (such as cyclohexane-ylidene derivatives as described in PCT Publication No. WO 93/19751). Furthermore, one or more antibodies or other TNFα inhibitors of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents. Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible toxicities or complications associated with the various monotherapies. Specific therapeutic agent(s) are generally selected based on the particular TNFα-related disorder being treated, as discussed below.
  • Nonlimiting examples of therapeutic agents with which an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor can be combined in a multiple variable dose method of treatment of the invention include the following: non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug(s) (NSAIDs); cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) (CSAIDs); CDP-571/BAY-10-3356 (humanized anti-TNFα antibody; Celltech/Bayer); cA2/infliximab (chimeric anti-TNFα antibody; Centocor); 75 kdTNFR-IgG/etanercept (75 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein; Immunex; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1994) Vol. 37, S295; J. Invest. Med. (1996) Vol. 44, 235A); 55 kdTNF-IgG (55 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein; Hoffmann-LaRoche); IDEC-CE9.1/SB 210396 (non-depleting primatized anti-CD4 antibody; IDEC/SmithKline; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1995) Vol. 38, S185); DAB 486-IL-2 and/or DAB 389-IL-2 (IL-2 fusion proteins; Seragen; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1993) Vol. 36, 1223); Anti-Tac (humanized anti-IL-2Rα; Protein Design Labs/Roche); IL-4 (anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering); IL-10 (SCH 52000; recombinant IL-10, anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering); IL-4; IL-10 and/or IL-4 agonists (e.g., agonist antibodies); IL-1RA (IL-1 receptor antagonist; Synergen/Amgen); anakinra (Kineret®/Amgen); TNF-bp/s-TNF (soluble TNF binding protein; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S284; Amer. J. Physiol.—Heart and Circulatory Physiology (1995) Vol. 268, pp. 37-42); R973401 (phosphodiesterase Type IV inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S282); MK-966 (COX-2 Inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S81); Iloprost (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S82); methotrexate; thalidomide (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S282) and thalidomide-related drugs (e.g., Celgen); leflunomide (anti-inflammatory and cytokine inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S131; Inflammation Research (1996) Vol. 45, pp. 103-107); tranexamic acid (inhibitor of plasminogen activation; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S284); T-614 (cytokine inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S282); prostaglandin E1 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S282); Tenidap (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S280); Naproxen (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; see e.g., Neuro Report (1996) Vol. 7, pp. 1209-1213); Meloxicam (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Ibuprofen (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Piroxicam (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Diclofenac (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Indomethacin (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Sulfasalazine (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S281); Azathioprine (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S281); ICE inhibitor (inhibitor of the enzyme interleukin-1β converting enzyme); zap-70 and/or lck inhibitor (inhibitor of the tyrosine kinase zap-70 or lck); VEGF inhibitor and/or VEGF-R inhibitor (inhibitors of vascular endothelial cell growth factor or vascular endothelial cell growth factor receptor; inhibitors of angiogenesis); corticosteroid anti-inflammatory drugs (e.g., SB203580); TNF-convertase inhibitors; anti-IL-12 antibodies; anti-IL-18 antibodies; interleukin-11 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S296); interleukin-13 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S308); interleukin-17 inhibitors (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S120); gold; penicillamine; chloroquine; hydroxychloroquine; chlorambucil; cyclosporine; cyclophosphamide; total lymphoid irradiation; anti-thymocyte globulin; anti-CD4 antibodies; CD5-toxins; orally-administered peptides and collagen; lobenzarit disodium; Cytokine Regulating Agents (CRAs) HP228 and HP466 (Houghten Pharmaceuticals, Inc.); ICAM-1 antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (ISIS 2302; Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.); soluble complement receptor 1 (TP10; T Cell Sciences, Inc.); prednisone; orgotein; glycosaminoglycan polysulphate; minocycline; anti-IL2R antibodies; marine and botanical lipids (fish and plant seed fatty acids; see e.g., DeLuca et al. (1995) Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am. 21:759-777); auranofin; phenylbutazone; meclofenamic acid; flufenamic acid; intravenous immune globulin; zileuton; azaribine; mycophenolic acid (RS-61443); tacrolimus (FK-506); sirolimus (rapamycin); amiprilose (therafectin); cladribine (2-chlorodeoxyadenosine); methotrexate; antivirals; and immune modulating agents. Any of the above-mentioned agents can be administered in combination with the TNFα antibody of the invention to treat an TNFα-related disorder using the multiple variable dose or single dose method of treatments of the invention.
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis using the multiple variable dose method of treatment of the invention: small molecule inhibitor of KDR (ABT-123), small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2; methotrexate; prednisone; celecoxib; folic acid; hydroxychloroquine sulfate; rofecoxib; etanercept; infliximab; anakinra (Kineret®/Amgen); leflunomide; naproxen; valdecoxib; sulfasalazine; ibuprofen; methylprednisolone; meloxicam; methylprednisolone acetate; gold sodium thiomalate; aspirin; azathioprine; triamcinolone acetonide; propxyphene napsylate/apap; folate; nabumetone; diclofenac; piroxicam; etodolac; diclofenac sodium; oxaprozin; oxycodone hcl; hydrocodone bitartrate/apap; diclofenac sodium/misoprostol; fentanyl; anakinra, human recombinant; tramadol hcl; salsalate; sulindac; cyanocobalamin/fa/pyridoxine; acetaminophen; alendronate sodium; prednisolone; morphine sulfate; lidocaine hydrochloride; indomethacin; glucosamine sulfate/chondroitin; cyclosporine; sulfadiazine; amitriptyline hcl; oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen; olopatadine hcl; misoprostol; naproxen sodium; omeprazole; mycophenolate mofetil; cyclophosphamide; rituximab; IL-1 TRAP; MRA; CTLA4-IG; IL-18 BP; ABT-874; ABT-325 (anti-IL 18); anti-IL 15; BIRB-796; SCIO-469; VX-702; AMG-548; VX-740; Roflumilast; IC-485; CDC-801; and mesopram. In another embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered using a multiple-variable dose method for the treatment of a TNFα related disorder in combination with one of the above mentioned agents for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. In another embodiment, the above-mentioned additional agents are used in combination with a TNFα antibody in the single dose method of treatment of the invention.
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered using the multiple variable dose regimen in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of a TNFα-related disorder in which TNFα activity is detrimental: anti-IL12 antibody (ABT 874); anti-IL18 antibody (ABT 325); small molecule inhibitor of LCK; small molecule inhibitor of COT; anti-IL1 antibody; small molecule inhibitor of MK2; anti-CD19 antibody; small molecule inhibitor of CXCR3; small molecule inhibitor of CCR5; small molecule inhibitor of CCR11 anti-E/L selectin antibody; small molecule inhibitor of P2X7; small molecule inhibitor of IRAK-4; small molecule agonist of glucocorticoid receptor; anti-C5a receptor antibody; small molecule inhibitor of C5a receptor; anti-CD32 antibody; and CD32 as a therapeutic protein.
  • In yet another embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered using the multiple variable dose regimen in combination with an antibiotic or antiinfective agent. Antiinfective agents include those agents known in the art to treat viral, fungal, parasitic or bacterial infections. The term, “antibiotic,” as used herein, refers to a chemical substance that inhibits the growth of, or kills, microorganisms. Encompassed by this term are antibiotic produced by a microorganism, as well as synthetic antibiotics (e.g., analogs) known in the art. Antibiotics include, but are not limited to, clarithromycin (Biaxin®), ciprofloxacin (Cipro®), and metronidazole (Flagyl®).
  • In another embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered using the multiple variable dose regimen in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat sciatica or pain. Examples of agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of sciatica or pain include hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, rofecoxib, cyclobenzaprine hcl, methylprednisolone, naproxen, ibuprofen, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, celecoxib, valdecoxib, methylprednisolone acetate, prednisone, codeine phosphate/apap, tramadol hcl/acetaminophen, metaxalone, meloxicam, methocarbamol, lidocaine hydrochloride, diclofenac sodium, gabapentin, dexamethasone, carisoprodol, ketorolac tromethamine, indomethacin, acetaminophen, diazepam, nabumetone, oxycodone hcl, tizanidine hcl, diclofenac sodium/misoprostol, propoxyphene napsylate/apap, asa/oxycod/oxycodone ter, ibuprofen/hydrocodone bit, tramadol hcl, etodolac, propoxyphene hcl, amitriptyline hcl, carisoprodol/codeine phos/asa, morphine sulfate, multivitamins, naproxen sodium, orphenadrine citrate, and temazepam.
  • In yet another embodiment, the TNFα-related disorder is treated using the multiple variable dose regimen with the TNFα antibody of the invention in combination with hemodialysis.
  • In another embodiment, a TNFα antibody of the invention is used in combination with a drug used to treat Crohn's disease or a Crohn's-related disorder in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of therapeutic agents which can be used to treat Crohn's include mesalamine, prednisone, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, infliximab, budesonide, sulfasalazine, methylprednisolone sod succ, diphenoxylate/atrop sulf, loperamide hydrochloride, methotrexate, omeprazole, folate, ciprofloxacin/dextrose-water, hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, tetracycline hydrochloride, fluocinonide, metronidazole, thimerosal/boric acid, hyoscyamine sulfate, cholestyramine/sucrose, ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, meperidine hydrochloride, midazolam hydrochloride, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, promethazine hydrochloride, sodium phosphate, sulfamethoxazole/trimethoprim, celecoxib, polycarbophil, propoxyphene napsylate, hydrocortisone, multivitamins, balsalazide disodium, codeine phosphate/apap, colesevelam hcl, cyanocobalamin, folic acid, levofloxacin, natalizumab, methylprednisolone, interferon-gamma, and sargramostim (GM-CSF). In one embodiment, methotrexate is administered for the treatment of Crohn's disease at a dose of 2.5 mg to 30 mg per week.
  • In another embodiment, a TNFα antibody is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat asthma in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of asthma include the following: albuterol; salmeterol/fluticasone; sodium; fluticasone propionate; budesonide; prednisone; salmeterol xinafoate; levalbuterol hcl; sulfate/ipratropium; prednisolone sodium phosphate; triamcinolone acetonide; beclomethasone dipropionate; ipratropium bromide; Azithromycin; pirbuterol acetate; prednisolone; theophylline anhydrous; zafirlukast; methylprednisolone sod succ; clarithromycin; formoterol fumarate; influenza virus vaccine; methylprednisolone; trihydrate; allergy injection; cromolyn sodium; cefprozil; fexofenadine hydrochloride; flunisolide/menthol; levofloxacin; amoxicillin/clavulanate, inhaler assist device, guaifenesin, dexamethasone sod phosphate; moxifloxacin hcl; hyclate; guaifenesin/d-methorphan; gatifloxacin; pephedrine/cod/chlorphenir; cetirizine hydrochloride; mometasone furoate; salmeterol xinafoate; benzonatate; cephalexin; pe/hydrocodone/chlorphenir; cetirizine hcl/pseudoephed; phenylephrine/cod/promethazine; codeine/promethazine; flunisolide; dexamethasone; guaifenesin/pseudoephedrine; chlorpheniramine/hydrocodone; nedocromil sodium; terbutaline sulfate; epinephrine and methylprednisolone, metaproterenol sulfate.
  • In another embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat COPD in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of COPD include, albuterol sulfate/ipratropium; ipratropium bromide; salmeterol/fluticasone; albuterol; salmeterol; xinafoate; fluticasone propionate; prednisone; theophylline anhydrous; levofloxacin; methylprednisolone sod succ; montelukast sodium; budesonide; formoterol fumarate; triamcinolone acetonide; guaifenesin; azithromycin; beclomethasone; dipropionate; levalbuterol hcl; flunisolide; sodium; trihydrate; gatifloxacin; zafirlukast; furoate; amoxicillin/clavulanate; flunisolide/menthol; chlorpheniramine/hydrocodone; metaproterenol sulfate; methylprednisolone; ephedrine/cod/chlorphenir; pirbuterol acetate; -ephedrine/loratadine; terbutaline sulfate; tiotropium bromide; (R,R)-formoterol; TgAAT; Cilomilast and Roflumilast
  • In another embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat IPF in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of IPF include prednisone; azathioprine; albuterol; colchicines; sulfate; digoxin; gamma interferon; methylprednisolone sod succ; furosemide; lisinopril; nitroglycerin; spironolactone; cyclophosphamide; ipratropium bromide; actinomycin d; alteplase; fluticasone propionate; levofloxacin; metaproterenol sulfate; morphine sulfate; oxycodone hcl; potassium chloride; triamcinolone acetonide; tacrolimus anhydrous; calcium; interferon-alpha; methotrexate; mycophenolate mofetil.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a TNFα antibody is administered in combination with an agent which is commonly used to treat spondyloarthropathies in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of such agents include nonsteroidal, anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), COX 2 inhibitors, including Celebrex®, Vioxx®, and Bextra®, and etoricoxib. Physiotherapy is also commonly used to treat spondyloarthropathies, usually in conjunction with non-steroidal inflammatory drugs.
  • In another embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat ankylosing spondylitis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of ankylosing spondylitis include ibuprofen, diclofenac and misoprostol, naproxen, meloxicam, indomethacin, diclofenac, celecoxib, rofecoxib, sulfasalazine, prednisone, methotrexate, azathioprine, minocyclin, prednisone, etanercept, and infliximab.
  • In another embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat psoriatic arthritis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to reduce or inhibit the symptoms of psoriatic arthritis include methotrexate; etanercept; rofecoxib; celecoxib; folic acid; sulfasalazine; naproxen; leflunomide; methylprednisolone acetate; indomethacin; hydroxychloroquine sulfate; sulindac; prednisone; betamethasone diprop augmented; infliximab; methotrexate; folate; triamcinolone acetonide; diclofenac; dimethylsulfoxide; piroxicam; diclofenac sodium; ketoprofen; meloxicam; prednisone; methylprednisolone; nabumetone; tolmetin sodium; calcipotriene; cyclosporine; diclofenac; sodium/misoprostol; fluocinonide; glucosamine sulfate; gold sodium thiomalate; hydrocodone; bitartrate/apap; ibuprofen; risedronate sodium; sulfadiazine; thioguanine; valdecoxib; alefacept; and efalizumab.
  • In one embodiment the TNFα inhibitor is administered following an initial procedure for treating coronary heart disease in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of such procedures include, but are not limited to coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) and Percutaneous transluminal coronary balloon angioplasty (PTCA) or angioplasty. In one embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor is administered in order to prevent stenosis from re-occurring. In another embodiment of the invention, the TNFα inhibitor is administered in order to prevent or treat restenosis. The invention also provides a method of treatment, wherein the TNFα inhibitor is administered prior to, in conjunction with, or following the insertion of a stent in the artery of a subject receiving a procedure for treating coronary heart disease. In one embodiment the stent is administered following CABG or PTCA.
  • A wide variety of stent grafts may be utilized within the context of the present invention, depending on the site and nature of treatment desired. Stent grafts may be, for example, bifurcated or tube grafts, cylindrical or tapered, self-expandable or balloon-expandable, unibody, or, modular. Moreover, the stent graft may be adapted to release the drug at only the distal ends, or along the entire body of the stent graft. The TNFα inhibitor of the invention can also be administered on a stent. In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention, including, for example, D2E7/HUMIRA® is administered by a drug-eluting stent.
  • The TNFα antibody can be administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat restenosis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to treat or prevent restenosis include sirolimus, paclitaxel, everolimus, tacrolimus, ABT-578, and acetaminophen.
  • The TNFα antibody of the invention can be administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat myocardial infarction in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to treat or prevent myocardial infarction include aspirin, nitroglycerin, metoprolol tartrate, enoxaparin sodium, heparin sodium, clopidogrel bisulfate, carvedilol, atenolol, morphine sulfate, metoprolol succinate, warfarin sodium, lisinopril, isosorbide mononitrate, digoxin, furosemide, simvastatin, ramipril, tenecteplase, enalapril maleate, torsemide, retavase, losartan potassium, quinapril hcl/mag carb, bumetanide, alteplase, enalaprilat, amiodarone hydrochloride, tirofiban hcl m-hydrate, diltiazem hydrochloride, captopril, irbesartan, valsartan, propranolol hydrochloride, fosinopril sodium, lidocaine hydrochloride, eptifibatide, cefazolin sodium, atropine sulfate, aminocaproic acid, spironolactone, interferon, sotalol hydrochloride, potassium chloride, docusate sodium, dobutamine hcl, alprazolam, pravastatin sodium, atorvastatin calcium, midazolam hydrochloride, meperidine hydrochloride, isosorbide dinitrate, epinephrine, dopamine hydrochloride, bivalirudin, rosuvastatin, ezetimibe/simvastatin, avasimibe, abciximab, and cariporide.
  • The TNFα antibody of the invention can be administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to treat angina in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of agents which can be used to treat or prevent angina include: aspirin; nitroglycerin; isosorbide mononitrate; atenolol; metoprolol succinate; metoprolol tartrate; amlodipine besylate; digoxin; dilitiazem hydropchloride; isosorbide dinitrate; clopidogrel bisulfate; nifedipine; atorvastatin calcium; potassium chloride; simvastatin; verapamil hcl; furosemide; propranolol hcl; carvedilo; lisinopril; sprionolactone; hydrochlorothiazide; enalapril maleate; madolol; ramipril; enoxaparin sodium; heparin sodium; valsartan; sotalol hydrochloride; fenofibrate; ezetimibe; bumetanide; losartan potassium; lisinopril/hydrochlorothiazide; felodipine; captopril; and bisoprolol fumarate.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a TNFα antibody is administered in combination with an agent which is commonly used to treat hepatitis C virus in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Examples of such agents include Interferon-alpha-2a, Interferon-alpha-2b, Interferon-alpha con1, Interfero-aopha-n1, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2a, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2b, Ribavirin, Peginterferon alfa-2b and ribavirin, Ursodeoxycholic Acid, Glycyrrhizic Acid, Thymalfasin, Maxamine, and VX-497.
  • The TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with topical corticosteroids, vitamin D analogs, and topical or oral retinoids, or combinations thereof, for the treatment of psoriasis in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. In addition, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of psoriasis: small molecule inhibitor of KDR (ABT-123), small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2, calcipotriene, clobetasol propionate, triamcinolone acetonide, halobetasol propionate, tazarotene, methotrexate, fluocinonide, betamethasone diprop augmented, fluocinolone, acetonide, acitretin, tar shampoo, betamethasone valerate, mometasone furoate, ketoconazole, pramoxine/fluocinolone, hydrocortisone valerate, flurandrenolide, urea, betamethasone, clobetasol propionate/emoll, fluticasone propionate, azithromycin, hydrocortisone, moisturizing formula, folic acid, desonide, coal tar, diflorasone diacetate, etanercept, folate, lactic acid, methoxsalen, hc/bismuth subgal/znox/resor, methylprednisolone acetate, prednisone, sunscreen, salicylic acid, halcinonide, anthralin, clocortolone pivalate, coal extract, coal tar/salicylic acid, coal tar/salicylic acid/sulfur, desoximetasone, diazepam, emollient, pimecrolimus emollient, fluocinonide/emollient, mineral oil/castor oil/na lact, mineral oil/peanut oil, petroleum/isopropyl myristate, psoralen, salicylic acid, soap/tribromsalan, thimerosal/boric acid, celecoxib, infliximab, alefacept, efalizumab, tacrolimus, pimecrolimus, PUVA, UVB and other phototherapy, and sulfasalazine.
  • An antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor of the invention can be used in combination with other agents to treat skin conditions in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. For example, an antibody, antibody portion, or other TNFα inhibitor of the invention is combined with PUVA therapy. PUVA is a combination of psoralen (P) and long-wave ultraviolet radiation (UVA) that is used to treat many different skin conditions. The antibodies, antibody portions, or other TNFα inhibitors of the invention can also be combined with pimecrolimus. In another embodiment, the antibodies of the invention are used to treat psoriasis, wherein the antibodies are administered in combination with tacrolimus. In a further embodiment, tacrolimus and TNFα inhibitors are administered in combination with methotrexate and/or cyclosporine. In still another embodiment, the TNFα inhibitor of the invention is administered with excimer laser treatment for treating psoriasis.
  • Nonlimiting examples of other therapeutic agents with which a TNFα inhibitor can be combined to treat a skin or nail disorder include UVA and UVB phototherapy in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Other nonlimiting examples which can be used in combination with a TNFα inhibitor include anti-IL-12 and anti-IL-18 therapeutic agents, including antibodies.
  • In one embodiment, the TNFα antibody of the invention is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent in the treatment of Behcet's disease in the multiple variable dose regimen of the invention. Additional therapeutic agents which can be used to treat Behcet's disease include, but are not limited to, prednisone, cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan), Azathioprine (also called imuran, methotrexate, timethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (also called bactrim or septra) and folic acid.
  • Any one of the above-mentioned therapeutic agents, alone or in combination therewith, can be administered to a subject suffering from a TNFα-related disorder in which TNFα is detrimental, in combination with the TNFα antibody using a multiple variable dose treatment regimen of the invention. In one embodiment, any one of the above-mentioned therapeutic agents, alone or in combination therewith, can be administered to a subject suffering from Crohn's disease or psoriasis, in addition to a TNFα antibody to treat a TNFα-related disorder. It should be understood that the additional therapeutic agents can be used in combination therapy as described above, but also may be used in other indications described herein wherein a beneficial effect is desired.
  • It also is understood that the above-mentioned additional agents can also be used in combination with a TNFα inhibitor, e.g., a TNFα antibody, to treat a TNFα-related disorder using the single dose treatment method of the invention.
  • This invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference
    • EXAMPLES Example 1 Study of Efficacy of Multiple-Dose Therapy for Treatment of Crohn's Disease
  • Multiple-Variable Dose Treatment of Crohn's Disease (CD) with D2E7 (Adalimumab)
  • Studies were performed to determine the efficacy of a multiple-variable dose regimen of a TNFα inhibitor, namely D2E7 (also referred to as adalimumab and Humira®), for treating Crohn's disease (CD). Efficacy and tolerability of D2E7 in the treatment of patients with active Crohn's disease were evaluated in the following randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter study. Another objective of the following study was to assess the pharmacokinetics of adalimumab (ADA or D2E7), a fully human monoclonal antibody recognizing TNF, following subcutaneous (sc) administration in patients with Crohn's disease. To assess the pharmacokinetics of adalimumab was determined, a fully human monoclonal antibody TNF-antagonist, following subcutaneous (sc) administration over 4 weeks in patients with CD who participated in this study.
  • In this study, two hundred ninety-nine patients without previous exposure to TNF-antagonists and with active Crohn's Disease were selected. The initial screening period lasted up to 14 days. Crohn's disease in each patient was confirmed by endoscopic or radiologic evaluation. Subjects were randomized equally to one of four treatment groups (three treatment groups and one placebo group). The three treatment groups included a 40 mg dose at baseline (week 0) followed by a 20 mg dose at week 2 (n=74); an 80 mg dose at baseline followed by a 40 mg dose at week 2 (n=75); and a 160 mg dose at baseline followed by an 80 mg dose at week 2 (n=76). The placebo group had 74 participants. Eligible subjects included men and women between 18 and 75 years of age having a diagnosis of Crohn's disease for more than four months. In addition, selected patients had moderate to severely active Crohn's disease, defined as a Crohn's Disease Activity Index (CDAI) score of 220 to 450 points. Baseline characteristics were similar across treatment groups. CDAI was equivalent across treatment groups and was representative of moderate to severely active CD.
  • At baseline (Week 0), subjects received a loading dose of D2E7 followed by a treatment dose at Week 2, wherein the treatment dose was lower than the initial loading dose. Patients received one of the following multiple variable dose treatment regimens at Week 0 (baseline) and Week 2 (Week 0/Week 2): 160 mg/80 mg D2E7; 80 mg/40 mg D2E7; 40 mg/20 mg D2E7; or placebo/placebo. Patients were administered D2E7 or placebo treatment subcutaneously.
  • Blood samples for determination of serum ADA concentrations were collected prior to dose at Week 0 and Week 2, and at the same time of the day as study drug had previously been administered at Week 1 and Week 4. Serum ADA concentrations were determined using a validated ELISA assay. Based on PK modeling, higher dosing at Week 0 was expected to produce serum concentrations equivalent to values shown to be efficacious in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • The study was conducted for up to ten weeks, including an initial two week screening period, a four week treatment period (Weeks 0 to 4), and a four week follow-up period. Participants were evaluated for induction of clinical remission of Crohn's disease, defined as a CDAI score of <150 at week 4. Clinical response, defined as a decrease in CDAI compared to the CDAI baseline reading of ≧70 [Δ70] or ≧100 points [Δ100]), was also assessed in the participants. Serum adalimumab concentrations, were determined using a validated ELISA assay.
  • Efficacy of the multiple-variable dose regimen was further measured according to improvements in the patient's Inflammatory Bowel Disease Questionnaire (IBDQ) score, and improvements or remission of draining fistulas. Fistula remission was defined as closure of all fistulas that were draining at baseline for at least two consecutive visits. Fistula improvement was defined as a decrease of ≧50% in the number of draining fistula for at least two consecutive visits. C-reactive protein (CRP) levels were also measured, as CRP levels are reflective of inflammation in the body.
  • Statistical analysis was determined using chi-square tests, which were used for overall comparison of efficacy (remission and clinical response) among the three treatment groups (two higher adalimumab doses and placebo) and pair-wise comparisons were used to compare each adalimumab dose and placebo. Descriptive statistics for serum adalimumab concentration data were also calculated.
  • A total of 299 patients entered the study and were randomized. 284 (95%) completed the trial (patients shown in Table 1).
  • TABLE 1
    Patient Disposition
    Adalimumab
    Placebo
    40/20 mg 80/40 mg 160/80 mg
    N = 74 N = 74 N = 75 N = 76
    Completed 68 72 70 74
    Withdrawn Reason 6 2 5 2
    AE 2 1 1 0
    Protocol violation 1 1 3 0
    Lack of efficacy 1 0 1 1
    Withdrew consent 1 0 0 1
    Other 1 0 0 0
  • Results from the study show that multiple, variable D2E7 dosage treatments were effective at inducing Crohn's disease remission. Table 2 shows the percentage of patients with clinical remission (CDAI<150) at week 4 of the dosing regimen. As shown below in Table 2, thirty percent of patients who received 80/40 mg or 160/80 mg of D2E7 achieved clinical remission compared with 12% who received placebo (p=0.004.) Patients in the highest dose group, 160/80 mg, achieved a statistically significant remission rate of 36% versus a placebo rate of 12% (p=0.001). In addition, the 80/40 mg dose group trended toward statistical significance with 24% of patients in remission by Week 4 vs. 12% placebo (p=0.06).
  • TABLE 2
    D2E7 induces clinical remission in treatment groups at Week 4
    Placebo 40/20 mg 80/40 mg 160/80 mg
    CDAI ≦ 150 12% 18% 24% 36%*
    (*denotes p = 0.001)
    (Placebo n = 74; 20 mg n = 74; 40 mg n = 75; 80 mg n = 76)
  • Results of remission of Crohn's disease (measured CDAI<150) from each dosage group are also shown in FIG. 1 (note dosage references in FIG. 1, as well as FIGS. 2-6 refer to the treatment dose, i.e., 40 mg refers to the 80/40 treatment regimen).
  • The median 4-week changes in the CDAI index for each dose group (points with data at both baseline and week 4) were as follows: placebo, Δ−47 (n=67); 20 mg, Δ−73 (n=70); 40 mg, Δ−90 (n=70); and 80 mg, Δ−101 (n=73). The decrease in the CDAI index for patients who received the multiple variable dose treatment of D2E7 is also shown in FIG. 2.
  • Clinical response results of CDAI≧70 point and ≧100 point decrease from baseline at four weeks are shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, respectively. Significant increases in clinical response (CDAI decrease of at least 70 or 100 points) were also observed, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4. All adalimumab treatment groups had a statistically significant clinical response of decreased CDAI scores from Baseline ≧70 points compared to placebo by Week 4 (FIG. 3). About 50% of patients in the 160/80 mg treatment arm achieved a decrease in CDAI score from Baseline ≧100 points compared to 25% of placebo patients at Week 4 (FIG. 4).
  • Thus, patients who received multiple, variable doses of D2E7, especially Crohn's patients receiving 80/40 mg and 160/80 mg, showed a decrease in the CDAI index indicating remission of Crohn's disease.
  • In addition, as shown in FIG. 5, patients receiving the 160/80 mg dosing regimen showed the greatest decrease in CRP levels, with the placebo group showing the least decrease. Patients also showed an overall improvement in their IBDQ score, as shown in FIG. 6.
  • In addition, sustained serum D2E7 concentrations were achieved early in treatment as a result of the multiple variable dose regimen. Serum ADA concentrations were available from 211 patients. Serum ADA concentrations increased proportionally with dose. Serum ADA concentrations were similar at Weeks 2 and 4 for each treatment indicating that the initial dose brings ADA concentrations to stable levels by Week 2 (see Table 3 and FIG. 11). Mean±SD serum ADA concentrations (μg/mL) at Weeks 1, 2, and 4 among the 3 treatment arms were: ( 40/20 mg arm) 3.42±1.37 (n=64), 2.95±1.08 (n=69), 2.79±1.48 (n=66); ( 80/40 mg) 7.00±2.89 (n=68), 5.57±2.42 (n=68), 5.65±3.06 (n=65); and ( 160/80 mg) 14.26±4.92 (n=66), 12.34±3.68 (n=68), 12.61±5.25 (n=67), respectively.
  • TABLE 3
    Serum Adalimumab Concentrations (μg/mL) Over 4 Weeks
    Mean ± SD serum adalimumab concentrations (μg/mL)
    Treatment Week 1 Week 2 Week 4
    40/20 mg 3.42 ± 1.37 2.95 ± 1.08 2.79 ± 1.48
    (n = 64) (n = 69) (n = 66)
    80/40 mg 7.00 ± 2.89 5.57 ± 2.42 5.65 ± 3.06
    (n = 68) (n = 68) (n = 65)
    160/80 mg 14.26 ± 4.92  12.34 ± 3.68  12.61 ± 5.25 
    (n = 66) (n = 68) (n = 67)
  • The overall incidence of adverse events (AE) was low and did not differ among groups. The most common AE were injection site reactions, most of which were mild. Statistically significant results were not dependent on baseline CRP concentration.
  • In sum, multiple, variable doses of D2E7 significantly increased the frequency of remission of disease and clinical response in Crohn's disease subjects. In combination, 30% of subjects receiving D2E7 doses of 80/40 mg and 160/80 mg achieved remission in comparison to only 12% of placebo subjects. There was also a significant increase in the clinical response (a decrease in the CDAI index of ≧70 points) and IBDQ scores of the 40 mg and 80 mg treatment doses every other week compared to the placebo. In the treatment group receiving an 80 mg D2E7 treatment dose every other week, 49% of the subjects achieved a clinical response (a decrease in the CDAI of ≧100 points). Sustained serum adalimumab concentrations were achieved early in treatment due to the loading doses administered. Interestingly, serum adalimumab concentrations in Crohn's patients administered the multiple variable dose regimen were comparable to levels shown to be efficacious in rheumatoid arthritis.
    • Example 2 Additional Study of Efficacy of Multiple-Dose Therapy for Treatment of Crohn's Disease
  • Multiple-Variable Dose Treatment of Crohn's Disease with D2E7
  • A study was performed to assess the tolerability and clinical benefit of a multiple-variable dose treatment using a TNFα inhibitor, specifically D2E7, in adult patients with Crohn's disease who had previously received and responded to a different TNFα inhibitor. The study included patients who had previously received the chimeric anti-TNF antibody infliximab, but who no longer have a sustained response and/or tolerance to infliximab.
  • Patients who had lost responsiveness or developed intolerance (acute or delayed infusion reactions) were treated with D2E7 80 mg at week 0 and 40 mg at week 2. All treatments were subcutaneous. Antibodies to infliximab (ATI) were determined at baseline (Prometheus Laboratories, San Diego, Calif.). Crohn's disease activity index (CDAI) scores, presence of fistulas, and C-reactive protein (CRP) concentration were determined at weeks 0 and 4. Clinical response (decrease in CDAI of >/=100 points), clinical remission (CDAI </=150 points), fistula improvement (closure >/=50% of open fistulas), complete fistula closure, and acute and delayed hypersensitivity reactions were recorded throughout the study.
  • Twenty-four patients were enrolled and completed 4 weeks of the multiple-variable dose therapy. Four of 16 patients (25%) were positive for ATI. Of 13 patients with week 0 CDAI scores >/=220, 6 (46%) achieved clinical response and 1 (8%) achieved remission at week 4. Of 6 patients with perianal and/or rectovaginal fistulas, 4 (67%) had fistula improvement and 3 (50%) had complete fistula closure at week 4. Only 6 patients (38%) had CRP values above the normal range. Among all patients, the mean+/−SD CRP concentrations decreased from 17.0+/−29.3 mg/L at week 0 to 11.3+/−17.3 mg/L at week 4. No patients experienced acute or delayed hypersensitivity reactions during treatment with D2E7 (including 8 who previously experienced treatment-limiting acute hypersensitivity reactions and 3 who previously experienced delayed hypersensitivity reactions with infliximab).
  • In sum, multiple-variable dose treatment using D2E7 was well tolerated and was clinically beneficial in patients with Crohn's disease who had previously received and responded to infliximab, but who no longer had a sustained response to or could not tolerate infliximab.
    • Example 3 Efficacy of Multiple-Dose Therapy Using TNFα Inhibitor for Treatment of Psoriasis
  • Multiple-Variable Dose Treatment of Psoriasis with D2E7
  • A study was performed to determine the efficacy of a multiple-variable dose regimen of D2E7 for treating psoriasis. Efficacy and tolerability of D2E7 in the treatment of patients with moderate to severe chronic plaque psoriasis were evaluated in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled multicenter study.
  • In this study, one hundred forty-eight adult patients with a diagnosis of moderate to severe psoriasis for at least one year were selected to receive multiple-variable dose treatment. Patients were also selected based on an affected body surface area (BSA) of ≧5%. Subjects were randomized equally to one of three groups (two treatment groups and one placebo).
  • At baseline (Week 0) patients in both treatment groups received an induction dose of 80 mg of D2E7. Patients in the first treatment group subsequently received a treatment dose of 40 mg of D2E7 at week 1 followed by 40 mg every other week (eow) starting at week 3. Subjects in the second treatment group received an induction dose of 80 mg dose of D2E7 at Week 1 (following the initial 80 mg dose at Week 0) followed by a treatment dose of 40 mg of D2E7 weekly starting at week 2. The placebo group received only the placebo weekly starting at baseline. All treatment was administered subcutaneously (sc) with pre-filled syringes. A summary of the different regimens are described below in Table 4:
  • TABLE 4
    Psoriasis study regimens
    Regi-
    men Detailed description
    A D2E7 80 mg sc administered at Week 0 (baseline); D2E7 40 mg
    sc every other week administered starting at Week 1 through
    Week 11, with placebo administered on alternate weeks
    B D2E7 80 mg sc administered starting at Week 0 (baseline)
    and at Week 1 (80/80); D2E7 40 mg sc weekly administered
    starting at Week 2 through Week 11
    C Placebo sc will be administered at baseline and then weekly
    through Week 11, with two injections given at Week 1 and
    Week 1
  • In order to maintain the blind study, all subjects received a total of 2 injections at baseline and week 1. During the remaining period of the study (weeks 2 through 12), subjects received one injection per week. The treatment dose per injection correlated to the dose regimen randomly assigned to each subject.
  • The PASI of the participants of the multiple-variable dose regimen was determined according to standard methods (see Fredriksson and Pettersson, supra and Marls et al., supra). The primary efficacy endpoint of the study was the percentage of subjects achieving a clinical response as defined by at least a 75% reduction in the PASI score (≧PASI 75) at Week 12.
  • Secondary efficacy measures included a static Physician's Global Assessment (PGA) of “clear” or “almost clear” at Week 12. PGA was determined according to a seven point scale used to measure the severity of psoriasis at the time of the physician's evaluation. Descriptions of the disease used included the following: severe=very marked plaque elevation, scaling, and/or erythema; moderate to severe=marked plaque elevation, scaling, and/or erythema; moderate=moderate plaque elevation, scaling, and/or erythema; mild to moderate=intermediate between moderate and mild; mild=slight plaque elevation, scaling, and/or erythema; almost clear=intermediate between mild and clear; and clear=no signs of psoriasis.
  • The results show that at Week 12, statistically significantly greater percentages of patients achieved a PASI 75 response or better on D2E7 than those on a placebo treatment. For patients receiving 40 mg treatment dose of D2E7 eow, 53% demonstrated a PASI of 75 or higher. In addition, 80% of patients receiving a 40 mg treatment dose of D2E7 weekly showed a PASI 75 or higher, compared to only 4% of the placebo treatment group (p<0.001 vs. placebo). Response rates at Week 12 for both dosing regimens of D2E7 were statistically significantly greater than for placebo, as shown in FIG. 7.
  • Overall, the mean percentage changes in PASI score for patients on D2E7 multiple-variable dose therapy were statistically significantly greater than placebo. The changes were evident as early as Week 1 after the initial dose, as shown in FIG. 8. At Week 12, 49% of patients on D2E7 receiving 40 mg eow and 76% of patients receiving 40 mg of D2E7 weekly achieved a PGA of “clear” or “almost clear,” compared with 2% of placebo patients.
  • Of the one hundred forty-eight adult patients enrolled in the study, 29% also had a medical history of psoriatic arthritis (PsA). Both doses of D2E7 were effective in the treatment of psoriasis in both patients with and without PsA. Patients with PsA had a similar efficacy response to D2E7 as those without PsA. For both PsA and without PsA subgroups, the percentages of patients achieving a PASI 75 response or better at week 12 was statistically significant for the eow (with PsA, 47%; without PsA, 57%) and weekly treatment arms (with PsA, 58%; without PsA, 87%) compared with placebo. Continued improvements in efficacy were seen through week 24 in the eow arm (with PsA, 53%; without PsA, 70%). Efficacy responses in patients with and without PsA at weeks 12 and 24 are shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, respectively.
  • In conclusion, D2E7 administered for 12 weeks was effective in the treatment of moderate to severe chronic plaque psoriasis. 53% of patients on 40 mg eow achieved ≧PASI 75, compared with 4% on placebo. 80% of patients on 40 mg weekly achieved ≧PASI 75.49% and 76% of patients on D2E7 40 mg eow and 40 mg weekly, respectively, were “clear” or “almost clear” of their psoriasis. In addition, D2E7 was equally effective at treating psoriasis patients with and without PsA.
    • Example 4 Efficacy of Single Dose Treatment of D2E7
  • A study was performed to determine the efficacy of a single dose regimen of D2E7 for treating rheumatoid arthritis (RA). The objective of the study was to determine and compare the single-dose safety and efficacy of 3 subcutaneous (sc) doses (20, 40, or 80 mg) of D2E7 in Japanese and Caucasian subjects with RA.
  • D2E7 was administered as single sc doses (20, 40, or 80 mg) in 40 Japanese (in Japan) and 36 Caucasian (in US) subjects with RA, well-matched for moderate-to-severe baseline disease severity, in 2 separate clinical studies of similar design—open-label, parallel group. On Study Days 1, 15 and 29, safety evaluations included physical examinations, vital signs, and laboratory assessments to determine adverse events (AEs), and efficacy evaluations included CRP, Physician's and Subject's Assessment of Disease Activity, Subject's Assessment of Pain, Disability Index of the Health Assessment Questionnaire (DIHAQ), and tender and swollen joint counts.
  • Results from the study showed that all Japanese treatment groups had statistically significant improvements of all ACR components (except DIHAQ) on Day 15 and on Day 29 compared to Day 1. In the 3 Caucasian treatment groups, only the 80-mg treatment group exhibited a statistically significant improvement at Day 29 in all individual ACR components with the exception of the DIHAQ score. Although the study duration was only 29 days, ACR20 responses were achieved in 47.5% ( 19/40) of the Japanese patients and in 30.6% ( 11/36) of the Caucasian patients. In addition, the difference in frequency of subjects reporting AEs between treatment groups was not clinically relevant within each study. Interestingly, there was an increased incidence of AEs in Japanese subjects which may reflect racial differences or investigator cultural tendency to report.
  • The results demonstrate an improvement of comparable magnitude in RA signs and symptoms in both groups in this short-term study using a single dose treatment. These results also suggest similar safety of single-dose sc administration of ADA in Japanese and Caucasian subjects.
  • This application is related to U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,090,382, 6,258,562, and 6,509,015. This application is also related to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/801,185, filed Mar. 7, 2001; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/302,356, filed Nov. 22, 2002; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/163,657, filed Jun. 5, 2002; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/133,715, filed Apr. 26, 2002; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/222,140, filed Aug. 16, 2002; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/693,233, filed Oct. 24, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/622,932, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/623,039, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/623,076, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/623,065, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/622,928, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/623,075, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/623,035, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/622,683, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/622,205, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/622,210, filed Jul. 18, 2003; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/623,318, filed Jul. 18, 2003; and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/422,287, filed Apr. 24, 2003. The entire contents of each of these patents and patent applications are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • Forming part of the present disclosure is the appended Sequence Listing, the contents of which are summarized in the table below:
  • ANTIBODY
    SEQ ID NO: CHAIN REGION SEQUENCE TYPE
    1 D2E7 VL amino acid
    2 D2E7 VH amino acid
    3 D2E7 VL CDR3 amino acid
    4 D2E7 VH CDR3 amino acid
    5 D2E7 VL CDR2 amino acid
    6 D2E7 VH CDR2 amino acid
    7 D2E7 VL CDR1 amino acid
    8 D2E7 VH CDR1 amino acid
    9 2SD4 VL amino acid
    10 2SD4 VH amino acid
    11 2SD4 VL CDR3 amino acid
    12 EP B12 VL CDR3 amino acid
    13 VL10E4 VL CDR3 amino acid
    14 VL100A9 VL CDR3 amino acid
    15 VLL100D2 VL CDR3 amino acid
    16 VLL0F4 VL CDR3 amino acid
    17 LOE5 VL CDR3 amino acid
    18 VLLOG7 VL CDR3 amino acid
    19 VLLOG9 VL CDR3 amino acid
    20 VLLOH1 VL CDR3 amino acid
    21 VLLOH10 VL CDR3 amino acid
    22 VL1B7 VL CDR3 amino acid
    23 VL1C1 VL CDR3 amino acid
    24 VL0.1F4 VL CDR3 amino acid
    25 VL0.1H8 VL CDR3 amino acid
    26 LOE7.A VL CDR3 amino acid
    27 2SD4 VH CDR3 amino acid
    28 VH1B11 VH CDR3 amino acid
    29 VH1D8 VH CDR3 amino acid
    30 VH1A11 VH CDR3 amino acid
    31 VH1B12 VH CDR3 amino acid
    32 VH1E4 VH CDR3 amino acid
    33 VH1F6 VH CDR3 amino acid
    34 3C-H2 VH CDR3 amino acid
    35 VH1-D2.N VH CDR3 amino acid
    36 D2E7 VL nucleic acid
    37 D2E7 VH nucleic acid
    • EQUIVALENTS
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.

Claims (16)

1-60. (canceled)
61. A method of treating Crohn's disease in a subject comprising administering to the subject a TNFα inhibitor such that a mean serum TNFα inhibitor trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved.
62. The method of claim 61, wherein the TNFα inhibitor is a human anti-TNFα antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof.
63. The method of claim 62, wherein the human anti-TNFα antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof, is adalimumab.
64. The method of claim 63, wherein the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved by administration of a loading dose of adalimumab at week 0 followed by a second dose which comprises half the amount of the loading dose at week 2.
65. The method of claim 63, wherein the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 2.
66. The method of claim 63, wherein the mean serum trough level of about 12 μg/mL is achieved at week 4.
67. An article of manufacture comprising a TNFα inhibitor and a package insert, wherein the package insert indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease a loading dose at week 0 followed by a second dose which is about 40-60% of the loading dose on week 2 achieves a mean serum TNFα inhibitor trough level of approximately 12 μg/mL at week 2 and week 4.
68. The article of claim 67, wherein the TNFα inhibitor is an anti-TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
69. The article of claim 68, wherein the anti-TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, is human.
70. The article of claim 69, wherein the human anti-TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human TNFα with a Kd of 1×10−8 M or less and a Koff rate constant of 1×10−3 s−1 or less, both determined by surface plasmon resonance, and neutralizes human TNFα cytotoxicity in a standard in vitro L929 assay with an IC50 of 1×10−7 M or less.
71. The article of claim 68, wherein the human anti-TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, comprises a light chain variable region (LCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 3 by a single alanine substitution at position 1, 4, 5, 7 or 8, and comprises a heavy chain variable region (HCVR) having a CDR3 domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, or modified from SEQ ID NO: 4 by a single alanine substitution at position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 or 11.
72. The article of claim 68, wherein the human anti-TNFα antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, is adalimumab.
73. The article of any one of claims 67-72, wherein the loading dose is about 160 mg.
74. The article of any one of claims 67-72, wherein the second dose is about 80 mg.
75. An article of manufacture comprising adalimumab and a package insert, wherein the package insert indicates that in patients with Crohn's disease a loading dose of 160 mg adalimumab at week 0 followed by 80 mg adalimumab on week 2 achieves a mean serum adalimumab trough level of approximately 12 μg/mL at week 2 and week 4.
US12/008,064 2004-04-09 2008-01-07 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFa-related disorders Abandoned US20090304682A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/008,064 US20090304682A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2008-01-07 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFa-related disorders
US13/433,205 US9061005B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2012-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US14/745,092 US20170044249A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-06-19 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS
US15/915,615 US20190055308A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2018-03-08 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS
US17/125,275 US20210347875A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2020-12-17 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US56113904P 2004-04-09 2004-04-09
US56171004P 2004-04-12 2004-04-12
US56910004P 2004-05-07 2004-05-07
US11/104,117 US8889136B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2005-04-11 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US80158406P 2006-05-17 2006-05-17
US84996706P 2006-10-06 2006-10-06
US91817407P 2007-03-14 2007-03-14
US80458707A 2007-05-17 2007-05-17
US12/008,064 US20090304682A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2008-01-07 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFa-related disorders

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US80458707A Continuation 2004-04-09 2007-05-17

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/433,205 Continuation US9061005B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2012-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090304682A1 true US20090304682A1 (en) 2009-12-10

Family

ID=35006312

Family Applications (16)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/104,117 Active 2027-10-09 US8889136B2 (en) 2002-07-19 2005-04-11 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US12/008,064 Abandoned US20090304682A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2008-01-07 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFa-related disorders
US13/433,205 Active 2026-11-22 US9061005B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2012-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US14/229,709 Abandoned US20140212430A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US14/229,602 Abandoned US20140248275A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US14/229,664 Active US8961973B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US14/229,703 Abandoned US20140248276A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US14/229,722 Active US8961974B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US14/628,068 Active US9187559B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-02-20 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US14/745,092 Abandoned US20170044249A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-06-19 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS
US14/804,164 Active US9499615B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-07-20 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US15/288,750 Abandoned US20170022271A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2016-10-07 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US15/915,615 Abandoned US20190055308A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2018-03-08 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS
US16/284,798 Abandoned US20200017580A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2019-02-25 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US17/124,991 Pending US20210347874A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2020-12-17 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US17/125,275 Pending US20210347875A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2020-12-17 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/104,117 Active 2027-10-09 US8889136B2 (en) 2002-07-19 2005-04-11 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders

Family Applications After (14)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/433,205 Active 2026-11-22 US9061005B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2012-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US14/229,709 Abandoned US20140212430A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US14/229,602 Abandoned US20140248275A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US14/229,664 Active US8961973B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US14/229,703 Abandoned US20140248276A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US14/229,722 Active US8961974B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-03-28 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US14/628,068 Active US9187559B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-02-20 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US14/745,092 Abandoned US20170044249A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-06-19 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS
US14/804,164 Active US9499615B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-07-20 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US15/288,750 Abandoned US20170022271A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2016-10-07 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US15/915,615 Abandoned US20190055308A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2018-03-08 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS
US16/284,798 Abandoned US20200017580A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2019-02-25 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US17/124,991 Pending US20210347874A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2020-12-17 Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating tnfalpha-related disorders
US17/125,275 Pending US20210347875A1 (en) 2004-04-09 2020-12-17 MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS

Country Status (22)

Country Link
US (16) US8889136B2 (en)
EP (4) EP2335732A3 (en)
JP (5) JP5748317B2 (en)
KR (8) KR20190039349A (en)
CN (5) CN105148273A (en)
AU (1) AU2005244261B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0509326A (en)
CA (4) CA2970891A1 (en)
CY (1) CY1118564T1 (en)
DK (1) DK1737491T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2611286T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1104454A1 (en)
HU (1) HUE031558T2 (en)
IL (3) IL178430A (en)
LT (1) LT1737491T (en)
MX (1) MXPA06011677A (en)
NZ (3) NZ549959A (en)
PL (1) PL1737491T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1737491T (en)
TW (4) TWI439284B (en)
WO (1) WO2005110452A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200608097B (en)

Cited By (53)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040126372A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-01 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of TNFalpha related disorders
US20040166111A1 (en) * 2002-10-24 2004-08-26 Zehra Kaymakcalan Low dose methods for treating disorders in which TNFalpha activity is detrimental
US20060083741A1 (en) * 2004-10-08 2006-04-20 Hoffman Rebecca S Treatment of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) infection
US20060153846A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2006-07-13 Hans-Juergen Krause Formulation of human antibodies for treating tnf-alpha associated disorders
US20070172897A1 (en) * 2005-11-01 2007-07-26 Maksymowych Walter P Methods and compositions for diagnosing ankylosing spondylitis using biomarkers
US20070292442A1 (en) * 2006-04-05 2007-12-20 Min Wan Antibody purification
US20080311043A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2008-12-18 Hoffman Rebecca S Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US20090110679A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-04-30 Luk-Chiu Li Methods and compositions for pulmonary administration of a TNFa inhibitor
US20090155205A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2009-06-18 Salfeld Jochen G HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNFa
US20090271164A1 (en) * 2008-01-03 2009-10-29 Peng Joanna Z Predicting long-term efficacy of a compound in the treatment of psoriasis
US20090280065A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-11-12 Willian Mary K Uses and Compositions for Treatment of Psoriasis
US20090317399A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-12-24 Pollack Paul F Uses and compositions for treatment of CROHN'S disease
US20100016557A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2010-01-21 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNFalpha
US20100034823A1 (en) * 2006-10-27 2010-02-11 Borhani David W Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
US20110150891A1 (en) * 2009-12-16 2011-06-23 Philip Bosch Methods of Treating Interstitial Cystitis
US20110171227A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2011-07-14 Okun Martin M Methods and compositions for treatment of skin disorders
WO2011153477A2 (en) 2010-06-03 2011-12-08 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Uses and compositions for treatment of hidradenitis suppurativa (hs)
US20120076791A1 (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-03-29 Philip Bosch Methods Of Treating Chronic Prostatitis/Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome
US8162887B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2012-04-24 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic injection devices
US8420081B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2013-04-16 Abbvie, Inc. Antibody formulations and methods of making same
US8636704B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2014-01-28 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Automatic injection device
US8679061B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2014-03-25 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Automatic injection device
US8715664B2 (en) 2005-05-16 2014-05-06 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of human TNFα antibodies for treatment of erosive polyarthritis
US8753839B2 (en) 2007-08-08 2014-06-17 Abbvie Inc. Compositions and methods for crystallizing antibodies
US8758301B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2014-06-24 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Firing button for automatic injection device
US8821865B2 (en) 2010-11-11 2014-09-02 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. High concentration anti-TNFα antibody liquid formulations
AU2011237679B2 (en) * 2010-04-07 2014-11-06 Abbvie Inc. TNF-alpha binding proteins
US8883146B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2014-11-11 Abbvie Inc. Protein formulations and methods of making same
US8889136B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-11-18 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US8921526B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-12-30 Abbvie, Inc. Mutated anti-TNFα antibodies and methods of their use
US8926975B2 (en) 2006-06-08 2015-01-06 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Method of treating ankylosing spondylitis
US8946395B1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-02-03 Abbvie Inc. Purification of proteins using hydrophobic interaction chromatography
US8999337B2 (en) 2007-06-11 2015-04-07 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Methods for treating juvenile idiopathic arthritis by inhibition of TNFα
US9017687B1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-04-28 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same using displacement chromatography
US9062106B2 (en) 2011-04-27 2015-06-23 Abbvie Inc. Methods for controlling the galactosylation profile of recombinantly-expressed proteins
US9067990B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-06-30 Abbvie, Inc. Protein purification using displacement chromatography
US9085618B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-07-21 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9150645B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2015-10-06 Abbvie, Inc. Cell culture methods to reduce acidic species
US9181572B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2015-11-10 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to modulate lysine variant distribution
US9181337B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-11-10 Abbvie, Inc. Modulated lysine variant species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9193787B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2015-11-24 Abbvie Inc. Human antibodies that bind human TNF-alpha and methods of preparing the same
US9206390B2 (en) 2012-09-02 2015-12-08 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to control protein heterogeneity
US9234033B2 (en) 2012-09-02 2016-01-12 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to control protein heterogeneity
US9249182B2 (en) 2012-05-24 2016-02-02 Abbvie, Inc. Purification of antibodies using hydrophobic interaction chromatography
US9279015B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2016-03-08 Robert L. Wong Methods for treatment of ankylosing spondylitis using TNF alpha antibodies
US9399061B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2016-07-26 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Methods for determining efficacy of TNF-α inhibitors for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
US9499614B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-11-22 Abbvie Inc. Methods for modulating protein glycosylation profiles of recombinant protein therapeutics using monosaccharides and oligosaccharides
US9550826B2 (en) 2013-11-15 2017-01-24 Abbvie Inc. Glycoengineered binding protein compositions
US9598667B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-03-21 Abbvie Inc. Use of metal ions for modulation of protein glycosylation profiles of recombinant proteins
US9610301B2 (en) 2008-01-15 2017-04-04 Abbvie Deutschland Gmbh & Co Kg Powdered protein compositions and methods of making same
US9624295B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2017-04-18 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US9878102B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2018-01-30 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic injection devices having overmolded gripping surfaces
US10179811B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2019-01-15 Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh Methods of treating Crohn's disease or ulcerative colitis using an induction dosing regimen comprising anti-TNF-alpha antibody

Families Citing this family (68)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7115557B2 (en) * 1998-09-25 2006-10-03 Sciaticon Ab Use of certain drugs for treating nerve root injury
CA2817619A1 (en) 2001-06-08 2002-12-08 Abbott Laboratories (Bermuda) Ltd. Methods of administering anti-tnf.alpha. antibodies
US20040009172A1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2004-01-15 Steven Fischkoff Use of anti-TNFalpha antibodies and another drug
ES2401434T3 (en) * 2004-11-19 2013-04-19 Glaxosmithkline Llc Method for individually dispensing combination dose drug products for the individualization of therapies
US20070041905A1 (en) * 2005-08-19 2007-02-22 Hoffman Rebecca S Method of treating depression using a TNF-alpha antibody
JP2009528359A (en) 2006-02-28 2009-08-06 エラン ファーマシューティカルズ，インコーポレイテッド Methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases with natalizumab
EP2007392A4 (en) * 2006-02-28 2010-04-07 Elan Pharm Inc Methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases with alpha-4 inhibitory compounds
CA2644110A1 (en) 2006-03-03 2007-09-13 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases with natalizumab
WO2007118084A2 (en) * 2006-04-03 2007-10-18 Stowers Institute For Medical Research Compositions and methods for treating polycystic kidney disease
EP2012824A4 (en) * 2006-04-10 2010-06-16 Abbott Biotech Ltd Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriasis
US20080118496A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2008-05-22 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
CA2564435A1 (en) 2006-04-10 2007-10-10 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Methods for monitoring and treating intestinal disorders
EP2708242A3 (en) 2006-04-10 2014-03-26 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd Uses and compositions for treatment of ankylosing spondylitis
US20080131374A1 (en) * 2006-04-19 2008-06-05 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
CA2692430A1 (en) * 2006-07-07 2008-01-10 Bioassets Development Corporation Methods for preventing, postponing or improving the outcome of spinal device and fusion procedures
US20100303777A1 (en) * 2006-12-14 2010-12-02 Actogenix N.V. Delivery of binding molecules to induce immunomodulation
US8557745B2 (en) 2007-05-22 2013-10-15 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Markers and methods for assessing and treating Crohn's and related disorders
EP2165194A4 (en) * 2007-05-31 2010-09-08 Abbott Lab BIOMARKERS PREDICTIVE OF THE RESPONSIVENESS TO TNF-alpha INHIBITORS IN AUTOIMMUNE DISORDERS
CA2734139C (en) * 2007-10-02 2019-12-24 Avaxia Biologics, Inc. Antibody therapy for use in the digestive tract
US8647626B2 (en) 2007-10-02 2014-02-11 Avaxia Biologics, Incorporated Compositions comprising TNF-specific antibodies for oral delivery
EP3825329A1 (en) 2007-12-26 2021-05-26 Xencor, Inc. Fc variants with altered binding to fcrn
US20100183558A1 (en) 2008-10-17 2010-07-22 Zhennan Lai Safe lentiviral vectors for targeted delivery of multiple therapeutic molecules
EP2918602A1 (en) 2009-04-16 2015-09-16 AbbVie Biotherapeutics Inc. Anti-TNF-alpha antibodies and their uses
RS63744B1 (en) 2010-01-11 2022-12-30 Biogen Ma Inc Assay for jc virus antibodies
US11287423B2 (en) 2010-01-11 2022-03-29 Biogen Ma Inc. Assay for JC virus antibodies
WO2011146727A1 (en) 2010-05-19 2011-11-24 Philip Bosch Methods of treating interstitial cystitis
EP4137514A1 (en) 2010-10-08 2023-02-22 Novartis AG Methods of treating psoriasis using il-17 antagonists
CN103619880A (en) 2011-04-29 2014-03-05 百时美施贵宝公司 IP-10 antibody dosage escalation regimens
WO2013080050A2 (en) 2011-11-30 2013-06-06 Universitaetsklinikum Erlangen Methods and compositions for determining responsiveness to treatment with a tnf-alpha inhibitor
WO2013158628A1 (en) * 2012-04-16 2013-10-24 New York University Modulation of angiotensin ii peceptors for the prevention and treatment of cerebral malaria
WO2014047222A2 (en) * 2012-09-19 2014-03-27 Abbvie Biotherapeutics Inc. Methods for identifying antibodies with reduced immunogenicity
US10119976B2 (en) 2013-05-28 2018-11-06 Biogen Ma Inc. Method of assessing risk of PML
JP6526025B2 (en) 2013-10-16 2019-06-05 オンコバイオロジクス，インコーポレイティド Buffer solution formulation for enhancing antibody stability
EP3145951A1 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-03-29 InSight Biopharmaceuticals Ltd. Methods of purifying antibodies
US20170360929A1 (en) 2014-12-23 2017-12-21 Pfizer Inc. Stable aqueous antibody formulation for anti tnf alpha antibodies
US9452344B2 (en) * 2015-01-02 2016-09-27 William J Ritter Puck system
EP3247718B1 (en) 2015-01-21 2021-09-01 Outlook Therapeutics, Inc. Modulation of charge variants in a monoclonal antibody composition
IL254577B2 (en) 2015-03-31 2023-11-01 Vhsquared Ltd Polypeptides
US10519207B2 (en) 2015-06-12 2019-12-31 Georgia State University Research Foundation, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating opioid tolerance
US20170104172A1 (en) * 2015-10-12 2017-04-13 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Organic Light Emitting Diode Having a Mixed Blocking Layer
CN105294863B (en) * 2015-11-13 2019-01-22 叶才果 Bifunctional antibody and application thereof
GB201522394D0 (en) * 2015-12-18 2016-02-03 Ucb Biopharma Sprl Antibodies
CN116064678A (en) 2016-01-15 2023-05-05 美国基因技术国际有限公司 Methods and compositions for activating gamma-delta T cells
US10137144B2 (en) 2016-01-15 2018-11-27 American Gene Technologies International Inc. Methods and compositions for the activation of gamma-delta T-cells
MX2018009341A (en) 2016-02-03 2019-05-15 Oncobiologics Inc Buffer formulations for enhanced antibody stability.
US10465003B2 (en) * 2016-02-05 2019-11-05 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and use for the treatment or prevention of type 1 diabetes
US10888613B2 (en) 2016-02-08 2021-01-12 American Gene Technologies International Inc. Method of producing cells resistant to HIV infection
BR112018067454A2 (en) 2016-03-08 2019-01-15 Mereo Biopharma 1 Ltd Dosage regimen for the treatment of acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
CA3016368A1 (en) 2016-03-08 2017-09-14 Mereo Biopharma 1 Limited Dosage regimen for the treatment of acute exacerbations of inflammatory conditions
US10767183B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-09-08 American Gene Technologies International Inc. Combination vectors and methods for treating cancer
WO2017213697A1 (en) * 2016-06-08 2017-12-14 American Gene Technologies International Inc. Non-integrating viral delivery system and methods related thereto
AU2017292582C1 (en) 2016-07-08 2021-11-11 American Gene Technologies International Inc. HIV pre-immunization and immunotherapy
EP3487507A4 (en) 2016-07-21 2020-04-08 American Gene Technologies International, Inc. Viral vectors for treating parkinson's disease
EP3519438A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-08-07 VHsquared Limited Compositions
US11820999B2 (en) 2017-04-03 2023-11-21 American Gene Technologies International Inc. Compositions and methods for treating phenylketonuria
US20200188482A1 (en) * 2017-04-28 2020-06-18 The Brigham And Women`S Hospital, Inc. Targeting gamma-delta t cells in obesity and cachexia
KR20190024572A (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-03-08 (주)셀트리온 Subcutaneous Dose Regimen For Treating TNFα-related Disorders
DE102017215154A1 (en) 2017-08-30 2019-02-28 Markus Bläss Composition for the topical treatment of non-microorganism-caused inflammatory skin and mucous membrane diseases
PT3585383T (en) 2017-12-11 2021-04-21 Mereo Biopharma 1 Ltd Use of 3-[5-amino-4-(3-cyanobenzoyl)-pyrazol-1-yl]-n-cyclopropyl-4-methylbenzamide in the prevention or reduction of acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
WO2019116021A1 (en) 2017-12-11 2019-06-20 Mereo Biopharma 1 Limited Use of 3-[5-amino-4-(3-cyanobenzoyl)-pyrazol-1-yl]-n-cyclopropyl-4-methylbenzamide in the treatment of acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
KR101982667B1 (en) 2018-12-24 2019-05-27 가톨릭대학교 산학협력단 Composition for Preventing or Treating TNF-mediated Disease Comprising Novel Derivatives and Method for Inhibiting TNF-activity with the Same
AR118191A1 (en) * 2019-02-28 2021-09-22 Celltrion Inc METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF TNFa-RELATED DISEASES
US20220389092A1 (en) * 2019-04-05 2022-12-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions involving chimeric binding polypeptides
US20230056445A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2023-02-23 Sorriso Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polypeptides
AU2020296979A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2022-02-24 Sorriso Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polypeptides
WO2021096199A1 (en) * 2019-11-11 2021-05-20 에스케이케미칼 주식회사 Pharmaceutical composition for treatment or prevention of immune-related diseases comprising pyrimethamine as active ingredient
WO2021152587A1 (en) 2020-01-30 2021-08-05 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Treating acute liver disease with tlr-mik inhibitors
EP4180423A1 (en) 2020-07-07 2023-05-17 ILAb Co., Ltd. Novel tnf activity inhibitor compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

Citations (56)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2859205A (en) * 1954-08-06 1958-11-04 Monsanto Chemicals Process of making styrenated phenolformaldehyde resins
US5231024A (en) * 1986-09-13 1993-07-27 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Monoclonal antibodies against human tumor necrosis factor (tnf), and use thereof
US5654407A (en) * 1993-03-05 1997-08-05 Bayer Corporation Human anti-TNF antibodies
US5795967A (en) * 1984-07-05 1998-08-18 Genentech, Inc. Tumor necrosis factor antagonists and their use
US5877293A (en) * 1990-07-05 1999-03-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CDR grafted anti-CEA antibodies and their production
US5929212A (en) * 1989-12-21 1999-07-27 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CD3 specific recombinant antibody
US5994510A (en) * 1990-12-21 1999-11-30 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Recombinant antibodies specific for TNFα
US6090382A (en) * 1996-02-09 2000-07-18 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US6214870B1 (en) * 1999-03-31 2001-04-10 Pfizer Inc Dioxocyclopentyl hydroxamic acids
US6235281B1 (en) * 1994-02-07 2001-05-22 Knoll Aktiengesellschaft Use of anti-TNF antibodies as drugs for the treatment of disorders with an elevated serum level of interleukin-6
US6258562B1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2001-07-10 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US6270766B1 (en) * 1992-10-08 2001-08-07 The Kennedy Institute Of Rheumatology Anti-TNF antibodies and methotrexate in the treatment of arthritis and crohn's disease
US20030012786A1 (en) * 2001-05-25 2003-01-16 Teoh Leah S. Use of anti-TNF antibodies as drugs in treating septic disorders of anemic patients
US20030049725A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2003-03-13 George Heavner Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20030161828A1 (en) * 2002-02-19 2003-08-28 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Use of TNF antagonists as drugs for the treatment of patients with an inflammatory reaction and without suffering from total organ failure
US20030206898A1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-11-06 Steven Fischkoff Use of anti-TNFalpha antibodies and another drug
US20030235585A1 (en) * 2001-06-08 2003-12-25 Fischkoff Steven A. Methods of administering anti-TNFalpha antibodies
US20040009172A1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2004-01-15 Steven Fischkoff Use of anti-TNFalpha antibodies and another drug
US20040033228A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2004-02-19 Hans-Juergen Krause Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US20040120952A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2004-06-24 Centocor, Inc Anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20040126372A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-01 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of TNFalpha related disorders
US20040166111A1 (en) * 2002-10-24 2004-08-26 Zehra Kaymakcalan Low dose methods for treating disorders in which TNFalpha activity is detrimental
US20050249735A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2005-11-10 Centocor, Inc. Methods of treating ankylosing spondylitis using anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20060009385A1 (en) * 2004-04-09 2006-01-12 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFalpha-related disorders
US20060018907A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2006-01-26 Centocor, Inc. Anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20060083741A1 (en) * 2004-10-08 2006-04-20 Hoffman Rebecca S Treatment of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) infection
US20060246073A1 (en) * 1991-03-18 2006-11-02 Knight David M Anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20070041905A1 (en) * 2005-08-19 2007-02-22 Hoffman Rebecca S Method of treating depression using a TNF-alpha antibody
US20070071747A1 (en) * 2005-05-16 2007-03-29 Hoffman Rebecca S Use of TNFalpha inhibitor for treatment of erosive polyarthritis
US20070298040A1 (en) * 1991-03-18 2007-12-27 Centocor, Inc. Methods of treating seronegative arthropathy with anti-TNF antibodies
US20080118496A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2008-05-22 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
US20080131374A1 (en) * 2006-04-19 2008-06-05 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
US20080166348A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2008-07-10 Hartmut Kupper Uses and compositions for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
US20080227136A1 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-09-18 Pla Itzcoatl A Cell culture improvements
US20080311043A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2008-12-18 Hoffman Rebecca S Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US20090017472A1 (en) * 2007-05-31 2009-01-15 Bruno Stuhlmuller BIOMARKERS PREDICTIVE OF THE RESPONSIVENESS TO TNFalpha INHIBITORS IN AUTOIMMUNE DISORDERS
US20090028794A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-01-29 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US20090110679A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-04-30 Luk-Chiu Li Methods and compositions for pulmonary administration of a TNFa inhibitor
US20090123378A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-05-14 Wong Robert L Uses and compositions for treatment of ankylosing spondylitis
US20090148513A1 (en) * 2007-08-08 2009-06-11 Wolfgang Fraunhofer Compositions and methods for crystallizing antibodies
US20090226530A1 (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-09-10 Lassner Peter K Powdered protein compositions and methods of making same
US20090239259A1 (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-09-24 Chung-Ming Hsieh Mammalian expression vectors and uses thereof
US20090258018A1 (en) * 2007-06-11 2009-10-15 Medich John R Methods for treating juvenile idiopathic arthritis
US20090271164A1 (en) * 2008-01-03 2009-10-29 Peng Joanna Z Predicting long-term efficacy of a compound in the treatment of psoriasis
US20090280065A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-11-12 Willian Mary K Uses and Compositions for Treatment of Psoriasis
US20090291062A1 (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-11-26 Wolfgang Fraunhofer Protein formulations and methods of making same
US20090317399A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-12-24 Pollack Paul F Uses and compositions for treatment of CROHN'S disease
US20100003243A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2010-01-07 Okun Martin M Uses and Compositions for treatment of Psoriasis and Crohn's Disease
US20100021451A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2010-01-28 Wong Robert L Uses and compositions for treatment of ankylosing spondylitis
US20100034823A1 (en) * 2006-10-27 2010-02-11 Borhani David W Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
US20100040630A1 (en) * 2008-03-24 2010-02-18 Aake Elden Methods and compositions for treating bone loss
US20100160894A1 (en) * 2006-06-30 2010-06-24 Julian Joseph F Automatic injection device
US20100278822A1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2010-11-04 Abbott Biotechnology, Ltd. Stable high protein concentration formulations of human anti-tnf-alpha-antibodies
US7863426B2 (en) * 2006-04-05 2011-01-04 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Antibody purification
US20110054414A1 (en) * 2009-04-29 2011-03-03 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic Injection Device
US7919264B2 (en) * 2005-11-01 2011-04-05 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Methods and compositions for determining the efficacy of a treatment for ankylosing spondylitis using biomarkers

Family Cites Families (63)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4399216A (en) 1980-02-25 1983-08-16 The Trustees Of Columbia University Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US5179017A (en) 1980-02-25 1993-01-12 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US4634665A (en) 1980-02-25 1987-01-06 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
EP0609722A1 (en) 1981-09-08 1994-08-10 The Rockefeller University An in vitro method for detecting the presence of invasive stimuli in mammals
US4510245A (en) 1982-11-18 1985-04-09 Chiron Corporation Adenovirus promoter system
GB8308235D0 (en) 1983-03-25 1983-05-05 Celltech Ltd Polypeptides
EP0154316B1 (en) 1984-03-06 1989-09-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Chemically modified lymphokine and production thereof
IL73883A (en) 1984-12-20 1990-12-23 Yeda Res & Dev Monoclonal antibodies against tnf-alpha,hybridomas producing them and method for the purification of tnf-alpha
US5168062A (en) 1985-01-30 1992-12-01 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Transfer vectors and microorganisms containing human cytomegalovirus immediate-early promoter-regulatory DNA sequence
DE3650150T2 (en) 1985-08-16 1995-04-27 Univ Rockefeller Anabolic activity modulator and its uses.
US4968615A (en) 1985-12-18 1990-11-06 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Deoxyribonucleic acid segment from a virus
EP0230574A3 (en) 1986-01-31 1989-03-22 Yale University Pharmaceutical compositions against infections caused by lav/htlv iii virus and the use thereof
NZ229922A (en) 1988-07-18 1992-04-28 Chiron Corp Monoclonal antibodies specifically binding cachectin (tumor necrosis factor) and compositions
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
EP0366043B1 (en) 1988-10-24 1994-03-30 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Monoclonal antibody
DE68927671T2 (en) 1988-12-19 1997-05-07 American Cyanamid Co Products to treat endotoxin shock in a mammal
CA2006596C (en) 1988-12-22 2000-09-05 Rika Ishikawa Chemically-modified g-csf
CA2003981C (en) 1988-12-27 2000-06-13 Hiroshi Ishimaru Pharmaceutical compositions and use thereof in the treatment of psoriasis
CA2064915C (en) 1989-08-07 2001-05-29 Deborah A. Rathjen Tumour necrosis factor binding ligands
WO1991003553A1 (en) 1989-09-05 1991-03-21 Immunex Corporation TUMOR NECROSIS FACTOR-α AND -β RECEPTORS
GB8921123D0 (en) 1989-09-19 1989-11-08 Millar Ann B Treatment of ards
US5859205A (en) 1989-12-21 1999-01-12 Celltech Limited Humanised antibodies
DE4037604A1 (en) 1990-04-25 1991-10-31 Bayer Ag Use of anti-TNF antibodies to treat ischaemia and its sequelae - esp. to increase survival rate after myocardial infarct and transplants
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
GB9015198D0 (en) 1990-07-10 1990-08-29 Brien Caroline J O Binding substance
ATE185601T1 (en) 1990-07-10 1999-10-15 Cambridge Antibody Tech METHOD FOR PRODUCING SPECIFIC BONDING PAIRS
DE69129154T2 (en) 1990-12-03 1998-08-20 Genentech Inc METHOD FOR ENRICHING PROTEIN VARIANTS WITH CHANGED BINDING PROPERTIES
GB9109645D0 (en) 1991-05-03 1991-06-26 Celltech Ltd Recombinant antibodies
GB2279077B (en) 1990-12-21 1995-06-14 Celltech Ltd Therapeutic compositions comprising recombinant antibodies specific for the TNFalpha
GB9028123D0 (en) 1990-12-28 1991-02-13 Erba Carlo Spa Monoclonal antibodies against human tumor necrosis factor alpha
EP1820858B1 (en) 1991-03-01 2009-08-12 Dyax Corporation Chimeric protein comprising micro-protein having two or more disulfide bonds and embodiments thereof
CA2106079C (en) 1991-03-15 2000-04-25 Robert C. Thompson Pegylation of polypeptides
US5656272A (en) 1991-03-18 1997-08-12 New York University Medical Center Methods of treating TNF-α-mediated Crohn's disease using chimeric anti-TNF antibodies
US7192584B2 (en) 1991-03-18 2007-03-20 Centocor, Inc. Methods of treating psoriasis with anti-TNF antibodies
DE10199067I2 (en) 1991-03-18 2006-03-16 Univ New York Human Tumor Necrosis Factor Specific Monoclonal and Chimeric Antibodies
EP0604418B1 (en) 1991-03-29 1998-09-23 Immunex Corporation Isolated viral protein cytokine antagonists
IE921169A1 (en) 1991-04-10 1992-10-21 Scripps Research Inst Heterodimeric receptor libraries using phagemids
DE4122599C2 (en) 1991-07-08 1993-11-11 Deutsches Krebsforsch Phagemid for screening antibodies
ATE181571T1 (en) 1991-09-23 1999-07-15 Medical Res Council METHODS FOR PRODUCING HUMANIZED ANTIBODIES
AU3244693A (en) 1991-12-17 1993-07-19 Schering Corporation Use of the combination of anti-tumor necrosis factor plus interleukin-6 to treat septic shock
JP3251587B2 (en) 1992-04-02 2002-01-28 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション Compounds useful for treating inflammatory diseases and inhibiting tumor necrosis factor production
DK0585705T3 (en) 1992-08-28 1999-07-26 Bayer Ag Use of monoclonal anti-TNF antibodies to treat bacterial meningitis
CA2123593C (en) 1992-09-15 2000-03-14 Craig A. Smith Method of treating tnf-dependent inflammation using tumor necrosis factor antagonists
JPH08509203A (en) 1992-10-15 1996-10-01 ダナ−ファーバー キャンサー インステテュート インコーポレイテッド Treatment of obesity-related diabetes type II insulin resistance with antagonists of TNF-α action
DE4307508A1 (en) 1993-03-10 1994-09-15 Knoll Ag Use of anti-TNF antibodies as a medicine in the treatment of heart failure (heart muscle weakness)
CA2163032C (en) 1993-06-03 2001-02-06 John Landon Antibody fragments in therapy
EP0659766A1 (en) 1993-11-23 1995-06-28 Schering-Plough Human monoclonal antibodies against human cytokines and methods of making and using such antibodies
EP0748338A4 (en) 1994-03-04 2001-03-28 Merck & Co Inc In vitro antibody affinity maturation using alanine scanning mutagenesis
CA2218522A1 (en) 1995-04-20 1996-10-24 The Kennedy Institute Of Rheumatology Multiple administrations of anti-tnf antibody
JP2000516594A (en) 1996-07-26 2000-12-12 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション Improved treatment of immune cell-mediated systemic diseases
CA2369145A1 (en) 1999-06-24 2001-01-04 Pharmacia Corporation Combination of tumors necrocis factor (tnf) antagonists and cox-2 inhibitors for the treatment of inflammation
KR20110008112A (en) 1999-08-27 2011-01-25 제넨테크, 인크. Dosages for treatment with anti-erbb2 antibodies
ATE389414T1 (en) 1999-09-08 2008-04-15 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd STABLE PROTEIN SOLUTION BOTTLED IN A CONTAINER MADE OF HYDROPHOBIC RESIN AND A METHOD FOR STABILIZING THE SAME
AU3082401A (en) 1999-11-24 2001-06-04 Centocor Inc. Therapy of psoriasis
CN102120773B (en) * 2000-06-29 2013-07-24 Abbvie公司 Dual specificity antibodies and methods of making and using
DE10034390C2 (en) 2000-07-14 2003-06-26 Eads Deutschland Gmbh Pressure sensor and method for its production, and internal combustion engine with pressure sensor
KR100923514B1 (en) 2000-12-28 2009-10-27 알투스 파마슈티컬스 인코포레이티드 Crystals of whole antibodies and fragments thereof and methods for making and using them
US7285256B2 (en) 2003-04-04 2007-10-23 Newmont Usa Limited Precious metal recovery using thiocyanate lixiviant
US9605064B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2017-03-28 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Methods and compositions for treatment of skin disorders
EP2193145A4 (en) 2007-08-28 2011-05-18 Abbott Biotech Ltd Compositions and methods comprising binding proteins for adalimumab
US8883146B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2014-11-11 Abbvie Inc. Protein formulations and methods of making same
US20120014956A1 (en) 2010-02-02 2012-01-19 Hartmut Kupper Methods and compositions for predicting responsiveness to treatment with tnf-alpha inhibitor
JP5944382B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2016-07-05 アッヴィ バイオテクノロジー リミテッド Uses and compositions for the treatment of sweat gland abscess (HS)

Patent Citations (82)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2859205A (en) * 1954-08-06 1958-11-04 Monsanto Chemicals Process of making styrenated phenolformaldehyde resins
US5795967A (en) * 1984-07-05 1998-08-18 Genentech, Inc. Tumor necrosis factor antagonists and their use
US5231024A (en) * 1986-09-13 1993-07-27 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Monoclonal antibodies against human tumor necrosis factor (tnf), and use thereof
US5929212A (en) * 1989-12-21 1999-07-27 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CD3 specific recombinant antibody
US5877293A (en) * 1990-07-05 1999-03-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CDR grafted anti-CEA antibodies and their production
US5994510A (en) * 1990-12-21 1999-11-30 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Recombinant antibodies specific for TNFα
US20060246073A1 (en) * 1991-03-18 2006-11-02 Knight David M Anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20070298040A1 (en) * 1991-03-18 2007-12-27 Centocor, Inc. Methods of treating seronegative arthropathy with anti-TNF antibodies
US6270766B1 (en) * 1992-10-08 2001-08-07 The Kennedy Institute Of Rheumatology Anti-TNF antibodies and methotrexate in the treatment of arthritis and crohn's disease
US5654407A (en) * 1993-03-05 1997-08-05 Bayer Corporation Human anti-TNF antibodies
US6235281B1 (en) * 1994-02-07 2001-05-22 Knoll Aktiengesellschaft Use of anti-TNF antibodies as drugs for the treatment of disorders with an elevated serum level of interleukin-6
US7541031B2 (en) * 1996-02-09 2009-06-02 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Methods for treating rheumatoid arthritis using human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US7588761B2 (en) * 1996-02-09 2009-09-15 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US6509015B1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2003-01-21 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFa
US6090382A (en) * 1996-02-09 2000-07-18 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US7223394B2 (en) * 1996-02-09 2007-05-29 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US20100040604A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2010-02-18 Salfeld Jochen G HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNFalpha
US20030219438A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2003-11-27 Salfeld Jochen G. Human antibodies that bind human TNFalpha
US20070249813A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2007-10-25 Salfeld Jochen G Human antibodies that bind human TNFa
US6258562B1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2001-07-10 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US20100016557A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2010-01-21 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNFalpha
US20060024293A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2006-02-02 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Human antibodies that bind human TNFalpha
US20090155205A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2009-06-18 Salfeld Jochen G HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNFa
US6214870B1 (en) * 1999-03-31 2001-04-10 Pfizer Inc Dioxocyclopentyl hydroxamic acids
US20040120952A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2004-06-24 Centocor, Inc Anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US7250165B2 (en) * 2000-08-07 2007-07-31 Centocor, Inc. Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20070003548A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2007-01-04 George Heavner Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20050123541A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2005-06-09 George Heavner Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20050249735A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2005-11-10 Centocor, Inc. Methods of treating ankylosing spondylitis using anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20030049725A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2003-03-13 George Heavner Anti-TNF antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20060018907A1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2006-01-26 Centocor, Inc. Anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20080025976A1 (en) * 2001-01-08 2008-01-31 Junming Le Methods of treating ankylosing spondylitis using anti-TNF antibodies and peptides of human tumor necrosis factor
US20030012786A1 (en) * 2001-05-25 2003-01-16 Teoh Leah S. Use of anti-TNF antibodies as drugs in treating septic disorders of anemic patients
US20030235585A1 (en) * 2001-06-08 2003-12-25 Fischkoff Steven A. Methods of administering anti-TNFalpha antibodies
US20030161828A1 (en) * 2002-02-19 2003-08-28 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Use of TNF antagonists as drugs for the treatment of patients with an inflammatory reaction and without suffering from total organ failure
US20040009172A1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2004-01-15 Steven Fischkoff Use of anti-TNFalpha antibodies and another drug
US20030206898A1 (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-11-06 Steven Fischkoff Use of anti-TNFalpha antibodies and another drug
US20040151722A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-08-05 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of metabolic disorders using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20040136989A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-15 Abbott Laboratories S.A. Treatment of vasculitides using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20040219142A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-11-04 Abbott Laboratories S.A. Treatment of skin and nail disorders using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20040131614A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-08 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of pulmonary disorders using TNFalpha inhibitor
US20040126372A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-01 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of TNFalpha related disorders
US20040126373A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-01 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of coronary disorders using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20040136990A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-15 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of pain using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20070202104A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2007-08-30 Abbott Laboratories S.A. Treatment of spondyloarthropathies using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20080193466A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2008-08-14 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of Anemia Using TNFalpha Inhibitors
US20040136991A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-15 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of anemia using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20040033228A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2004-02-19 Hans-Juergen Krause Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US20060153846A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2006-07-13 Hans-Juergen Krause Formulation of human antibodies for treating tnf-alpha associated disorders
US20040166111A1 (en) * 2002-10-24 2004-08-26 Zehra Kaymakcalan Low dose methods for treating disorders in which TNFalpha activity is detrimental
US20060009385A1 (en) * 2004-04-09 2006-01-12 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFalpha-related disorders
US20060083741A1 (en) * 2004-10-08 2006-04-20 Hoffman Rebecca S Treatment of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) infection
US20070071747A1 (en) * 2005-05-16 2007-03-29 Hoffman Rebecca S Use of TNFalpha inhibitor for treatment of erosive polyarthritis
US20070081996A1 (en) * 2005-08-19 2007-04-12 Hoffman Rebecca S Method of treating depression using a TNFalpha antibody
US20070041905A1 (en) * 2005-08-19 2007-02-22 Hoffman Rebecca S Method of treating depression using a TNF-alpha antibody
US7919264B2 (en) * 2005-11-01 2011-04-05 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Methods and compositions for determining the efficacy of a treatment for ankylosing spondylitis using biomarkers
US7863426B2 (en) * 2006-04-05 2011-01-04 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Antibody purification
US20110002935A1 (en) * 2006-04-05 2011-01-06 Min Wan Antibody purification
US20090123378A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-05-14 Wong Robert L Uses and compositions for treatment of ankylosing spondylitis
US20090317399A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-12-24 Pollack Paul F Uses and compositions for treatment of CROHN'S disease
US20080118496A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2008-05-22 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
US20090028794A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-01-29 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US20080166348A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2008-07-10 Hartmut Kupper Uses and compositions for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
US20090280065A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-11-12 Willian Mary K Uses and Compositions for Treatment of Psoriasis
US20080131374A1 (en) * 2006-04-19 2008-06-05 Medich John R Uses and compositions for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
US20100021451A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2010-01-28 Wong Robert L Uses and compositions for treatment of ankylosing spondylitis
US20080311043A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2008-12-18 Hoffman Rebecca S Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US20100160894A1 (en) * 2006-06-30 2010-06-24 Julian Joseph F Automatic injection device
US20080227136A1 (en) * 2006-09-13 2008-09-18 Pla Itzcoatl A Cell culture improvements
US20100034823A1 (en) * 2006-10-27 2010-02-11 Borhani David W Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
US20090017472A1 (en) * 2007-05-31 2009-01-15 Bruno Stuhlmuller BIOMARKERS PREDICTIVE OF THE RESPONSIVENESS TO TNFalpha INHIBITORS IN AUTOIMMUNE DISORDERS
US20100003243A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2010-01-07 Okun Martin M Uses and Compositions for treatment of Psoriasis and Crohn's Disease
US20090258018A1 (en) * 2007-06-11 2009-10-15 Medich John R Methods for treating juvenile idiopathic arthritis
US20090110679A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-04-30 Luk-Chiu Li Methods and compositions for pulmonary administration of a TNFa inhibitor
US20090148513A1 (en) * 2007-08-08 2009-06-11 Wolfgang Fraunhofer Compositions and methods for crystallizing antibodies
US20090291062A1 (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-11-26 Wolfgang Fraunhofer Protein formulations and methods of making same
US20090271164A1 (en) * 2008-01-03 2009-10-29 Peng Joanna Z Predicting long-term efficacy of a compound in the treatment of psoriasis
US20090239259A1 (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-09-24 Chung-Ming Hsieh Mammalian expression vectors and uses thereof
US20090226530A1 (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-09-10 Lassner Peter K Powdered protein compositions and methods of making same
US20100040630A1 (en) * 2008-03-24 2010-02-18 Aake Elden Methods and compositions for treating bone loss
US20110054414A1 (en) * 2009-04-29 2011-03-03 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic Injection Device
US20100278822A1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2010-11-04 Abbott Biotechnology, Ltd. Stable high protein concentration formulations of human anti-tnf-alpha-antibodies

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Goodman et al., Am J Clin Nutr 2000; 71: 560-8. *
Paulson et al., Gastroenterology, Volume 128, No. 4, Suppl. 2, pA585, April 2005. *

Cited By (150)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090155205A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2009-06-18 Salfeld Jochen G HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNFa
US8414894B2 (en) 1996-02-09 2013-04-09 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Human antibodies that bind human TNFα and methods of using same
US8372401B2 (en) 1996-02-09 2013-02-12 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US8372400B2 (en) 1996-02-09 2013-02-12 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Methods of treating disorders using human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US8206714B2 (en) 1996-02-09 2012-06-26 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Methods for treating rheumatoid arthritis using human antibodies that bind human TNFa
US8197813B2 (en) 1996-02-09 2012-06-12 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US8753633B2 (en) 1996-02-09 2014-06-17 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US20100016557A1 (en) * 1996-02-09 2010-01-21 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNFalpha
US9085620B1 (en) 2002-07-19 2015-07-21 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of TNFα inhibitor for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US9090689B1 (en) 2002-07-19 2015-07-28 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of TNFα inhibitor for treatment of psoriasis
US8906373B2 (en) 2002-07-19 2014-12-09 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of TNF-alpha inhibitor for treatment of psoriasis
US20070202104A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2007-08-30 Abbott Laboratories S.A. Treatment of spondyloarthropathies using TNFalpha inhibitors
US20040126372A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-07-01 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Treatment of TNFalpha related disorders
US8916157B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2014-12-23 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US9302011B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2016-04-05 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US9750808B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2017-09-05 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US9114166B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2015-08-25 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US9289497B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2016-03-22 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US9295725B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2016-03-29 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US9950066B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2018-04-24 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US9732152B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2017-08-15 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US8940305B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2015-01-27 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US8932591B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2015-01-13 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US9272042B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2016-03-01 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US8916158B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2014-12-23 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US9220781B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2015-12-29 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US9738714B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2017-08-22 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US8216583B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2012-07-10 Abbott Biotechnology, Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US8911741B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2014-12-16 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US20060153846A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2006-07-13 Hans-Juergen Krause Formulation of human antibodies for treating tnf-alpha associated disorders
US9327032B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2016-05-03 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US8795670B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2014-08-05 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US9272041B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2016-03-01 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US8802101B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2014-08-12 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US8802102B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2014-08-12 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-α associated disorders
US8802100B2 (en) 2002-08-16 2014-08-12 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Formulation of human antibodies for treating TNF-alpha associated disorders
US8846046B2 (en) 2002-10-24 2014-09-30 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Low dose methods for treating disorders in which TNFα activity is detrimental
US20040166111A1 (en) * 2002-10-24 2004-08-26 Zehra Kaymakcalan Low dose methods for treating disorders in which TNFalpha activity is detrimental
US8889136B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2014-11-18 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US9061005B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-06-23 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US8961974B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-02-24 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US9499615B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2016-11-22 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US9512216B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2016-12-06 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of TNFα inhibitor
US9187559B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-11-17 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease
US8961973B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-02-24 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFα-related disorders
US8986693B1 (en) 2004-04-09 2015-03-24 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of TNFα inhibitor for treatment of psoriasis
US8162887B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2012-04-24 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic injection devices
US8668670B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2014-03-11 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Automatic injection devices
US9017287B2 (en) 2004-06-23 2015-04-28 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Automatic injection devices
US20060083741A1 (en) * 2004-10-08 2006-04-20 Hoffman Rebecca S Treatment of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) infection
US8715664B2 (en) 2005-05-16 2014-05-06 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of human TNFα antibodies for treatment of erosive polyarthritis
US9067992B2 (en) 2005-05-16 2015-06-30 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of TNFα inhibitor for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US8808700B1 (en) 2005-05-16 2014-08-19 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Use of TNF alpha inhibitor for treatment of erosive polyarthritis
US9086418B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2015-07-21 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Methods and compositions for diagnosing ankylosing spondylitis using biomarkers
US7919264B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2011-04-05 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Methods and compositions for determining the efficacy of a treatment for ankylosing spondylitis using biomarkers
US20070172897A1 (en) * 2005-11-01 2007-07-26 Maksymowych Walter P Methods and compositions for diagnosing ankylosing spondylitis using biomarkers
US11083792B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2021-08-10 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Purified antibody composition
US8231876B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2012-07-31 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Purified antibody composition
US8916153B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2014-12-23 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Purified antibody composition
US8906372B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2014-12-09 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Purified antibody composition
US9328165B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2016-05-03 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Purified antibody composition
US9913902B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2018-03-13 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Purified antibody composition
US9102723B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2015-08-11 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Purified antibody composition
US20070292442A1 (en) * 2006-04-05 2007-12-20 Min Wan Antibody purification
US20110002935A1 (en) * 2006-04-05 2011-01-06 Min Wan Antibody purification
US7863426B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2011-01-04 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Antibody purification
US8883156B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2014-11-11 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Purified antibody composition
US8895009B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2014-11-25 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Purified antibody composition
US9273132B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2016-03-01 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Purified antibody composition
US9096666B2 (en) 2006-04-05 2015-08-04 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Purified antibody composition
US9605064B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2017-03-28 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Methods and compositions for treatment of skin disorders
US9279015B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2016-03-08 Robert L. Wong Methods for treatment of ankylosing spondylitis using TNF alpha antibodies
US20090280065A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-11-12 Willian Mary K Uses and Compositions for Treatment of Psoriasis
US9624295B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2017-04-18 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US20090317399A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2009-12-24 Pollack Paul F Uses and compositions for treatment of CROHN'S disease
US20110171227A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2011-07-14 Okun Martin M Methods and compositions for treatment of skin disorders
US9399061B2 (en) 2006-04-10 2016-07-26 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Methods for determining efficacy of TNF-α inhibitors for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
US20080311043A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2008-12-18 Hoffman Rebecca S Uses and compositions for treatment of psoriatic arthritis
US8926975B2 (en) 2006-06-08 2015-01-06 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Method of treating ankylosing spondylitis
US8679061B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2014-03-25 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Automatic injection device
US9486584B2 (en) 2006-06-30 2016-11-08 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic injection device
US8772458B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2014-07-08 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
US8436149B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2013-05-07 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
US20100034823A1 (en) * 2006-10-27 2010-02-11 Borhani David W Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
US8034906B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2011-10-11 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
US9669093B2 (en) 2007-06-11 2017-06-06 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Methods for treating juvenile idiopathic arthritis
US9284370B1 (en) 2007-06-11 2016-03-15 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Methods for treating juvenile idiopathic arthritis
US8999337B2 (en) 2007-06-11 2015-04-07 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Methods for treating juvenile idiopathic arthritis by inhibition of TNFα
US20090110679A1 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-04-30 Luk-Chiu Li Methods and compositions for pulmonary administration of a TNFa inhibitor
US8753839B2 (en) 2007-08-08 2014-06-17 Abbvie Inc. Compositions and methods for crystallizing antibodies
US11191834B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2021-12-07 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Protein formulations and methods of making same
US11167030B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2021-11-09 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Protein formulations and methods of making same
US8883146B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2014-11-11 Abbvie Inc. Protein formulations and methods of making same
US9085619B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2015-07-21 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Anti-TNF antibody formulations
US8420081B2 (en) 2007-11-30 2013-04-16 Abbvie, Inc. Antibody formulations and methods of making same
US20090271164A1 (en) * 2008-01-03 2009-10-29 Peng Joanna Z Predicting long-term efficacy of a compound in the treatment of psoriasis
US9610301B2 (en) 2008-01-15 2017-04-04 Abbvie Deutschland Gmbh & Co Kg Powdered protein compositions and methods of making same
US8636704B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2014-01-28 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Automatic injection device
US9561328B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2017-02-07 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Automatic injection device
US8758301B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2014-06-24 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Firing button for automatic injection device
US20110150891A1 (en) * 2009-12-16 2011-06-23 Philip Bosch Methods of Treating Interstitial Cystitis
AU2011237679B2 (en) * 2010-04-07 2014-11-06 Abbvie Inc. TNF-alpha binding proteins
US9334320B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2016-05-10 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Methods of treating moderate to severe hidradenitis suppurativa with anti-TNFalpha antibody
WO2011153477A2 (en) 2010-06-03 2011-12-08 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Uses and compositions for treatment of hidradenitis suppurativa (hs)
WO2011153477A3 (en) * 2010-06-03 2012-03-15 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Uses and compositions for treatment of hidradenitis suppurativa (hs)
US8747854B2 (en) 2010-06-03 2014-06-10 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Methods of treating moderate to severe hidradenitis suppurativa with anti-TNF-alpha antibodies
US20120076791A1 (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-03-29 Philip Bosch Methods Of Treating Chronic Prostatitis/Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndrome
US8821865B2 (en) 2010-11-11 2014-09-02 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. High concentration anti-TNFα antibody liquid formulations
US9878102B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2018-01-30 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic injection devices having overmolded gripping surfaces
US11565048B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2023-01-31 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd. Automatic injection devices having overmolded gripping surfaces
US9062106B2 (en) 2011-04-27 2015-06-23 Abbvie Inc. Methods for controlling the galactosylation profile of recombinantly-expressed proteins
US9505834B2 (en) 2011-04-27 2016-11-29 Abbvie Inc. Methods for controlling the galactosylation profile of recombinantly-expressed proteins
US9090688B2 (en) 2011-04-27 2015-07-28 Abbvie Inc. Methods for controlling the galactosylation profile of recombinantly-expressed proteins
US9255143B2 (en) 2011-04-27 2016-02-09 Abbvie Inc. Methods for controlling the galactosylation profile of recombinantly-expressed proteins
US9365645B1 (en) 2011-04-27 2016-06-14 Abbvie, Inc. Methods for controlling the galactosylation profile of recombinantly-expressed proteins
US9181572B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2015-11-10 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to modulate lysine variant distribution
US9346879B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2016-05-24 Abbvie Inc. Protein purification methods to reduce acidic species
US9957318B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2018-05-01 Abbvie Inc. Protein purification methods to reduce acidic species
US9150645B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2015-10-06 Abbvie, Inc. Cell culture methods to reduce acidic species
US9334319B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2016-05-10 Abbvie Inc. Low acidic species compositions
US9193787B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2015-11-24 Abbvie Inc. Human antibodies that bind human TNF-alpha and methods of preparing the same
US9505833B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2016-11-29 Abbvie Inc. Human antibodies that bind human TNF-alpha and methods of preparing the same
US9359434B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2016-06-07 Abbvie, Inc. Cell culture methods to reduce acidic species
US9708400B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2017-07-18 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to modulate lysine variant distribution
US9683033B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2017-06-20 Abbvie, Inc. Cell culture methods to reduce acidic species
US9249182B2 (en) 2012-05-24 2016-02-02 Abbvie, Inc. Purification of antibodies using hydrophobic interaction chromatography
US9512214B2 (en) 2012-09-02 2016-12-06 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to control protein heterogeneity
US9234033B2 (en) 2012-09-02 2016-01-12 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to control protein heterogeneity
US9206390B2 (en) 2012-09-02 2015-12-08 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to control protein heterogeneity
US9290568B2 (en) 2012-09-02 2016-03-22 Abbvie, Inc. Methods to control protein heterogeneity
US8921526B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-12-30 Abbvie, Inc. Mutated anti-TNFα antibodies and methods of their use
US9067990B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-06-30 Abbvie, Inc. Protein purification using displacement chromatography
US9499614B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-11-22 Abbvie Inc. Methods for modulating protein glycosylation profiles of recombinant protein therapeutics using monosaccharides and oligosaccharides
US9708399B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-07-18 Abbvie, Inc. Protein purification using displacement chromatography
US9598667B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-03-21 Abbvie Inc. Use of metal ions for modulation of protein glycosylation profiles of recombinant proteins
US9181337B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-11-10 Abbvie, Inc. Modulated lysine variant species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9522953B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2016-12-20 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9200070B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-12-01 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9499616B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2016-11-22 Abbvie Inc. Modulated lysine variant species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9266949B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2016-02-23 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9688752B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2017-06-27 Abbvie Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same using displacement chromatography
US9085618B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-07-21 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9315574B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2016-04-19 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US8946395B1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-02-03 Abbvie Inc. Purification of proteins using hydrophobic interaction chromatography
US9017687B1 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-04-28 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same using displacement chromatography
US9200069B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2015-12-01 Abbvie, Inc. Low acidic species compositions and methods for producing and using the same
US9550826B2 (en) 2013-11-15 2017-01-24 Abbvie Inc. Glycoengineered binding protein compositions
US10689440B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2020-06-23 Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh Method of treating Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis by using an induction dosing regimen of adalimumab
US10669333B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2020-06-02 Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh Method of treating a tumor necrosis factor α (TNFα)-related disorder by using an induction dosing regimen of adalimumab
US10179811B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2019-01-15 Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh Methods of treating Crohn's disease or ulcerative colitis using an induction dosing regimen comprising anti-TNF-alpha antibody

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101636446B1 (en) 2016-07-05
JP6145434B2 (en) 2017-06-14
US20060009385A1 (en) 2006-01-12
CA2847331A1 (en) 2005-09-26
EP2335731A2 (en) 2011-06-22
US20170044249A1 (en) 2017-02-16
TW201206478A (en) 2012-02-16
CN103251945A (en) 2013-08-21
LT1737491T (en) 2016-12-27
US20150175690A1 (en) 2015-06-25
US20140255396A1 (en) 2014-09-11
KR20190039349A (en) 2019-04-10
ZA200608097B (en) 2008-04-30
HUE031558T2 (en) 2017-07-28
EP2335731A3 (en) 2011-10-26
AU2005244261A1 (en) 2005-11-24
AU2005244261B2 (en) 2011-09-22
TW201422239A (en) 2014-06-16
US8961974B2 (en) 2015-02-24
KR20160079933A (en) 2016-07-06
EP1737491A2 (en) 2007-01-03
KR20170143008A (en) 2017-12-28
US20170022271A1 (en) 2017-01-26
US9061005B2 (en) 2015-06-23
US8961973B2 (en) 2015-02-24
BRPI0509326A (en) 2007-09-04
TW201705980A (en) 2017-02-16
ES2611286T3 (en) 2017-05-08
KR20180094148A (en) 2018-08-22
US20210347875A1 (en) 2021-11-11
KR101282801B1 (en) 2013-07-15
CN102614512A (en) 2012-08-01
IL178430A0 (en) 2007-02-11
US20140248276A1 (en) 2014-09-04
CN103203019A (en) 2013-07-17
IL240740A0 (en) 2015-10-29
US9499615B2 (en) 2016-11-22
EP1737491B1 (en) 2016-11-02
EP2338516A2 (en) 2011-06-29
JP5748317B2 (en) 2015-07-15
CA2847142A1 (en) 2005-09-26
IL178430A (en) 2015-09-24
KR101378873B1 (en) 2014-03-28
EP2335732A2 (en) 2011-06-22
US8889136B2 (en) 2014-11-18
JP2017197547A (en) 2017-11-02
KR20130108477A (en) 2013-10-02
WO2005110452A2 (en) 2005-11-24
CN105148273A (en) 2015-12-16
HK1104454A1 (en) 2008-01-18
CA2504868C (en) 2016-11-29
JP2008502596A (en) 2008-01-31
IL220192A (en) 2017-08-31
NZ549959A (en) 2010-05-28
CA2504868A1 (en) 2005-09-26
US20210347874A1 (en) 2021-11-11
CA2847142C (en) 2015-04-07
US20130122011A1 (en) 2013-05-16
ES2611286T8 (en) 2021-08-04
WO2005110452A3 (en) 2006-08-03
PL1737491T3 (en) 2017-05-31
NZ591362A (en) 2012-10-26
PT1737491T (en) 2017-01-31
CN105106951A (en) 2015-12-02
US20140248275A1 (en) 2014-09-04
KR20170036138A (en) 2017-03-31
CY1118564T1 (en) 2017-07-12
JP2012046524A (en) 2012-03-08
JP2016155801A (en) 2016-09-01
EP2335732A3 (en) 2011-10-26
MXPA06011677A (en) 2007-01-23
IL220192A0 (en) 2012-07-31
CA2970891A1 (en) 2005-09-26
EP1737491A4 (en) 2008-06-04
EP2338516A3 (en) 2011-10-26
NZ579302A (en) 2011-05-27
US20200017580A1 (en) 2020-01-16
US20190055308A1 (en) 2019-02-21
DK1737491T3 (en) 2017-02-06
US9187559B2 (en) 2015-11-17
TWI439284B (en) 2014-06-01
TWI556829B (en) 2016-11-11
US20140212430A1 (en) 2014-07-31
US20140248277A1 (en) 2014-09-04
US20160185849A1 (en) 2016-06-30
KR20120137421A (en) 2012-12-20
KR20070012701A (en) 2007-01-26
JP2015013869A (en) 2015-01-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210347875A1 (en) MULTIPLE-VARIABLE DOSE REGIMEN FOR TREATING TNFalpha-RELATED DISORDERS
AU2013204275B2 (en) Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFalpha-related disorders
AU2012213946B2 (en) Multiple-variable dose regimen for treating TNFalpha-related disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD, BERMUDA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TAYLOR, LORI K.;REEL/FRAME:022406/0208

Effective date: 20080106

Owner name: ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD, BERMUDA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:GRANNEMAN, GEORGE R.;REEL/FRAME:022406/0341

Effective date: 20080104

Owner name: ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD, BERMUDA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:CHARTASH, ELLIOT K.;REEL/FRAME:022406/0105

Effective date: 20071207

Owner name: ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD, BERMUDA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:YAN, PHILIP;PAULSON, SUSAN K.;PENG, JOANNA Z.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:022406/0321;SIGNING DATES FROM 20071120 TO 20071213

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: ABBVIE BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD., BERMUDA

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:ABBOTT BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD.;REEL/FRAME:032132/0348

Effective date: 20120625

AS Assignment

Owner name: ABBVIE BIOTECHNOLOGY LTD., BERMUDA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ASSAD, ALBERT;REEL/FRAME:055802/0610

Effective date: 20181130